Home

installing and using lantastic for windows 95

1. Decide whether you want to use Install Services then click Next For detailed information see Online Help or the section called Using LANtastic s installation options on page 13 The Summary window appears Summary You have selected the network components shown below Click Finish now to complete the installation Network Access LAMtastic Client m Computer Name LARON_DEV_1 m Selected Options LANtastic Server Winsock Client m Installation Directory CALANTASTIWIN9S j Cancel Help At the Summary window review your selections If you want to change an option click Back until you reach the window where you want to make a change When you re finished making changes click Next until you re returned to the Summary window INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 13 14 15 m 29 When everything s correct click Finish to begin copying files If you re installing from diskettes insert the numbered disks as prompted then click Next Note If you haven t already installed an adapter driver the Select Network Adapters window appears Follow the instructions in that window then click OK For driver selection guidelines see the instructions that start on page 20 After software installation is complete you ll need to follow the steps under Removing unneeded network components on page 24 If pro
2. launching applications from LANtastic Custom Control Panel 52 LCF files 53 Linkbook defined 245 list box defined 245 LNET program 207 231 advanced error handling techniques 231 command line differences from NET 212 commands tips and tricks 210 using in batch files 211 229 230 commands listed 215 229 ATTACH 215 AUDIT 215 CHANGEPW 215 CHAT 215 CLOCK 215 COPY 216 DETACH 216 DIR 216 DISABLEA 216 ECHO 217 EXPAND 217 FLUSH 218 INDIRECT 218 LOGIN 218 LOGOUT 218 LPT COMBINE 218 LPT FLUSH 219 LPT NOTIFY 219 LPT SEPARATE 219 MAIL 220 MESSAGE 220 PAUSE 220 POSTBOX 220 PRINT 220 QUEUE HALT 221 QUEUE PAUSE 222 QUEUE RESTART 222 QUEUE SINGLE 222 QUEUE START 223 QUEUE STATUS 223 QUEUE STOP 223 224 RUN 224 SHOW 224 SHUTDOWN 225 SLOGINS 226 STREAM 226 STRING 226 TERMINATE 228 UNUSE 228 USE 228 USER 229 VERBOSE 215 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE defined 245 described 4 207 differences between NET and LNET 212 differences from NET under the Main Functions menu 209 DIR command 212 error messages 212 making quick launch button for 85 online Help 202 210 online Help using 86 on screen Help 202 210 overview 4 5 prompting with echo 229 prompting without echo 229 reasons to use 207 separating arguments 229 switch syntax 203 213 switches and commands listed 214 229 text conventions 203 213
3. INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 49 m Disabling pop up messages Important To disable these messages click the Pop up Messages button in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Accessories page Clear the check box that s next to the Allow messages to pop up field If you disable pop up messages you won t be notified that a server you re using is shutting down and you may not have a chance to save your work Customizing the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Hint Note The LANtastic Custom Control Panel is fully customizable As well as sizing the panel just like any other Windows 95 window you can quickly add buttons that make your day to day work even easier For example you might want to create a new button that starts your favorite application whether the application resides on your computer or someone else s Or you could create a new button that automatically opens a file you use every day on someone else s computer The following options are explained in this section Add new pages below Delete pages page 50 Change the names and colors of existing pages page 50 Add buttons on a Custom Control Panel page page 51 Delete buttons on a Custom Control Panel page page 52 Change button names icons and descriptions page 53 Start an application or open a file from a button on the Custom Control Panel page 52 You can also use the View
4. SEND This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 SHOW Allows you to find out the network configuration of your computer what servers if any you re logged in to and the list of available servers LNET SHOW lt BATCH CONNECT gt BATCH Displays user status information suitable for use in a batch file This would include LNET LOGIN LNET USE and other commands previously issued Can be abbreviated to B INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CONNECT Displays the same user status information as BATCH except that it doesn t display the LNET USER command and it uses the WAIT option on the LNET LOGIN command A sample output appears below LAN tastic R Connection Manager V6 0 C Copyright 1994 Artisoft Inc Machine PEERI is being used as a Redirector and a Server File and record locking is currently ENABLED Unsolicited messages will BEEP POP UP and SPEAK LPT notification is disabled LPT timeout in seconds 10 Autologin is enabled with user name USER Logged into PEER1 as USER on adapter zero Logged into PEER2 as USER on adapter Disk D is connected to PEER2 C Drive Disk E is connected to PEER2 A Drive When you use the BATCH argument with the SHOW command you can quickly create custom batch files to log in to network servers and use their resources To use this option use the LNET commands to set up the logins and dis
5. 2 Go to the Manage Servers page then click Manage Accounts 3 Click Add or Modify then click the Group tab The Group page appears iz Create New Account Group or Template Account Group Template Group Information ame Description p Privileges Current No Privileges Privileges Members Resources 4 Type in a group name along with a description of the group 5 Click Privileges to set group privileges The Use the Set Group Privileges window appears In this window m Click the Set All or Clear All button to enable disable all the privileges Click OK when you ve set all of the privileges you need Note See page 79 for more information about group privileges 6 Click Members to specify the accounts you want included in this group The Set Group Members window appears FA Set Group Members Marketing x Available Accounts Accounts in Group Beth Rhonda Z OK Tony E DEFAULT eee INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a E In this window To add an individual account to the group double click the account in the Available Accounts field or click the account then click Add The account will appear in the Accounts in Group field To remove an account from the Accounts in Group field double click it or click it once then click Remove When you ve finished adding and removi
6. CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 140 m Computer won t boot or locks up 1 Computer won t boot with the network card installed You may have a hardware conflict Check your hardware configuration as described under Checking your IRQ and I O Base on page 140 2 Computer locks up when connecting to resources Check your hardware configuration as described under Checking your IRQ and I O Base 3 When you first start up your computer it locks up Reboot If you see a message about restarting in Safe Mode accept it or click Yes Once you ve restarted check your hardware configuration as described under Checking your IRQ and I O Base below If they look good reboot in Normal Mode 4 When youre using an application your computer locks up Press Ctrl Alt Del The Close Program window appears asking you which programs you d like to close Select the one that s not responding and click End Task If necessary repeat this process The application may not be network compatible Checking your IRQ and I O Base You may have an incorrect adapter driver IRQ setting or another device in the computer that conflicts with the network adapter s settings Each adapter needs to have a unique Interrupt Request Line IRQ and or I O Base address Most Artisoft adapters default to IRQ 5 or IRQ 15 and IOBASE 300 Check your adapter driver IRQ setting by clicking Start Settings Control Pane
7. Differences from previous versions of LANtastic______ LANtastic for Windows 95 has a feature set different from that of earlier versions of LANtastic for Windows v3 x and LANtastic for DOS that s v6 0 and earlier LANtastic Power Suite Simply LANtastic and Home Network If you don t see a familiar feature on the Control Panel look for it in the DOS based LNET and LNET_MGR programs that are included with your LANtastic for Windows 95 software For example LNET gives you the LNET LOGIN and LNET USE commands that you can use to create batch files to connect to servers and redirect drives With the DEFERRED and WAIT INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE switches that work with these commands you can establish connections to servers that aren t yet online or force a wait for a server to become available For more information on the LNET program see Appendix D In LANtastic for Windows 95 many server settings are controlled automatically for optimal performance You can click the Configure Server button on the Manage Servers page to customize some server settings A few additional NET functions that aren t supported by the LNET program are explained in the online Help Finding the information you need This manual provides brief instructions for day to day use of LANtastic for Windows 95 For comprehensive instructions that explain each feature of the software just go to the online He
8. 2 Select some matching words to narrow your search TER Narrow the search p eae by clicking one of Passwords aN these options PEA ATR Double click the topic you 3 Click a topic then click Display need Changing the Supervisor account password Chang tame and password lt When you re fin ished Sessa 1 a reading the topic you can click the Help Topics B Topics Found All words Begin Auto Pause button in the topic toolbar to retum to the Find page Printing Help topics It s easy to print out the Help topic youre currently viewing Depending on the type of Help window you re looking at you ll find a Print Topic option in the File or Options menu Some Help windows also include a Print button INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Where to go for technical support Avariety of award winning technical support services are available for Artisoft products For complete instructions on using these services worldwide refer to the CDReadme file on your LANtastic CD ROM CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 CHAPTER 2 PLANNING YOUR INSTALLATION This chapter provides general guidelines and answers some of the questions you may have about installing LANtastic 7 0 Getting help with the installation LANtastic 7 0 is designed for maximum ease of use and is renowned for its simplicity It s also a very powerful business tool that can b
9. If you type more text than will fit in the screen the display scrolls up to give you more space You can copy text from the Chat window to the Windows 95 clipboard or paste text from the Windows 95 clipboard to a Chat window When you ve finished chatting click the Hangup button To exit Chat click Close Troubleshooting Chat 1 If you attempt to send a NET CHAT message from a DOS computer that s running LANtastic 5 x or 6 x to a Windows 95 LANtastic 7 0 computer you may see the error message Name not found on the network If this occurs it s because the Windows 95 computer doesn t have a Chat window open If you have difficulty using Chat follow these steps Right click the Network Neighborhood icon on your desktop then click Properties The Network dialog box appears Double click Artisoft LANtastic NetBIOS on the Configuration page then click the Advanced tab At the bottom of this page there s a check box that lets you set this protocol to be the default protocol Select this check box make sure it contains a check mark Click OK then click OK again at the Network dialog box to exit You must reboot the computer before your changes will take effect CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING a 48 m Receiving and sending pop up messages Pop up messages are enabled by default so that you ll automatically receive notification when a server is shutting down someone wants to initiate a Chat se
10. Select Shutdown Server The Shutdown Server window appears By default the Shutdown Now option is selected If you d prefer to shut the server down within a specific amount of time uncheck the Shutdown Now box and type in the number of minutes Click OK Now your computer will be a client Important If other people are using files on your computer and you shut it down without warning they may lose any work they haven t saved Refer to Shutting down servers on page 55 Changing a client to a server 1 From the Windows 95 desktop click Start Settings Control Panel then double click Network Click Add The Select Network Component Type dialog box appears Click Service then click Add Wait a few moments while Windows 95 builds a driver database The Select Network Service window appears 4 In the Manufacturers field click Artisoft 5 In the Network Services field click File and printer sharing for LANtastic networks Click the Have disk button The Install from Disk dialog box appears Enter the path to C LANTASTI WIN9S INSTALL and click OK A new dialog box appears displaying the Artisoft server component 8 Click OK then click OK again to exit the Network window 9 Click Yes to restart your computer INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 93 CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 04 E INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR W
11. sssseseeeeeeeeeseeesees 15 Disabling any other LANtastic software cece eect ee teteeeeeeeeteeetetaeeeeteaes 15 How LANtastic for Windows 95 computers work with other LAN tastic COMPUtETS cece ceceeeeeeeneeeeeeecaeeteeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeteaaeesesaeeeeeeaaes 17 Configuring your network AdaPteElS eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeeeeeaeeeetaeeeetesaaeees 17 Configuring Plug and Play adapters 00 0 eeeeceeceeeee eee eeee eects eeeeeeeeeteaeeee 17 Configuring adapters that aren t Plug and Play ececeeeeeeeeeeteeees 18 Installing an adapter CriVer ecccecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeseiaeeeeneaes 20 Removing unneeded network COMPONENMS ccceeeeeeeteeeeeeeseeeetaeeeeeeaes 24 Installing the SOPWAIEC g isise nrs in esinaresasi vinissi iunea a fantana aeai 24 Installation HEPS aa ar aaa ia aaan iaaa aaea 25 Changing the primary logon DOX eceeceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeenaaeees 30 Troubleshooting during installation eseeseeeeesesessessserrsererrrernssrrrnssreen 30 Uninstalling LANtastic for Windows 95 sssssssssssssrsssserrsererrssrrrnsrrrnserrrnses 31 Finak Setup TEPS iren nee ea tit aa anana aaa aaa renata iai Post installation checklist seeeeeseesessieesirnserirnnerrrnerrrnnsrnnseren USING CoSession REMOUE cccccccccesssssssneeeeessssesseeeeeesesssssseeesesseee Before you install eeecceceeesceeeeeeseeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeeeeeaeeeeeenaaeeeeaeeeea
12. Access Control List ACL A set of access rights such as file read file delete and file write associated with a specific drive printer or other resource There can be multiple ACLs associated with a resource An ACL assigned to a user s account determines the access rights allowed to the user of the resource Access Control List ACL group The set of individual or wildcard accounts that are assigned a common ACL See also individual account wildcard account access rights Access rights are an important feature of LANtastic security You can grant an account group or account template any combination of ten access rights to control exactly what users are allowed to do when they use a shared driver or printer resource account list In LANtastic for Windows 95 a list of the individual and group accounts that have access to any one resource This resource account list adds security to your network because it allows you to control the type of access rights accounts have to this resource accounts LANtastic allows you to set up accounts that restrict and grant people s ability to use network resources such as servers and printers This is a basic network security feature Everybody needs an account to access servers and printers In LANtastic for Windows 95 you can set up individual and group accounts In LANtastic for Windows v3 x and LANtastic for DOS you can set up individual group and wildcard accounts See also individ
13. section of the Readme file To remove the network components that LANtastic doesn t use 1 Right click the Network Neighborhood icon on your desktop then click Properties on the pop up menu On the Configuration page you ll see a list of network components that are currently installed 2 If you see any of the following client and protocol components remove them in the exact order shown here If they don t appear in the list or you ve decided you need them for reasons mentioned in the Important paragraph above skip ahead to Installing the software on page 24 WARNING Removing the components in an order different from this can make Installing the software your network cease to operate Click Client for NetWare then click Remove Click Client for Microsoft Networks then click Remove Click IPX SPX compatible protocol then click Remove m Click NetBEUI then click Remove 3 Click OK then click Yes to restart your computer and proceed to Installing the software on page 24 Now that you ve performed any necessary preliminary steps including a review of the section called Using LANtastic s installation options on page 13 installing the LANtastic for Windows 95 software should be quick and easy INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Important Note a 25 E To network your Windows 95 computers using the LANtastic for Windows 95
14. Disables your account from further logins This is useful if you ll be away from the server for an extended period This function sets the number of concurrent logins for your account to zero This command will work only if account modifications are allowed LNET DISABLEA server password server The server on which to disable the account password The password of your account Example LNET DISABLEA SERVER1 SECRET If you don t want the password to appear on the screen use the command LNET DISABLEA server password You ll be prompted for the password but the text won t appear on the screen INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE ECHO Allows you to display the current value of a string Unlike the DOS ECHO command LNET ECHO allows you to use LANtastic s special strings LNET ECHO lt string gt string The string of characters that you d like displayed Examples LNET ECHO Start of batch file LNET ECHO Time In the first example the text Start of batch file would be printed In the second example Time is LANtastic s special string to return the value for the current time The exclamation point in the second LNET ECHO command tells the LNET program to expand the current contents of the string time rather than simply displaying the word Time For more instructions see Using LNET Commands in Batch Files on page 22
15. m 17 0 m Note need to press Enter and write down all relevant information For a serial device make sure you note the baud rate word length stop bits parity and flow control After you have all the information needed press Esc With your resource name highlighted press the Delete key then Enter to confirm Next press the Ins key and type in the name of your resource All printer resources must start with the symbol You ll be prompted to specify the port Make sure you specify the physical port where the printer or plotter is attached Highlight your new resource and press Enter Set the Characters Per Second to 10000 ten thousand You ll also need to set your serial information and or setup or cleanup files Don t change the lines per page tab width and other settings Escape to DOS restart the network and try your print job again Resource Note Note If you re using the global resource option of LANtastic 5 0 and higher make sure you re working from the server where the device is physically attached You may need to delete and recreate the resource youre attempting to connect to To do this you ll need to run NET_MGR on the server Select Shared Resources Management Highlight the resource and note the name You ll need to press Enter and write down all the information about the resource setup After you have all the information needed press Esc With your resource name highlighted press the De
16. on page 158 O T g gJ INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE e127 m Device not ready Try these solutions in this order O NET USE on page 167 O Check application on page 158 O Without network on page 177 O Basic configuration on page 174 Sharing violations Try these solutions in this order O Check application on page 158 O Share on page 171 Application error Try these solutions in this order O Check application on page 158 O NET USE on page 167 O Basic configuration on page 174 Problems when using serial printers or plotters Try these solutions in this order O Serial on page 171 O Plotting programs on page 168 General network printing problems Try these solutions in this order O NET USE on page 167 O LPT timeout on page 161 O Without network on page 177 O Basic configuration on page 174 CD ROM drive problems Follow instructions in the section that best describes your situation Can access the drive across the network but there are no files listed Try the solution 0 Disk drive type on page 184 Can t see CD ROM drive on local machine with network adapter installed Try the solution O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 128 m Invalid drive specification Try these solutions in this order O MSCDEX l
17. Cable and related hardware cecceccesceeeceeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeeseeeteeeeeeeeeaeetaes 187 Installing the AAAPtELS eee eee eee eeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeecaeeeseaaeeeeteaeeeeneaes 189 Installing the caben eee eed eeeeedcaehecstecasccetecsdauedecsaccgdeessaeedessdices 190 Connecting twisted pair CaDIC ce eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeeteeeteeeeeaeetees 190 Connecting thin coax cable oo eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaeeteeeseeeeeaeetees 191 A few Cabling GON ts eccceecceececeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeaeseseseneseeaeeeeseneeeeaeens 192 Testing your network hardware ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeneeeeetenaeeeeteaaes 192 Appendix B A Network Primer s sssssssssssnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn L93 What is a network nain eaea a parapa ea aE a aE A va eekie ie AKE 193 What are the advantages of using a network sesssseeeeriserrrrrererrreereens 193 What s the difference between a server and a Client 0 cceeeeeeeeeeees 194 How do use a server s drives Or printers eceeeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeteseeeeeenaes 195 Whaat is network security 2 cece eee ecneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeteaaeeeetteeeeteaeeeeeeeaaeees 195 How do log in to a server and why would need to 196 What if someone else is connected to the server want to US eee 196 Can use the printer attached to my own computer eee eeeeeeees 196 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTW
18. Compare to selection cursor arrow keys See direction keys ASCII An acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASCII files are unformatted text files that are understood by almost any computer ASCII text editor A software program used to edit text files including command files and batch files This type of editing program doesn t provide any formatting capabilities it simply lets you enter change and delete text audit trail A record of networking events taking place on a computer It s used to keep track of who uses what drives and printers at what time A complete audit trail record can be produced for the person in charge of security AUTOEXEC BAT file A DOS file containing a set of commands that are automatically executed by DOS each time the computer starts or restarts balloon help An online Help utility that works with your mouse to provide descriptions of items or instructions on how to use them based on where the mouse pointer is placed in a program window Sometimes referred to as bubble help INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 235 batch file A text file containing a series of DOS commands to be processed sequentially When you type the name of the file DOS carries out the instructions contained in it A batch file is identified by the bat extension baud rate The transmission speed of data through an asynchronous channel in number
19. If you grant an account the Super File F privilege anyone using that account will have full access to any file or folder regardless of whether access restrictions have been placed on it Super Queue LANtastic for Windows 95 only If you grant an account the Super Queue Q privilege anyone using that account will have complete control over all jobs in the print queue When the Q privilege is disabled you can view cancel pause and restart only your own print jobs Swap File A file used to store information that would otherwise be stored in memory increasing the amount of cached information your system contains at any one time switches DOS command modifiers that give the computer additional information regarding a requested task Switches are separated from the command and other switches by a forward slash or space tables Information used to organize and administer the storage of data Tables allow stored data to be found and updated quickly TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol is a standard for communicating between networked computers It allows information to travel across multiple networks and makes sure it arrives reliably even though the data is broken up into pieces packets Telnet The standard Internet protocol for connecting to a remote computer and performing functions on it as though yourre sitting at that computer s keyboard INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VE
20. Printers At the bottom of the window make sure Drives is checked if you re adding a drive resource or Printers is checked if you re adding a printer resource 3 Click Select In the Select LANtastic for Windows 95 Computer window make sure there s a check mark in the Ask for User Name Password First check box This ensures that you ll be able to log in to that server with an account that has the Supervisor MSL 4 Double click the name of the server that has the resource In the User Name field type Supervisor or the name of another account you have on this server that has the Supervisor MSL Press the Tab key then type Supervisor or the appropriate password in the Password field Press Enter The server s name appears in the Current Server list box INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 65 m 5 Click Add The Add Resource window appears 6 Type the name you want to give the new resource then a description For example if its a server s C drive you could name the resource C DRIVE and in the description say which computer it s on e g Emily s Pentium If it s a printer resource the first character in the name must be 7 Ifthis is a drive resource on This Server you re sitting at the server that has the resource you can click Browse to locate and specify the path to the resource If the drive is on another server you must type the path If this is a printe
21. The mail computer must be a Windows 3 x or DOS LANtastic server on which you ve created a mail resource Note Windows 95 OS 2 and LANtastic Dedicated Server computers can t be used as mail computers In other words to use the mail feature you must have a Windows 3 x or DOS LANtastic server on your network Setting up LANtastic Mail 1 First you must create the mail resource Go to the LANtastic for Windows 3 x or DOS computer that will serve as your mail computer In Windows open LANtastic Network Manager and search the online Help for the topic Creating a Mail Resource 2 Now you ll need to add a mail button to the Custom Control Panel on your LANtastic for Windows 95 computer See page 51 for instructions on adding a new button Now youre ready to send and receive messages Sending a mail message To use the mail computer you need to specify its name each time you want to use LANtastic Mail as described here 1 Click the LANtastic Mail button you added to the Custom Control Panel The Select LANtastic Computer window appears 2 Select the mail computer from the Available Computers field If you don t see it listed click the plus sign next to Entire Network to reveal all active network computers After you select the mail computer click OK 3 In the LANtastic Mail window click Mail then New Message A submenu appears from which you can select Use Editor or Send File If you select Use Edito
22. Try these solutions in this order O Basic configuration on page 174 O Keyboard problems on page 164 CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 122 m Computers can t communicate or they disconnect intermittently An example of an intermittent computer communication problem would be when your computer sometimes can t connect to a server Intermittent disconnects are when you unpredictably lose your connection to a server No communication and no error messages Try the solution 0 NET SHOW on page 167 Error message received A brief list of communication and disconnect related error messages follows Cannot Locate Network Name Try these solutions in this order IRQ and I O Base on page 164 RAMBASE on page 169 Basic configuration on page 174 Cable on page 158 Bus timing on page 157 Swap cards on page 172 a ra n Duplicate redirection or login to network node Try these solutions in this order O Duplicate redirection on page 161 O Cable on page 158 O Control directory on page 159 nvalid drive specification Try the solution O LASTDRIVE command on page 166 Invalid username or password Try these solutions in this order O Invalid username on page 164 O Account on page 156 O Compression utilities on page 172 O Control directory on page 159 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 T
23. a 39 Take a look at Customizing the LANtastic Custom Control Panel on page 49 to learn how you can personalize LANtastic for Windows 95 to suit your day to day networking needs amp 4 LANtastic Custom Control Panel _ Of x Customize View Help Use Network x gt 2 gt 2 Use Network Online Information zi s z F 4 0 Assign Drives Assign Printers Assign Modems Preferred Connect to Change Servers he Computers Password 7 Login Settings Use Network page The buttons in Use Network control your day to day network use You can set up your computer to automatically connect to a series of computers and printers You can also assign modems assign Intemet connections and make other configuration changes Manage Servers page The buttons in M anage Servers are for system administrators or anyone who can set up login accounts resources and their access rights You can also configure the server and its modems back up your account information and manage print jobs Online Information The buttons in Online Information lead you to all page forms of online Help available in LANtastic for Windows 95 For example Introducing LANtastic explains networking basics How To explains how to perform a series of specific tasks Help Topics and Index take you to Contents Find and Index for the online Help Troubleshooting offers solutions to possible problems Accessories page The button
24. described 99 NIC defined 249 no more connections can be made message 143 no more file handles message 124 node defined 249 NodeRunner adapters 23 installing driver 21 NodeRunner driver problems 120 NodeRunner Pro adapter 23 NodeRunner Pro driver problems 120 NodeRunner SI adapter defined 249 NOERROR switch 214 nondedicated server defined 249 not enough space on disk message 135 notification privilege 80 Notify defined 250 NRSETUP program 19 20 O OCR defined 250 ODI defined 250 ODINSUP defined 250 OLE Object Linking and Embedding defined 250 m 2 1 m online Help searching for topics 8 online Help using 131 online Help See Help online Online Information page described 39 using 7 online defined 250 open defined 250 Operating system defined 250 option button defined 250 Option file defined 250 option defined 250 OS 2 computers 45 out of disk space message 160 P pages adding new to LANtastic Custom Control Panel 50 changing colors names in LANtastic Custom Control Panel 50 deleting in LANtastic Custom Control Panel 50 parameter defined 251 parity data bits and stop bits 130 parity defined 251 Password Status box 72 password for supervisor account 72 73 passwords defined 251 path defined 251 PATH command 182 PATH line 174 in AUTOEXEC BAT file 174 PATH statement location in AUTOEXEC BAT file 167 Path defined 251 INDEX
25. each other run your adapter s diagnostic program after you ve installed your hardware After you ve installed the LANtastic software you can perform another hardware check by running the LANCHECK program on every network computer at the same time LANCHECK evaluates each adapter s performance and provides a series of statistical displays that will help you pinpoint hardware problems Instructions for running LANCHECK appear in the online Help If you have computer lockup problems or receive a hardware related error message refer to Chapter 11 and the online Help INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE APPENDIX B A NETWORK PRIMER Welcome to the world of computer networking This file introduces you to some fundamental networking concepts and tells you how you can save time and money by connecting your computers with the LANtastic network operating system What is a network A network is made up of electronically connected computers located relatively close to each other usually in the same building The network consists of all of your computers and some or all of their components such as disk drives CD ROM drives printers fax boards and modems It also includes the network adapter cards cables and other hardware used to connect the computers along with the network software itself such as the LANtastic network operating system Award winning LANtastic has been providing easy to
26. s C drive then simply issue the usual open file command and specify the location of the file on Drive M for example M BUDGET Q2 The spreadsheet text or graphic appears on your monitor ready for editing Sending a job to a server s printer is even easier because often a permanent connection to a server s printer has been set up during software installation In such a case you simply issue your application program s print command exactly as you always have Note Although LANtastic lets you set up permanent drive and printer connections at software installation during your daily work you may need to make new ones By default the new connections that you make are temporary connections that last only until you shut down your computer However you can easily make new permanent connections that become active each time you run LANtastic What is network security Network security gives selected people access to certain servers directories and files and keeps other people out For example in order to give your accounting staff exclusive access to your company s payroll files you could use LANtastic to assign those files a password that only your accountants can use LANtastic provides multiple levels of network security from the default of none at all to security that s fine tuned enough to limit access to a single file LANtastic security also gives network managers several ways to track how many people are usin
27. t in the program folder It contains a list of common files that need to be deleted when all LANtastic components have been removed Use property sheets to delete files manually You may need to reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 so UNINST INI is in the program folder and then remove LANtastic for Windows 95 Could not determine the current directory The Microsoft Windows 95 installation might be incorrect You may need to reinstall Windows 95 Could not find the Windows directory The Microsoft Windows 95 installation might be incorrect You may need to reinstall Windows 95 Could not find the Windows system directory The Microsoft Windows 95 installation might be incorrect You may need to reinstall Windows 95 General file transfer error Please check your target location and try again The disk may have been ejected before Setup was complete or the disk is bad Insert the disk again and restart Setup or get a good copy of the disk Incorrect disk License file not found Please insert Disk 1 into the floppy drive The wrong disk was inserted into the drive Insert Disk 1 which is the License diskette INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 135 m Continued Error Message Possible Cause Suggested Solution Invalid computer name The computer name entered is too long or contains invalid characters Try
28. then click the Help button in that window for information You may have typed in the wrong password or misspelled your password Try again to log in The server you logged in to may have Auto guest login turned on and you logged in with the Guest account rather than your individual account The Guest account may not have full access to the server youre trying to connect to To find out what account you re logged in with go to the Use Network page and click Change Password Scroll through the Computer drop down list box until you see the name of the server you re trying to log in to and click it Notice that the Password Status box at the top of the window contains a For Account listing This shows which account you re using on that server 2 Some network servers don t appear in your list of available servers or don t appear to be on the network You might have too many network components trying to use the adapter driver software Try removing any network components you don t use or need If you still don t see the servers you might need to turn off multicast addressing in the Artisoft NetBIOS and on all other LANtastic computers on your network INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 139 m To turn off multicast addressing follow these steps on each LANtastic for Windows 95 computer on your network Click Start Settings Control Panel then double click the Network icon m Click
29. type or confirm your name and company and then click OK 6 Follow the on screen instructions in the rest of the Setup windows For example you ll see a window asking you to verify the type of modem you ll be using and some communications settings CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 a 34 E 7 After Setup copies files and creates the configuration files and the CoSession Remote Program Group you re asked whether you want to view the Readme file which contains any special or last minute information not in this manual It s a good idea to do this now before you use CoSession Remote Note Ifyou want to review the CoSession Readme file later double click the Read Me for CoSession Remote icon that resides in the CoSession Remote Program Group The CoSession Remote software is now installed Important You must restart Windows before running the Host program INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE PART 2 USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 CHAPTER 4 Basic NETWORKING Note The topics in this chapter explain the everyday use of LANtastic for Windows 95 For server management information see Chapter 6 LANtastic for Windows 95 installation instructions appear in Chapter 3 Learning the basics of LANtastic for Windows 95 If you ve used LANtastic network operating systems before you ll notice a few differences in LANtastic for Windows 95 aside from the
30. AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE LNET LPT COMBINE The following are two sample batch files The first example creates two print jobs one containing the text A directory follows and another containing the directory echo A directory follows gt Ipt1 dir w gt lpt1 The second batch file accomplishes the same task except it creates only one print job by using the LNET COMBINE command LNET LPT COMBINE echo A directory follows gt lpt1 dir w gt lpt1 LPT FLUSH Designed for use in a batch file to flush a printer after the LNET LPT COMBINE command has been given LNET LPT FLUSH The following example shows a sample batch file using both the LPT COMBINE and the LPT FLUSH commands to create two print jobs instead of four LNET LPT COMBINE Combine output echo First print job gt Ipt1 Display message dir w gt Ipt1 Print directory LNET LPT FLUSH Flush print output echo Second print job gt pt1 Display message dir w gt Ipt1 Print directory m 219 m LPT NOTIFY Instructs LANtastic to notify a user when a print job is completed By default this feature is disabled LNET LPT lt ENABLE gt lt DISABLE gt NOTIFY ENABLE Enables notification DISABLE Disables notification The LNET LPT NOTIFY command can be overridden with the LNET PRINT NOTIFY or the LNET PRINT NONOTIFY command Example LNET LPT ENABLE NOTIFY LPT SEPARATE LPT SEPARATE is designed for use in a batch f
31. Click the Share Internet Connections button on the Manage Server page of the LANtastic Custom Control Panel The LANtastic Internet Gateway Server window appears As shown here the LANtastic Internet Gateway Server window includes four pages Status Security Configuration and About These pages are described after the illustration LANtastic Internet Gateway Server x Status Security Configuration About Server Intemet Gateway Server Status Ready Activity Total Resources 1 re Active Resources 1 Started at 4 00 59 PM 7 10 95 Sessions each a C l Ge Ste Stop Server INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Accessing the Net from a Gateway client LOOK ONLINE If you get stuck while working in a specific LAN tastic Internet Gateway window click Help or press F1 for online Help Status page 107 m This page allows you to view and control connections to the server As well as listing the server name it shows whether the server is active or inactive how many total resources are available on this computer and the names and number of computers currently sharing Intemet access Click Stop Server to disconnect all active connections You can then click Start Server to manually allow shared access Security page Use this page to set and clear passwords for access to Internet resources on this computer Select a resource then set or cl
32. Installing CoSession Remote 0 0 0 eect cette eteeteeeeeecaeeeeteeaeeestaeeeenee Chapter 4 Basic Networking 0 0s OD Learning the basics of LANtastic for Windows 95 ccescccceeeeeees Servers Clients and resources eeeeee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeaeees Using security features to restrict ACCESS cssceeseesssteeesseesssereees Getting to know the LANtastic Custom Control Panel 5 Using network drives and printers cccceceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeteeeteneeeeete Connecting to a drive on another Compute Canceling a drive CONNECEION cecceece eee eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeees Connecting to a printer attached to another computer Canceling a printer Connection e eect eee ete eeeee eter eteeeteeeees Connecting to drives and printers from the same window Using an existing drive CONNECHION eee eeeteeteeteeteeeeeteetteeteees Sending and receiving LANtastic Mail cccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees Setting up LANtastic Mail cece eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees Sending a Mail MESSAGE cece ct eeee eee eeeeeeeeeteee see seeseeeeeeaeeas Reading your Mail oo eee ceeceeeceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeteeeetaeeteeeeeaes Using LANtastic Chatiere nnna aaia iiaiai Chatting with someone on your NetWOrK ssesesssssrsresrreresen Troubleshooting Chat ssesseeeessesrnsssrrsrssrnrinsrnnrnnsrnnensnnrnsen Receiving and sending POP UP MeSSageS seessset
33. Internet connection INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 109 m Solving Internet Gateway problems If you have any trouble with a connection from the Gateway client to the server or from the server to your Internet service provider follow these steps 1 If you re using a dial up Internet service provider go to the Gateway server Open Dial Up Networking and manually make a dial up connection to your Internet service provider 2 Open a TCP IP application on the server and make sure it runs properly If it doesn t correct the problem within the Microsoft TCP IP or Dial Up settings 3 Go to the Gateway client and select the Internet resource associated with the application running on the server This procedure usually corrects Internet Gateway connection problems Adding Gateway support Ifyou didn t select Internet Gateway server or client support during LANtastic 7 0 installation and you want to add it you must reinstall LANtastic 7 0 You can t install the Gateway separately from LANtastic Diagnosing Gateway client lockup problems When you re using the Internet Gateway from a client computer and the Gateway appears to hang or lock up there may be a problem with the application you ran It could also be that the server on which that application resides may not be running To rule out a problem with the Internet Gateway try running the application to see if it works proper
34. JiNE ccccccccssssseeeeeeeesssssssteeesesssenaees 210 Viewing and using LNET COMMANASG ceceee eect eete eters teeter eteeeeee 210 Getting on screen Help about LNET COMMAMNAS cccscecesseeeseeeeees 210 Using LNET commands tips and tricks ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeee 210 Using LNET SHOW CONNECT to create a batch file cccsseeereees 211 LNET and NET differences at the command line 212 LNET eror messag eSa iai aeaa aaa E Aaaa a Siua 212 TSC CONVENON Sin ai a aa ta aa a aaea a daaa 213 Valid switch SyntaX essssessssseesrssrisisrreinsrnntnntnnrinstnntnntnnnnnstnnnnnn nnmnnn 213 GIOSSALY aaah wiiidniiinninnn atu eaT WGK siiscewisadescedavcsaiewtaaucascsuasdcaeuedesasecnaanesscunnaduandedavendavecxsiewteasuaneene ED CONTENTS PART 1 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 Welcome to LANtastic 7 0 LANtastic is an easy affordable local area network for small and growing businesses With LANtastic you can share files printers modems and CD ROM drives on computers throughout your workplace Enhanced feature set With version 7 0 LANtastic for Windows 95 s feature set has been enhanced to include new connectivity options and resource sharing features LANtastic Mail and network Chat Lets LANtastic for Windows 95 computers send and receive mail and hold chat conversations with computers running the basic LANtastic Mail
35. LANtastic installation with the exception of the LANtastic 32 bit Client and prompt you to remove it by clicking Remove or by using the Windows 95 Add Remove Programs utility 15 m 16 m If you click Remove Setup deletes the LANtastic program files but remembers many of your previous LANtastic settings including drive and printer connections username and password information and security specifications If you use the Windows 95 Add Remove Programs utility all previous LANtastic programs will be deleted from your system Drive and printer connection information will be remembered however you ll be prompted for your username and password each time you log in to a server To keep from having to type in your username and password each time do the following 1 Double click on the LANtastic icon 2 Click Assign Drives Then select both the Drives and Printers check boxes 3 Click My Drives amp Printers in the My Computer window All of your previous drive and printer connections are displayed 4 Select the Remember Next Connection Made check box 5 From the Network Resources window locate the first server that appears in the My Drives amp Printers list the server name appears immediately after the double backslashes and click the plus sign to the left of the server That server s resources appear 6 Click the server resource that matches the corresponding connection in the My Drives amp Printers
36. MS DOS It s advertised as compatible with only Novell NetWare or specifically uses the Netware API or is in a NetWare NLM format It s a Client Server application that isn t compatible with NetBIOS transport or requires a specific client type such as a NetWare client An application may or may not be compatible if It requires physical access to a hardware device security dongle tape drive adapter etc It was designed as a single user application It s a TSR terminate and stay resident program INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 17 9 m DOS SHARE compatible Files don t need to be marked as share able on a LANtastic server LANtastic relies on DOS s SHARE EXE program or the LANtastic server s Internal SHARE for file and record locking support In fact LANtastic doesn t have its own file system it uses DOS for all file operations So when your program opens a file it will need to open it in a DOS file sharing mode Most popular computer languages support shared file operations Your application programming language reference manual should have full details Sharing violations and exclusive access If two users attempt to open the same network file and the first user has exclusive access to that file you can receive a sharing violation message even though your software is network aware If you get a sharing violation when som
37. NOERROR Instructs the LNET program not to display error messages You can then make use of advanced error handling techniques This is especially useful in batch files This switch can be used with any LNET command For example LNET NOERROR ATTACH SCREEN_SAVER Enables the screen saver The screen blanks after two minutes of keyboard and mouse inactivity This switch can be used only with the LNET command For example LNET SCREEN_SAVER INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE LNET COMMANDS LISTED ATTACH Allows you to redirect all available drives on your local computer to every disk or directory resource on a server This command doesn t redirect printer ports LNET ATTACH lt VERBOSE gt server VERBOSE Displays information about redirections made with the LNET ATTACH command server The name of the server computer to which you want to attach your drives Examples LNET ATTACH SERVER1 LNET ATTACH VERBOSE MAINSERVER AUDIT Places an audit entry in the server s audit file You may want to place audit entries to mark the progress of your programs or log significant events You must have the U User Auditing privilege to issue this command LNET AUDIT server reason message server Name of the server computer in which to place the audit entry reason A string of up to eight characters giving the reason for the entry message A string of up to 64
38. OK Click OK to exit this window Restart your computer to make the changes take effect INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 105 m Configuring Dial Up Networking for your ISP Connecting to your ISP 9 Note Important 1 2 3 Click Start Programs Accessories Dial Up Networking Double click Make New Connection Type in a name for your connection such as SPRYNET then click Next 4 Type in your local access phone number 10 11 12 13 Click Next then Finish A connection icon with your connection name appears in the Dial Up Networking folder Right click this new icon then select Properties In the Server Type and TCP IP sections fill in the blanks with information provided by your ISP Under Server Type in the Allowed Network Protocols field make sure only TCP IP is checked Clear the check boxes for NetBEUI and IPX SPX Compatible Click OK until you return to the Dial Up Networking folder Make sure you followed all the steps under Installing Windows 95 s Dial Up Adapter and TCP IP stack on page 104 as well as the steps under Configuring Dial Up Networking for your ISP above Click Start Programs Accessories Dial Up Networking Double click the icon representing your ISP connection Type in your account number and account password Click Save Password then click Connect If the Save Password option isn t available is g
39. Readme file using 5 read only file attribute in configuration files 118 150 read only defined 253 reboot failure to 162 spontaneous 124 162 RECEIVE command 224 Receive Operator Messages O defined 253 Receive Operator Messages O privilege 80 REDIR driver problems 120 REDIR line in STARTNET BAT file 173 redirecting ports 59 refresh defined 253 254 reinstallation 115 REM command 156 REM using in command line 118 Remote Access Server RAS 3 Remote booting defined 253 Remote management of servers 2 remotely managing LANtastic computers 86 removing computer 90 requirements system 12 resolution defined 253 resources access rights to 78 accessing from ROOT directory 65 automatically set up during installation 63 creating new 63 creating shared 63 defined 254 modifying account lists for 65 setting up 64 restoring LANtastic Custom Control Panel defaults 53 restricting access to network resources brief overview 38 security features overview 66 restricting Supervisor account 73 right click defined 254 rights access defined 254 rights access described 78 ROM defined 254 Root dot directory support 1 ROOT directory feature using 65 router defined 254 RUN command 224 running SERVER program temporarily 167 S Safe Mode restarting in 140 SCREEN_SAVER switch 214 scroll bar defined 254 scroll defined 254 searching for topics in online Help 8 security 101 account related strate
40. To move an icon across the screen by clicking and holding a mouse button on the icon then moving it The dragging ends when you release the mouse button You can also change the size of a window by clicking on the border with the left mouse button and dragging it to the desired size drag and drop The drag and drop action copies or moves selected items from the location where the items were selected to the location at which the mouse is released To drag and drop hold down the left mouse button move the mouse to another location and then release the mouse button drive See disk drive drive name A name that designates a hard disk floppy diskette or network drive Examples are A B and C driver A program that reformats data for transfer to and from a particular peripheral device such as a disk drive printer or adapter e mail A network communication feature that lets you send messages to be displayed on another person s computer screen See also LANtastic Mail Voice Mail EMS Expanded Memory Specification Expanded memory is a separate pool of memory that is in a sense set off to the side and available for programs to draw on as needed The standard for exploiting expanded memory is the Lotus Intel Microsoft Expanded Memory Specification or LIM EMS To take advantage of expanded memory programs must be designed to use it and the memory itself must always be managed by a program called an expanded memory manager
41. Windows 95 needs to maintain an Internet account and have TCP IP installed This becomes your LANtastic Internet Gateway server The rest of the computers on your LANtastic 7 0 network access the Internet through that server s single connection And only the server has to be running Windows 95 All of this saves you time money disk space and memory 97 908 m A brief introduction to the Internet What can you do on the Internet The Internet began in America during the 1950s and 1960s when the U S Department of Defense needed a way to move information from one computer to another They also needed their computers to keep exchanging data even if part of the system were destroyed by a nuclear attack The result has grown into a vast network linking computers to other computers around the globe enabling the exchange of every kind of information Governments universities and corporations make up just some of the more than 35 million users in 84 countries that are on the Net today For businesses the Internet offers unparalleled opportunities for marketing research and communication Once your computer is connected to the Internet it can exchange data with any other computer on the Net The Internet is often described as the information superhighway but a better analogy is the telephone system When you plug in your phone and get a telephone account you receive a phone number and can then dial any other phon
42. adapter must have a different adapter number Of particular interest in LANCHECK are the error and index percentages Any percentage above zero is unacceptable for 10Mb Ethernet An error and or index reading above zero can indicate a hardware problem Refer to Installing Your Network Hardware on page 187 To isolate the possible cause of missing nodes or high error rates with coaxial cable simply terminate two nodes together and run LANCHECK If LANCHECK shows all is well move the terminators apart one node at a time until the problem pops up You can then swap out the cable T connector and terminator one at a time and look for improvements that would indicate the culprit If computers can t see each other in LANCHECK look on the second page of LANCHECK for the software version Each computer needs to have version 5 x or above for all of them to see each other When using NDIS support for third party network adapters LANCHECK won t show any errors even though there may be a problem A detailed description of the LANCHECK program appears in the online Help CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS 166 m LASTDRIVE command If your computer gives you the error Invalid drive specification it means you haven t included the DOS command LASTDRIVE Z in your CONFIG SYS Edit your CONFIG SYS to include the line LASTDRIVE Z at the bottom LPT timeout The network LPT TIMEOUT must be set on every computer in the ST
43. an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 Reinstall LANtastic INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Error Message Setup is unable to copy the installation support file filename to a temporary location Possible Cause s There was an error copying the file to its destination m 153 m Continued Recommended Solution s See Common installation problems on page 149 Reinstall LANtastic Setup is unable to expand the installation support file INSO763 LIB INSTALL couldn t expand its library file on the hard disk See Common installation problems on page 149 Make sure that there is sufficient free space on the drive specified in that statement for the DOSSETUP EXE DOSSETUPINS and INSO763 LIB files to be copied plus a few hundred KB extra for miscellaneous temporary files Setup is unable to initialize the installation program INSTALL EXE There wasn t enough memory or free disk space to initialize the DOS based INSTALL program There may also have been an error reading the file from the diskette Make sure there is sufficient memory in accordance with the system requirements explained in chapter 2 Make sure there is free space on the drive specified in that statement for the DOSSETUP EXE DOSSETUP INS and INSO763 LIB files to be copied plus a few hundred KB extra for mi
44. and 255 GLOSSARY m 238 configuration file A file containing the settings that enable a particular program to function A configuration file may contain information that s unique to the specific configuration of the program on your computer AUTOEXEC BAT and CONFIG SYS are the DOS configuration files that configure the computer when it s booted up Windows configuration files include SYSTEM INI WIN INI and WINFILE INI Conventional Memory Refers to the first 640K of system memory This memory is available for use by any program Create Audit Under Windows 95 an access privilege which if enabled allows the user to make user defined entries into a server s audit log file cursor The location where text is inserted when you type The cursor is also known as the insertion point data bits A group of bits 1s and Os that represent a single character or byte Typically there are seven or eight data bits per character dedicated and nondedicated servers A dedicated server is a computer that s used exclusively for routing and performing network tasks Because many network operating systems have high memory requirements they usually require dedicated servers A nondedicated server is a computer that can simultaneously act as a network computer and as a person s desktop computer Nondedicated servers can log in to other servers and use their drives and printers See also nondedicated server deselect Using
45. and Chat programs that were included in LANtastic versions 5 0 and 6 0 For further details see Chapter 4 Pop up messaging Allows LANtastic for Windows 95 computers to send and receive pop up messages across a LANtastic network For further details see Chapter 4 Root dot directory support Using the ROOT directory resource you can assign a single drive letter on a LANtastic for Windows 95 computer to access all of the drive resources on any server running LANtastic for Windows 3 x DOS OS 2 LANtastic for Windows 95 or LANtastic Dedicated Server You can also access a Windows 95 server s ROOT resource from any workstation For further details see Chapter 6 MIGRATE account transfer utility With this utility network administrators can convert the account settings in the control directory of an earlier version of LANtastic into LANtastic for Windows 95 Database LDB entries MIGRATE will convert accounts from LANtastic 5 0 6 0 Power Suite 6 1 LANtastic for OS 2 and LANtastic Dedicated Server MIGRATE maintains and preserves account privileges modifications and expiration dates time of day login schedules and settings group accounts and membership single user accounts number of concurrent logins for each account passwords including password renewal and expiration dates MIGRATE will not convert resources wildcard accounts accounts containing or characters expired accoun
46. appear in 137 installation shortcut 15 installing TCP IP 104 setting up Dial Up Networking 103 106 Windows 95 LANtastic for troubleshooting 133 147 Windows configuration checking 125 Windows for Workgroups 176 WINDOWS or WIN COM line location in AUTOEXEC BAT file 167 Winsock applications using 3 Winsock defined 258 workstation defined 258 workstations See clients World Wide Web defined 259 described 99 WYSIWYG defined 259 X XMS eXtended Memory Specification defined 259 Y Y access right 79 INDEX e2 608 you ve been denied access message 123 Z Z access right 79 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE
47. be created Defaults to LANTASTI NET on the current drive pw Password of the control directory Defaults to no password INDIVIDUAL Specifies an individual account WILDCARD Specifies a wildcard account name Name of the account you d like to create Examples LNET_MGR CREATE INDIVIDUAL JIM LNET_MGR CREATE WILDCARD SALES LNET_MGR C DEV NET CREATE INDIVIDUAL JIM DELETE Allows the administrator to delete an individual or wildcard account LNET_MGR lt C path gt lt P pw gt DELETE INDIVIDUAL WILDCARD name path Control directory with the account you want to delete Defaults to LANTASTI NET on the current drive pw Password of the control directory INDIVIDUAL Specifies an individual account WILDCARD Specifies a wildcard account name Name of the account you d like to delete m 205 m Examples LNET_MGR DELETE INDIVIDUAL JOHN LNET_MGR CA CONTROL NET DELETE WILDCARD ACCT RESTORE Allows a user to restore a control directory that has been backed up LNET_M GR RESTORE P pw backup file path pw Password of the control directory from which the account is copied backup file Name of the backup file path Control directory that you d like to restore Example LNET_MGR RESTORE LANTASTI BAK LANTASTI NET Instructs the LNET_MGR program to restore the control directory LANTASTI NET from the file LANTASTI BAK SET Allows users to set the attributes for an individua
48. can use with that command Note that the Help information about each command refers to the NET rather than the LNET command name Using LNET commands tips and tricks When you install LANtastic for Windows 95 the LNET program LNET EXE is installed in the LANTASTI WIN95 directory along with two support files LNET MNU and LNET HLP INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 211 m You can use LNET commands in batch files to establish connections to commonly used network resources However if you want to use batch files you created for LANtastic s DOS and Windows software you ll need to rename all the NET commands in the files to LNET Or if you re not going to use the NET program that s included with Windows 95 you may prefer to rename the Windows 95 NET program to MSNET EXE for example Then you can copy LNET to the WINDOWS folder under the name NET That way you can use your DOS Windows batch files without making any changes and you can also invoke the commands by typing NET instead of LNET If you want to do this open a DOS box and type CD WINDOWS lt Enter gt REN NET MSNET lt Enter gt COPY LANTASTI WIN95 LNET NET Note that you need to type LNET rather than LNET EXE so that the two support files LNET MNU and LNET HELP are also copied to the WINDOWS folder and renamed Using LNET SHOW CONNECT to create a batch file If you want to use the L
49. can view any of these Web sites A Web site may have been set up by a company advertising its products a university publicizing research or an individual just having fun Each site contains hypertext links that lead you to related information on other sites with a click of the mouse Once you re browsing the Web you can access and contribute to an almost unlimited array of information Newsgroups A newsgroup is an ongoing conversation bulletin board style conducted by anyone who cares to join in The Internet has thousands of newsgroups in a forum called USENET each one devoted to a particular topic With Netscape Navigator you can log on to newsgroups devoted to product discussions current affairs and entertainment It s an exciting way to exchange ideas and communicate news Expanding your business with an Intranet One of the fastest growing areas of networking is the application of Internet technologies to create private Intranets More and more businesses are turning to Intranets to facilitate rapid stable communications within their company With an Intranet you can exchange e mail attach files or create newsgroup style bulletin boards all within your local area network LAN or wide area network WAN Intranets can be integrated with your Internet access so that you can post a message to a local or worldwide newsgroup from the same software The LANtastic 7 0 package makes it just as easy to create an Intranet as it do
50. characters that gives detailed information about the audit If you include blanks and commas in this field you must enclose the variable string in quotes Examples LNET AUDIT ED start sorting procedure LNET AUDIT ED stop sorting procedure LNET AUDIT host error parity e215 m CHANGEPW Allows you to change your password on a server You must first enter your old password which prevents unauthorized changing of your password then enter the new password Note that you must be logged in to the server to use this command LNET CHANGEPW server old pw new pw server Name of the server where the password is to be changed old pw Your current password new pw New password you want to use Example LNET CHANGEPW SERVER1 secret hidden If you don t want anyone to see the passwords as you enter them use the command line LNET CHANGEPW SERVER1 Old New You ll be prompted for the password but the text won t appear on the screen CHAT This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 CLOCK Sets your computer s system clock to the date and time of a server s clock LNET CLOCK server server Name of the server whose date and time you want to use for your own computer s clock You must already be logged in to the server APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM e216 08 COPY Copies files directly on a server reducing the amount of data sent
51. current date Expands to the current day of the week Expands to the current disk and directory you re using Expands to the error text associated with error number wn n Expands to the first line of a file INSTALLED LOGIN server MACHINEID NODEID PROGRAM TIME USER USERID servername a 22 7 mE Expands to characters corresponding to installed programs N NetBIOS R REDIR S SERVER P LANPUP Not installed Expands to TRUE if logged in to a specified server FALSE if not Expands to the name of the computer being used Expands to the current 12 digit NetBIOS node number Expands to the full DOS path of the LNET program Expands to the current time Expands to the current default user name stored at the workstation Expands to the current user name on the server APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 228 m TERMINATE Logs a user or group of users out of a server You must have the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL to use this command LNET TERMINATE server user lt machine gt lt minutes gt server Name of the network server that you want one or more users to log out of user Name of the wildcard or individual account you d like to log out of the server Wildcard characters are accepted You can t terminate your own login with this command machine Name of the comput
52. depend on how many computers you have what operating system you re running how far apart the computers are located and many other factors LANtastic compatibility When you buy your adapters be sure they re NE2000 or NDIS compatible and supported by LANtastic For a list of supported adapters check the Arti Facts BBS or CompuServe or call the Artisoft Sales Consultation Center at 1 800 846 9726 Be sure to write down the brand name s and model of your adapters You ll need this information when you install the LANtastic software Cable and related hardware Cable is the wire that connects to the end of the network adapter at the back of each computer Two common types of cable are twisted pair sometimes called 1OBASE T and thin coaxial 1LOBASE2 Twisted pair is inexpensive and conveniently pre wired in the walls and ceilings of many office buildings But thin coax is a high quality alternative 187 m 188 m WARNING The steps in this chapter cover only these two popular categories of cable If you have adapters that work with another category of cable ask your dealer or call Artisoft Technical Support for instructions Make sure that every segment of cable on the network is of similar type and high quality One bad piece of cable can cause problems on the whole network Before you buy your cable you ll need to decide how long each segment needs to be This depends on several factors besides the distance between
53. for example the DOS prompt C gt See also DOS prompt proportional font A font for which the individual characters have various widths Compare to monospaced font PROTMAN Microsoft s Protocol Manager PROTMAN is used to bind protocols together with the device drivers When a packet is received it s offered to each protocol in turn based on the order loaded INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 253m protocol A set of rules and conventions that can be thought of as the language your computer uses to communicate over the network Two computers programs or devices must use the same protocol to be able to exchange data without error There are several protocols available queue The area in which a list of tasks such as print jobs are waiting for processing radio buttons Round buttons next to each of a list of options in a dialog box or window You click on a button to select or deselect the corresponding option See also option button RAM An acronym for Random Access Memory RAM exists on a chip or collection of chips where data can be entered read or erased RAM is the fastest memory device however it loses its contents when you turn off your computer read only A file that you can view copy or print but can t modify Readme file The Readme file contains instructions that are convenient to have on your hard disk along with information that became available after
54. from jurisdiction to jurisdiction 4 SUPPORT ARTISOFT will attempt to answer your technical support requests conceming the Software however this service is offered on a reasonable efforts basis only and ARTISOFT may not be able to resolve every support request ARTISOFT supports the Software only if it is used under conditions and on operating systems for which the Software is designed For support requests contact ARTISOFT at the telephone number indicated in the Documentation IN NO EVENT WILL ARTISOFT ORITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONTINGENT CONSEQUENTIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM the delivery of technical support services of any kind This includes but is not limited to damage to your computer equipment and the loss of your data 5 EXPORT LAW ASSURANCES You agree and certify that except with the prior written consent of ARTISOFT and in accordance with the regulations issued by the Bureau of Export Administration of the U S Department of Commerce Washington D C 20230 neither the Software nor any other technical data received from ARTISOFT nor the direct product thereof will be transmitted directly or indirectly or exported outside the United States and specifically not to any Group Q S W Y or Z country specified in Supplement No 1 to Section 370 of the Export Administration Regulations issued by the U S Department of Commerce 6 GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTED RIGHTS The Software a
55. including all fonts and graphics is what you get if you print out or fax the document World Wide Web The Web is a network of computers using client server architecture The servers store files created using HyperText Markup Language HTML These files called pages contain links to text applications images sounds and other pages The client computers use a browser program such as Netscape Navigator to view pages and activate hyperlinks XMS eXtended Memory Specification Extended memory begins at 1 MB and goes up more or less stacked on top of the upper memory area The first 64 KB or extended memory is a special portion known as the High Memory Area or HMA Although memory is not a typical device such as a disk drive MS DOS includes a device driver called HIMEM SYS that manages extended memory GLOSSARY INDEX Symbols symbol using in printer names 65 Numerics 10BASE2 cable defined 187 10BASE T cable defined 187 A A access right 79 Abort Retry or Fail prompt 157 access restricting 66 restricting brief overview 38 Access Control List ACL group defined 233 Access Control List ACL defined 233 access rights defined 233 described 78 for printers 79 Account List defined 233 modifying 65 window 65 account list creating 68 Account page 74 accounts adding to groups 76 copying from LANtastic computers 80 creating or modifying 73 default 70 defined 233 Everyone group described 71 fi
56. lt BINARY gt lt DATE gt lt DELAY gt lt DELETE gt lt DIRECT gt lt NOTIFY gt lt NONOTIFY gt lt TIME gt lt VERBOSE gt filename device lt comment gt lt copies gt BINARY Prints file in binary mode Abbreviated to B DATE Sets the despool date This option defaults to the current day Date format is month day year e g 8 7 1996 or day month year e g 7 AUG 1996 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE DELAY DELETE DIRECT NOTIFY NONOTIFY TIME VERBOSE Sets the amount of time the server will wait before despooling the print job The valid range for this option is O to 96 hours The default value is no delay The delay format is hours minutes e g 1 15 to delay despooling one hour and fifteen minutes Deletes the file after direct printing Don t use this switch unless you re using the DIRECT switch and want to delete the original file after it has been printed Allows you to despool directly to the server s printer from the file without copying it into the spool area This option can be used only with files that reside on the print server Notifies you via pop up message when the print job is finished Overrides the command LNET LPT DISABLE NOTIFY Disables sending pop up message when the print job is finished Overrides the command LNET LPT ENABLE NOTIFY Sets the time at which the serv
57. menu options to hide the toolbar and page tabs and switch between large and small icon only buttons If you make a mistake when you re customizing the LANtastic Custom Control Panel you can restore its default appearance pages buttons and other settings See page 53 Information on using the Mizer tool to customize and lock LANtastic for Windows 95 splash screens and the Custom Control Panel appears on page 83 CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING Adding a new page From the Customize menu click New Page The New Page Information window appears EL New Page Information Page Name a ab Color 1 Type in the page name 2 Click the down arrows and click the color you want for the page tab and the tab text If you want to use different colors for the page and its tab click to clear the Use Tab Color check box If you want to use the same color for the page and tab make sure the box is checked 3 Click OK Note You can have up to 16 pages in the Custom Control Panel If you have a large number of pages and can t see all their tabs or if you prefer to hide the tabs you can click the down arrow next to the field on the left side of the toolbar to view a pull down list of all pages Then click in the list to switch to the page you want to use Deleting a page 1 Click the page you want to delete 2 From the Customize menu click Delete Current Page 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Note When you de
58. name APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM mg 222 E ALL Stops despooling on all the server s printers This is the default value If you issue an LNET QUEUE HALT this automatically stops despooling on all the server s printers Examples LNET QUEUE HALT SERVER1 LNET QUEUE HALT SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE HALT SERVER1 COM 2 LNET QUEUE HALT SERVER1 ALL QUEUE PAUSE Temporarily stops despooling to the printer The current print job will cease despooling but the print job isn t closed This queue will resume the same print job when despooling is restarted with the LNET QUEUE START command This is different from the LNET QUEUE HALT command where the current print job is restarted from the beginning Supervisor Management Security Level MSL LNET QUEUE PAUSE server lt LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want despooling to pause LPTn Name of the parallel printer device COMn Name of the serial printer device Name of the remote print server RPS despooler name ALL Pauses despooling on all the server s printers This is the default value Examples LNET QUEUE PAUSE SERVER1 LNET QUEUE PAUSE SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE PAUSE SERVER1 COM2 LNET QUEUE PAUSE SERVER1 ALL QUEUE RESTART Restarts the current print job from the start of the file This is useful when paper jams or other printer errors occur and you want to restart a
59. network make sure you have sufficient access to any network drives directories and files you plan to use Make sure that none of your computer s configuration files CONFIG SYS AUTOEXEC BAT PROTOCOL INI WIN INI SYSTEM INI WINFILE INI STARTNET BAT CONNECT BAT and NET CFG have file attributes set to read only Avoiding problems caused by TSRs and devices Most problems that occur during LANtastic installation are caused by other TSRs terminate and stay resident programs or devices loaded into memory It s best to start off with a clean configuration before installing LANtastic To do this you can temporarily disable devices and TSRs that are not required to boot or run Windows by editing your CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT files All you need to do is remark out the pertinent command lines in these files by typing REM and a space at the beginning of each line that loads such things as CD ROM drivers unless you re using the CD ROM for LANtastic installation Sound adapter drivers ANSI SYS DOSKEY COUNTRY SETVER Mouse drivers Windows has its own mouse driver Also if you load SMARTDRV make sure it has WRITE BEHIND CACHING disabled To find out how to do this with your version of DOS type HELP SMARTDRV lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt Disk error during installation If you receive a disk error with one of the LANtastic installation diskettes refer to the instructions under LANtastic disk
60. network access to it Whether or not this works contact Artisoft Technical Support for further assistance SETVER Share Note Older versions of LANtastic required that certain drivers be put in the SETVER table With LANtastic 5 x and higher you should confirm that they re NOT in the SETVER table To confirm this type SETVER NET EXE D lt Enter gt SETVER REDIR EXE D lt Enter gt SETVER SERVER EXE D lt Enter gt If you receive sharing violations while printing make sure that your application isn t trying to physically access the port Make sure that you re NET USE ing the printer from this computer If you still experience this error try loading Share after the network programs instead of before You can t NET USE your own printer on a Windows 95 computer CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 17 2 m Printer buffer Run NET_MGR on the print server and change the Printer Buffer size to 4096 for a laser printer or 2048 for a dot matrix printer Make sure that your run buffer is 2 for a non dedicated server or no higher than 128 for a dedicated file and print server You might try adding the parameter BUFFERS 2 or 3 to the REDIR line of each station This may help improve print throughput Compression utilities If you re using a disk compression utility the network control directory normally LANTASTI NET must be on the non stacked drive on server computers If it isn t you ll need to print out your
61. network computer name or resource There are a few possible reasons this error message occurred You might have tried to log in to a server that isn t running the network software or you specified a server in a network path you re not logged into Make sure the server is running the network software If you re specifying a network path such as in an LNET USE command make sure you re logged into the server If you still receive this error message you might need to turn off multicast addressing in the Artisoft NetBIOS and on all other LANtastic computers on your network Instructions appear on page 138 under Some network servers don t appear in your list of available servers or don t appear to be on the network More than one computer has the same name If two computers have the same name you ll see two identical computer names in Network Neighborhood and also in your list of available servers when trying to connect to drives and printers This could happen if one computer isa server on more than one network For example you could be running both File and Printer Sharing for LANtastic Networks the LANtastic server program and another server program such as File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks on the same computer If you already had Microsoft Networking installed LANtastic for Windows 95 will adopt the same computer name when it s installed If you want to make one computer act as a server for two or
62. new interface Many of the management functions are behind the scenes you won t see the familiar Network Manager control directories or access control lists Furthermore many network performance settings are adjusted automatically Servers clients and resources During installation if you selected the option to share this computer s drives and printers you made your computer a server Unless you set up security options everyone on the network has access to the applications and files on your server s hard drive If you decided not to share this computer s drives and printers during installation your computer is a client It can use other computers servers drives but no one has access to its drives other than the person sitting at its keyboard In networking you can set up various types of resources for use over the network Resources include printers and hard drives and can even be narrowed down to specific folders or files on hard drives With LANtastic for Windows 95 you can also share modems and fax modems over the network 37 a 38 Using security features to restrict access LANtastic for Windows 95 offers more security features than Windows 95 or Windows for Workgroups Network users who require a tight multi level security system often assume they must purchase a more costly complex network But for less money and easier administration you can use LANtastic for Windows 95 s comprehensive security f
63. of the server s resources instead The following is the correct syntax for redirecting a disk drive and a printer port LNET USE lt DEFERRED REPLACE gt D server lt path gt LNET USE lt DEFERRED REPLACE gt LPTn COMn server device DEFERRED _ Retries failed connection attempt later when user attempts to use connection REPLACE Replaces an existing drive connection with a new one LPTn Parallel printer port you want to redirect LPT1 LPT2 LPT3 or LPT4 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE COMn Serial port you want to redirect COM1 COM2 COMS or COM4 server Server where the disk or printer resides path Full network path of the server disk or printer to which you want to redirect device Server printer device to which you want to redirect a local port You can also redirect printer output toa file Examples LNET USE F SERVER1 C DRIVE LNET USE LPT1 HOST LASER LNET USE COM 1 SERVER1 PLOTTER USER Sets the default user name password and adapter number to be used for automatic logins to servers LNET USER lt DISABLE gt user lt password gt lt adapter gt DISABLE Disables automatic login feature user User name to use for automatic login attempts password Password to use for automatic login attempts adapter Adapter number through which automatic logins are attempted If none is specified all adapters
64. or NET LOGIN commands in your STARTNET BAT file you could edit out If you want to change the connection of a drive or printer that s already redirected somewhere else simply run NET and cancel the current connection before reassigning it Disk corruption Errors involving disk corruption can range from simple easy to fix temporarily lost data all the way to serious computer problems and important data loss You should make backup copies of your diskettes and other data regularly CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 162 m Symptoms Some symptoms of corruption are program lockups disk read write error messages such as File not found and Error reading file partition table or FAT File Allocation Table error messages submenus of an application failing to respond printing failures the computer spontaneously restarting while you work the computer fails to boot from the corrupt disk Causes Some common causes of disk corruption are hardware failures defects disk media failures defects lockups while writing to disk failing to properly shut down a network server while users access it sudden power surges or outages some incompatible combinations of TSR programs using write behind disk caching with some application programs Solutions When solving corruption problems be cautious because actions you take may make the corruption worse If possible avoid writ
65. proceed or Esc to abort The Main Options window appears 5 Use the cursor keys to select Manual Configuration then press Enter Two windows appear Check the list of configuration options in the bottom window and write down the IRQ and I O Base settings 6 If you have a NodeRunner 2000 adapter select the Mode option and press Enter On the NodeRunner Adapter Configuration screen use the cursor keys to change the selection from Artisoft to NE2000 then press Enter 7 Press Esc twice to exit NRSETUP and return to the DOS prompt 8 Type Exit lt Enter gt to return to Windows 95 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 20 m WARNING Checking and changing the settings on your AE Series adapter If your Windows 95 computer has an Artisoft AE Series adapter installed you must remove the board and change two jumper settings before installing LANtastic for Windows 95 On the W5 jumper bank remove the jumper from the pins labeled A and install it on the pins labeled N Then remove the jumper from the pins labeled 8 and install it on the pins labeled 16 Check the adapter s IRQ and I O Base settings by visually inspecting the appropriate jumpers as described in your adapter documentation Resolving a possible IRQ conflict If you ve installed a non Plug and Play NodeRunner adapter not a NodeRunner Pro in a Pentium type computer it s likely that your computer s PCI motherboard is set to use the same IRQ that
66. program to plot to a file and name the file the same as your redirected port For example you ve set up the command NET USE COM 1 to a plotter on the server If you set up your application to plot to a file but name the file COM1 this should allow you to plot successfully over the network There are technical bulletins available for AutoCAD that cover printing and plotting as well as the autospool feature of the new AutoCAD versions Printer tasks Run NET_MGR on the print server and select server startup parameters Make sure the DESPOOLING field is ENABLED and that printer tasks is set to 1 Escape back to the NET_MGR main menu The print server will need to be restarted for the changes to take effect INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note 169 m If the server is using a switch file you ll need to edit your switch file and set printer_tasks 1 as this file will override the NET MGR settings Print manager In order for Windows 3 x to print to a network printer both the Windows print manager and Fast Printing Direct to Port will need to be disabled To disable them open the Windows Control Panel then select Printers Make sure the Use Print Manager box is cleared then click Connect Make sure the Fast Printing Direct to Port box is cleared There are two timeout selections just above the fast printing box set the Device Not Selected Timeout to 900 and the Transmission Retry to 95
67. reseller you might want to type in your name and company information INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 85 3 Click Apply then close the window 4 Inthe Custom Control Panel click Help in the menu bar then click About LANtastic Your information will appear in this window Displaying or suppressing a splash screen When you launch LANtastic a default splash screen appears with product information With Mizer you can display your own logo or favorite image instead or prevent any splash screen from appearing 1 Click the Mizer button then click the Bitmaps page 2 Type in a path to the bitmap image you want to display or click Browse to locate the file If you don t want to display any splash screens clear the check box next to Display Logo 3 Click Apply To view the splash screen quit LANtastic then reopen it Using LANtastic s DOS based LNET and LNET MGR programs LANtastic for Windows 95 comes with the LNET and LNET_MGR programs described on page 4 You can use these programs by choosing options from a Main Functions menu or by typing commands and options at a DOS command line in a DOS box But the easiest way to use these programs is to make buttons for them on the LANtastic Custom Control Panel To do this 1 Open the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click the page on which you want the LNET and LNET_MGR buttons to appear 2 Open Windows 95 Explorer
68. s currently assigned to your adapter causing a conflict If this applies to your installation check the settings in your computer s CMOS setup program If you see an IRQ conflict you must either disable the PCI slot s IRQ in the CMOS or change the IRQ for your adapter Refer to the instructions that came with your computer or adapter If you don t do this before installing LANtastic for Windows 95 you ll get an error message when you try to make a network connection to another computer s disk drive Adjusting your computer s CMOS settings can result in serious CPU problems If you decide to change the motherboard s IRQ settings be sure to carefully follow the instructions in your computer s documentation Once you ve installed and configured a network adapter on all of your Windows 95 computers you must make sure that each adapter has driver software that s installed and recognized by Windows 95 Windows 95 calls this setting up your computer to use a network Here s how to tell whether you need to install an adapter driver Ifthe Network Neighborhood icon appears on the Windows 95 desktop you don t have to install an adapter driver Instead go straight to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 This will usually be the case with a Plug and Play adapter INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note a 21 m If the Network Neighborhood icon doe
69. see Chapter 4 Creating shared resources If you want other people to be able to use your computer s hard drives or other resources over the network you made your computer a server by selecting share this computer s drives and printers during installation This section applies only to servers not client computers which don t share their own drives Automatic resource setup If your computer is a server the first time you started up LANtastic for Windows 95 you saw another message that asked whether you wanted Setup to add resources that will allow this computer to share its drives and printers If you clicked Yes your computer s resources are already set up to be shared over the network In that case you can ignore this section unless you want to create additional resources that others can use If you clicked No on the option mentioned above you or the system administrator will need to set up each drive on your computer that you want to let people use You can set up your C DRIVE D DRIVE CD ROM and printers to be shared You can also set up folders or specific files as separately named shared resources see Drive and folder access security strategies on page 67 Adding new resources If you buy a new printer or CD ROM drive that you want to share you ll need to set it up as a shared resource by following the steps under Setting up shared drive and printer resources on page 64 63 m 64 m Planning
70. server program INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 89 If you re troubleshooting the source of a problem you might want to remove components to help narrow down the possible sources Then you ll want to add them back in when youre finished diagnosing a problem Which of the three methods listed below you ll use depends on your situation If you want to add another network adapter to your computer you ll need to add another NetBIOS to enable the adapter to communicate on the network There are three easy ways to uninstall or add remove components Completely removing LANtastic for Windows 95 uninstalling Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 components Removing and then reinstalling all LANtastic for Windows 95 components Steps for each of these options are described in the online Help To locate them 1 2 From the Help menu select Help Topics then On the Contents page in the window that appears double click the How To book icon Double click the Expand and change your network book icon Then double click the Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 components question mark icon Use the jumps that appear in green to find the information you need Click Print if you want a hard copy to work from Adding or removing a Windows 95 computer Adding If you purchase a new Windows 95 computer you can easily add it to t
71. that either does or does not contain an X If the check box contains an X it s selected and the option is activated If the check box is empty it s deselected and the option is deactivated check parity Parity error correction is used to ensure correct data transmission over a telephone line If parity checking is required be sure the field is selected The default is no parity checking choose To pick a command or other item that starts an action Compare to select click To make a selection by pressing and releasing the left mouse button INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 237 mE client A computer on a network that doesn t share its files and printers It can connect to and use drive and printer resources that are being shared by other computers servers But the only way you can use a client s drives or devices is to sit at the keyboard Also known as a workstation Clipboard A temporary storage location used to transfer data between applications and documents The Windows Clipboard stores information you cut or copy from an application You can use it to move text graphics and other types of information from one application to another Note that information stored in the Clipboard is static and won t reflect later changes collapse To hide subordinate items in a hierarchical list For example when you use File Manager you can collapse the list of directories so the subdir
72. the Artisoft NetBIOS and then click Properties Click the Advanced tab A screen listing properties and values appears Click Multicast scroll through the list in the Value window and click Off Click OK and restart your computer To turn off multicast addressing follow these steps on each LANtastic 5 x or 6 x computer on your network Use a text editor to open the STARTNET BAT file Find the AILANBIO command line and add the NO_MULTICAST switch to the end of it Save your changes and restart your computer The Artisoft NetBIOS isn t in the Network control panel components list on the Configuration page You might have used the Have disk button during Setup to install the adapter driver With certain adapters the Artisoft NetBIOS might not be installed You ll need to go to the Windows 95 Network control panel and remove all LANtastic and Artisoft components except the adapter driver and then restart your computer Instructions appear under Completely removing LANtastic for Windows 95 from a computer on page 144 When you reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 Setup should find the adapter driver If you have a NodeRunner network adapter card you may have to place the adapter in another computer first to configure it to alternate settings to avoid a conflict Make sure you ve followed all the instructions in the installation chapter That manual also contains useful information about hardware setup
73. the Software is either loaded in memory or virtual memory Loaded or stored on a hard disk or other storage device Stored For single user computers or workstations attached to a network the quantity of the Software in use is considered to be the greater of i the maximum number of computers on which the Software is Loaded at any one time or ii the maximum number of computers on which the Software is Stored On a multi user computer the quantity of Software in use is considered to be the maximum number of user sessions executed at any one time If this Software is an upgrade or trade up from a previous version you may use the Software only if you are an authorized user of a qualifying product as determined by ARTISOFT When you install the upgrade you must delete the copy of the qualifying product This Agreement supersedes any prior version license and governs your use of the Software You may use ARTISOFT s documentation Documentation which includes publications such as the User s Manual other reference manuals programmer guides and installation guides to assist in the use of the Software ARTISOFT and its suppliers retain title to and ownership of their respective interests in the software any backup copies and any proprietary rights related to the Software You may make one 1 archival copy of the Software for backup You may not copy the Documentation or make alterations or modificationsto merge adapt dec
74. the actual physical location of IND2 BAT on the server you d use the Physical P switch shown below LNET EXPAND P IND2 BAT You ll see the output C APPS IND2 BAT To find out the physical location of the file to which IND2 BAT finally resolves you d use both the R and P switches LNET EXPAND P R IND2 BAT You ll see the output CA ORIGINAL BAT This indicates the physical location of the file to which IND2 BAT resolves APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 218 m FLUSH Flushes the resource cache random access cache and LANcache as well as updating account information This is useful for example if you change resource parameters and or account information with LNET_MGR and want these changes to take effect immediately In order to use this command you must have the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL LNET FLUSH server server The name of the server where the caches will be flushed Example LNET FLUSH SERVER1 INDIRECT Allows you to create an indirect file containing a reference to a file in another directory When a request is made for the indirect file the contents of the indirect file are replaced with those of the referenced file This allows you to access files without changing directories LNET INDIRECT pathname actual name pathname Name of the indirect file you want to create You must create the indirect file on a network drive actual name Network path of the file th
75. the modem make sure the Share my modem on the network check box is checked Click it to remove the check mark if you don t want anyone to be able to use the modem over the network This computer will then have to access its own modem from the physical port see step 4 3 The computer s name appears in the Modem Name field This is the name everyone on the network will see in the list of available network modems If you d rather have the modem type brand name or the phone number the modem uses displayed you can type in those changes here 4 In the Communication Port field select the port to which the modem is physically attached Either choose one of the standard port settings COM1 through COM4 or click Specify port settings and type in the modem s I O Base address and Interrupt Request IRQ setting You may have to specify these settings for example if The port doesn t use the following standard settings COM1 IRQ 4 I O Base 3F8 COM2 IRQ 3 I O Base 2F8 COM3 IRQ 4 I O Base 3E8 COM4 IRQ 3 I O Base 2E8 Your modem documentation says you must use settings that are different from the standard ones shown above as is sometimes the case with internal modems 5 Click OK to save your changes then repeat these steps on all computers on the network that have modems attached if you want to check or change them INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Making a shared modem conne
76. the same change to any other printer resources on this print server The server will need to be restarted for these changes to take effect Access denied You ve been denied access because your username lacks sufficient account privileges and or resource access on the server you made the request to Go to that server run NET_MGR and make sure that your account privileges and the shared resource access control list rights are set up to give you the appropriate access Disk space Check the available disk space on the print server if this is a printing related error There needs to be plenty of disk space free at least 2 4MB but this will depend on the number and size of your print jobs If you re low on space try to free up as much available space as possible on the print server General symptoms of full hard disks are Out of disk space errors Program locks up when writing to disk Printing failures Cannot write to or Cannot create file errors Normally the error message will be self explanatory and indicate which drive is full However in a network environment disk access is buffered so the drive indicating the error may not be the one that s actually full Check all drives that the computer getting the error message has access to LANtastic print servers need free disk space to spool print jobs These temporary files can be very large when printing graphics and special fonts Try to k
77. to or connecting to resources Try these solutions in this order O Basic configuration on page 174 Swap cards on page 172 Bus timing on page 157 Cable on page 158 Control directory on page 159 g g g J INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 121 m Computer locks up when copying data between machines Try these solutions in this order Bus timing on page 157 Basic configuration on page 174 FORCE_ACK_MODE switch on page 163 Swap cards on page 172 Cable on page 158 OOUOQO0 Computer locks up only when running a certain program Try these solutions in this order O Increase DOS resources on page 163 O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 O Bus timing on page 157 O Swap cards on page 172 as a last resort Computer locks up only when running Windows Try these solutions in this order O No loopback redirections on page 168 O Bus timing on page 157 O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 Computer locks up only when printing Which machine locks up Client workstation Try these solutions in this order O Increase DOS resources on page 163 O Basic configuration on page 174 Server Try these solutions in this order O Control directory on page 159 O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 Everything works fine except the server s keyboard doesn t respond
78. value command SWITCH value APPENDIX C USING THE LNET_MGR PROGRAM 204 m LNET MGR The correct syntax for running LNET_MGR is LNET_MGR switches command arguments where command refers to any of the LNET_MGR commands listed in LNET_MGR Commands Switches refers to any of the command line switches listed in LNET_MGR Switches Arguments refers to any switches or values that you want the command to use LNET_MGR COMMANDS BACKUP Allows a user to back up a server s control directory to a specified file LNET_MGR lt P password gt BACKUP path target file password Password of the control directory from which the account is copied path Control directory that you d like to back up target file Name of the target backup file Example LNET_MGR BACKUP LANTASTI NET LANTASTI BAK The command above instructs the LNET_MGR program to back up the control directory LANTASTI NET to the file LANTASTI BAK COPY Allows you to copy existing individual accounts wildcard accounts ACL groups resources or Server Startup Parameter settings lt LNET_MGR gt lt C path1 gt 4 P pw1 gt lt DC path2 gt lt DP pw2 gt COPY ACLGROUP INDIVIDUAL RESOURCE STARTUP WILDCARD lt source gt lt destination gt path1 Control directory from which to copy Defaults to LANTASTI NET on the current drive pwl Password of the control directory from which to copy path2 Destination control
79. want to add Click the button you want to add or click and drag to select multiple buttons then click Apply Click OK when you re finished adding buttons Creating a user defined button Utility buttons If you want to add buttons that allow you to perform tasks such as change your computer name or display pop up messages 1 2 Follow steps 1 2 under Adding new buttons on page 51 With the Add page active click the Category list and select Utilities Click the button you need then click OK to add the button to the active page CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING m 52 E Mizer button If you want to add the Mizer button 1 Follow steps 1 2 under Adding new buttons on page 51 2 With the Add page active click the Category list and select User Defined Applications then click Create 3 In the Create User Defined Entry window click in the Command Line field then click Browse 4 In the Win95 category click Mizer exe then click Open 5 Click OK at the Create User Defined Entry window The Add Remove Buttons window appears 6 Make sure Mizer is highlighted in the Available Applications field and click OK Creating a launch button for applications folders or files LANtastic s drag and drop capabilities make it easy to set up quick launch buttons in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel When you ve set up these buttons you can run your favorite applications and open files that you
80. while selecting the messages you want to remove After they re all selected click Delete LANtastic s Chat feature allows two people to conduct a real time on screen conversation Although Chat appears differently under Windows 95 Windows 3 x OS 2 and DOS the program works across all four platforms Chatting with someone on your network 1 From the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click the Chat button The Chat window appears 2 Click the Call button The Call dialog box appears 3 Type the name of the computer you d like to call then click OK This computer must be connected to the network A pop up message informs the person on the computer you re calling that you want to chat To complete the connection that person must click the Chat button in the Custom Control Panel The Chat window then appears on his computer screen INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 4 a 47 E Once you see lt Connect gt on your computer screen the two of you can begin to type messages to each other The field at the bottom of your screen shows the name of the computer you re calling Type in the message you want to send in the Local Machine field The responses appear in the Remote Machine field You may both type at the same time using the following functions Backspace Deletes the character to the left of the cursor Home Erases the screen Enter Takes you to the next line down
81. will be used for automatic logins Examples LNET USER ED SECRET LNET USER SALLY MINE 1 m 229 m USING LNET COMMANDS IN BATCH FILES You can customize the LNET program to prompt people for input This is especially useful for networks with inexperienced users By including these prompts in network batch files you can guide people through the process of logging in or any other task you d want them to perform PROMPTING WITH ECHO You can prompt for input by preceding an element on the LNET command line with a question mark Anything that the user types appears on the screen next to the prompt For example if you placed the following lines in a user s batch file LNET USER User password the user would receive these two prompts User Password The user would then enter the requested data to set her default user name and password PROMPTING WITHOUT ECHO In the above example anyone looking on can see the user s password as it s typed in To avoid this use the prompt so the user s password won t appear on the screen For example LNET LOGIN SERVER1 User Password Now the user name will appear when it s typed but not the password SEPARATING ARGUMENTS Normally spaces are used to separate arguments in an LNET command line There are times however when you may want to omit an argument For example you may want to omit the comment argument from an LNET
82. your adapter s name from the Manufacturers list then follow the procedures under step 3 on page 21 If you re using an Artisoft or Eagle brand adapter see the chart on the next page to determine which driver to install 5 If your adapter s name doesn t appear on either the Manufacturers list or the chart below click Have disk and insert the diskette that came with your adapter Verify that the Copy manufacturer s files from box displays the correct floppy drive letter for example Ai INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 23 8 If necessary type in the correct drive letter Click OK From the Select Network Adapters window select the adapter driver that goes with your card and click OK then follow the procedures under step 3 on page 21 t vou have thisadapt r Select this Then select this y prer manufacturer network adapter Artisoft NodeRunner or NodeRunner SI NodeRunner 2000 T Novell Anthem NE2000 Compatible NodeRunner 2000 C Same for all adapters Same for all adapters NodeRunner 2000 A NodeRunner 2000M TC NodeRunner S 2000 T NodeRunner S l 2000 C NodeRunner S 2000 A NodeRunner S 2000M TC Artisoft AE Series AE 1T Artisoft Corporation Artisoft Corporation AE 1 AE 2 AE 2 T or AE 3 Novell Anthem NE2000 Compatible AE 2 or AE 3 Micro Channel Novell Anthem NE2000 Compatible Artisoft NodeRunner Pro PnP enabled Intel Corporation Intel Et
83. your drive resources Its a good idea to make a list of which printers drives and other resources you want to make available for use over the network before you begin setting them up Many network administrators decide to set up folders and subfolders as resources as opposed to entire hard drives LANtastic for Windows 95 also lets you control access to individual files For details on restricting access to folders subfolders and files look in the online Help under the topic File level security Setting up shared drive and printer resources Note You can set up any server to share its drives and other resources as long as you have an account for that server that has the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL Alternatively you can use the server s default Supervisor account that allows anyone sitting at the keyboard to modify the server setup unless someone has already restricted that default account For complete information on the ranges of network security strategies that LANtastic for Windows 95 offers see LANtastic s optional security features on page 66 If you want to get started setting up resources now follow these steps 1 Log in to the server on which you want to set up resources using an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level See Logging in with the default Supervisor account on page 71 if you need help 2 Go to the Manage Servers page and click Share Drives and
84. 0 Click OK then close the print manager These changes should take effect without restarting Print to file Some applications attempt to control the printer hardware directly rather than going through DOS To be compatible with the network see if your application can print to a DOS port instead of hardware Another approach is to print to a file When the application asks what file name to print to tell it LPT1 or whichever port you ve redirected in the network RAM BASE If your network adapter card uses a RAMBASE address you should verify that the RAMBASE address doesn t conflict with video or BIOS memory areas Also if you re using a memory manager such as EMM386 or QEMM you must exclude the RAMBASE area from the memory manager Your RAMBASE may also be conflicting with shadow ram settings controlled by the computer s CMOS settings Try disabling all shadowing in the CMOS Recreate resource Note If you re using the global resource option of LANtastic 5 0 and higher make sure you re working at the server where the device is physically attached You may need to delete and recreate your printer resource To do this you ll need to run NET_MGR on the print server without the network loaded Select Shared Resources Management Highlight your printer resource and note the name If this is a serial device or plotter or if you re using a setup string file or cleanup file you ll CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS
85. 0 Readme file which you can open from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Instructions appear on page 5 of this manual INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Uninstalling LANtastic for Windows 95 Note Final setup steps Important a 31 To remove LANtastic 7 0 from your Windows 95 computer 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel Then click Add Remove Programs 2 Click LANtastic 7 0 then click Remove The LANtastic 7 0 Uninstall window appears 3 Click OK to begin the uninstall 4 When prompted click Restart to finish the uninstall process A blue screen with an expiration message will appear every 15 seconds once the evaluation period has expired You ll need to continue pressing any key during the uninstall to get rid of this screen Once you ve completed the LANtastic Setup you may need to perform a few post installation steps on some or all of your network computers See the Post installation checklist section for the final setup instructions you need for the features you installed If you install the LANtastic Internet Gateway Client on a Windows 95 computer and later install Microsoft IPX SPX protocol or Microsoft TCP IP protocol the LANtastic Internet Gateway Client will be disabled due to replacement of the Winsock DLL files To restore the LANtastic Internet Gateway Client you ll need to remove and reinstall LANtastic 7 0 To do this without disturbing your acc
86. 0 7101 Sales 1 800 846 9726 Edition 1 2 25 97 Writers Editors Rhonda Knotts m Elizabeth Kane m Sharon Matthias Online Writers Editors Rhonda Knotts m Tony Poulton Manual Designer Rhonda Knotts Online Designer Tony Poulton AGREEMENT CAREFULLY READ ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT BEFORE USING THE SOFTWARE Software OR THE HARDWARE Hardware BY INSTALLING OR USING THIS PRODUCT YOU INDICATE YOUR COMPLETE AND UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT PROMPTLY RETURN THE PRODUCT FOR A FULL REFUND This document is a legal agreement between you and ARTISOFT INC ARTISOFT concerning the use of the Software THIS AGREEM ENT CONSTITUTES THE COM PLETE AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND ARTISOFT 1 LICENSE ARTISOFT grants to you a non exclusive non transferable personal license to use the Software in object code form only and specifically not in source code form on the platforms and on not more than the number of servers workstations indicated in your purchase documentation provided the relevant servers workstations are part of a single network installation A single network installation is defined as any continuously connected group of not more than 500 servers workstations on one cabling scheme without hardware or software bridges or routers For a network server the Software is considered in use when any portion of
87. 103 106 Internet using Gateway 86 Internet Intranet features installing 14 Internet Intranet troubleshooting See the Readme file or online Help Intranet defined 244 described 99 invalid computer name message 135 invalid drive specification message 122 invalid switch error 123 invalid user name or password message 122 IP address 101 102 defined 244 IPX defined 244 IPX SPX compatible protocol removing before installation 24 IPX SPX or TCP IP protocol installing Microsoft 109 IPXODI defined 244 m 267 m IRQ Interrupt Request defined 244 resolving possible conflicts 20 IRQ and I O Base settings checking and troubleshooting 140 ISDN defined 244 ISP Internet Service Provider 97 J J access right 79 jumper defined 245 K K access right 79 key equivalent defined 245 kilobyte defined 245 L LAN defined 245 LANCHECK and NDIS support 165 lockups while running 165 using to check network 165 LANCHECK program defined 245 LANtastic 32 bit Client using with LANtastic for Windows 95 computers 17 compatible applications 178 Database LDB Windows 95 144 disk error 155 for Windows 95 adding or removing software components 143 troubleshooting 133 147 LANtastic computers managing remotely with LNET_MGR 86 INDEX m 268 m LANtastic Connections window 54 LANtastic Custom Control Panel adding buttons that launch applications 52 adding buttons that open files and folders 52 cu
88. 149 Can t set SHELL to setting in CONFIG SYS There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation See Common installation problems on page 149 Can t write the file to the directory There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation See Common installation problems on page 149 Copying Error Couldn t update file See Common installation problems on page 149 Couldn t copy files from XXX to XXX There was an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 The dynamic link library wasn t loaded There was an error copying the file to its destination Either the necessary file is not on the specified disk or the disk is bad See Common installation problems on page 149 Run the installation again An error has occurred while copying the file filename The file was not copied There was an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 An error occurred while copying and decompressing files There was an error copying the file to its destination You may have a damaged floppy diskette or a file missing from the diskette or the Install Services directory See Common installation problems on page 149 Or try the solution LAN tastic disk error on page 155 Insufficient ava
89. 28 If you don t find a solution 2 eect ee teen e teeter eteeeeeeteaeeeeteeaeeeteaaeeeenee 131 Online Help SYSOMS eeeceeeceeneeeeteeeeeaeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeteeeeeeeetaes 131 LANtastic 7 0 Readme file ceececcecceeee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeseeseeeeseaeees 131 Technical SUPPO ae adien erena aasar dab iaan ea nage dienes 131 Chapter 10 Troubleshooting LANtastic for Windows 95 133 Solving LANtastic for Windows 95 problems sssesseseserrseserrsssrrserrrrsenes 133 Installation related error MESSAGES cece ceeeeeeeeeee sees eeeeeteeeseeeeeeeteaeeee 134 Problems immediately after installation cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeee 135 CD ROM problems ciii an iioii ienee taida i ada a aaan 138 Computers can t COMMUNICALEC eee eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeeeeeeeaeeties 138 CONTENTS Computer won t boot or IOCKS Up ecceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeeeaeeeaeetees 140 Printing ProODl Ms ciicec cceeihs ncede ivi lee tinned diene ian bee 141 Bror MESIG ES enea eener E RINE NEn aR dit Seaedeestteanydatiened atic 142 Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 software COMPONENHS 00 ee eeeeeeeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeesaaeees 143 Completely removing LANtastic for Windows 95 foma computer oriori aaae ee Pea fue etcetera 144 Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 COMPONENS assinei ieri ni aa a AES 145 Removing then reinstalling all LANtastic for Wi
90. 3 Make sure in NET_MGR that whichever account you re trying to log in with has an adequate number of concurrent logins 4 Cable problems For complete cable information see Installing Your Network Hardware on page 187 CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m l 4 m Basic configuration Note When you re isolating the source of a problem it s a good idea to try taking your network down to the most basic configuration possible for testing purposes This involves a bare minimum CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT file First make backup copies of your CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT files Then edit them to use only the basic commands To create a basic boot configuration for both DOS and Windows 3 x edit the CONFIG SYS file so it contains only these lines DEVICE C DOS HIMEM SYS FILES 100 BUFFERS 32 LASTDRIVE Z If you run NDIS drivers for your network adapter card add the following two lines DEVICE C LANTASTI PROTMAN DOS 1 C LANTASTI DEVICE C LANTASTI DRIVER DOS where DRIVER DOS is the specific filename for your NDIS driver Now edit the AUTOEXEC BAT file so it contains only these lines PATH C DOS C WINDOWS PROMPT P G SET TEM P C TEMP If you re using a disk compression program or SCSI hard drive controller that requires special disk compression drivers in CONFIG SYS leave those drivers in as well If you re running DOS 6 0 or higher you have the option of minimizing your system configuration by p
91. 5 lt Enter gt LNET_MGR lt Enter gt The LNET_MGR main menu appears To select an option press the up and down arrow keys to position the highlight bar over it then press Enter Alternatively if you have mouse support under DOS simply click the option you need 201 202 m To exit the main menu press Esc or click the right mouse button To view Help about an option select it then press the Fl key When you re finished with the Help press Esc to return to the main menu Note Whichever LVET_MGR screen you re working on you can get more information about using it by pressing F1 Using LNET_MGR from the command line This section explains how to use LNET_MGR from a DOS command line Viewing and using LNET_ MGR commands To use an LNET_MGR command type CD LANTASTI WIN95 lt Enter gt Then type the command and options you want to run For example you might type LNET_MGR BACKUP servername C drive lantasti net save lt Enter gt to back up the lantasti net control directory on a remote server s C drive to a file called save in the current directory on your computer Or you d type LNET_MGR RESTORE SAVE servername C drive lantasti net lt Enter gt to restore the control directory to the server s C drive Getting on screen Help about LNET MGR commands To view a list of all the LNET_MGR commands open a DOS box and type CD LANTASTI WIN95 lt Enter gt LNET_MGR HELP lt Enter gt The LNET_M
92. 5 you can t NET USE your own printer CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 168 m No loopback redirections Normally if your computer has a physical drive you shouldn t redirect it elsewhere on the network Leave your physical drives physical You should never redirect a physical drive back to itself An example of this is NET USE C server C DRIVE However you can normally redirect logical drives back to themselves Logical drives also known as virtual drives don t physically exist on your computer They re just letters assigned to other drives When you redirect a logical drive to itself on the network some applications may not work Windows 3 x for example won t work in enhanced mode if you loopback a redirection on your hard drive Instead of the loopback NET USE statement replace it with an equivalent SUBST substitute command For example in your network startup batch file replace NET USE G SERVER C DRIVE with SUBST G C Running MSD Run Microsoft Diagnostics MSD to make sure the printer is available by exiting Windows 3 x then typing MSD lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt MSD also has a printer test Run it to confirm that the printer will work If it doesn t print check your printer cable port and or printer Plotting programs Some plotting programs such as AutoCAD require an adjustment to run on a network If you re having problems getting your plot to print out try changing your
93. 57 Making a shared modem connection ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeecaeesetaeeeeeeaes 59 Final setup steps for USING MOCEMG ccceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeteeetees 60 Hints anA tipS s insite sadhana aan eal vit ah iii eee 60 Chapter 6 Beyond Basic Networking ssssssssssssnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna OB Creating Shared reSOUICES cccccceceeeeteeceeeeeeceeeeetaeeeeteeaeeeeeteaeeeeteeeeeeesaaeees 63 Automatic resource SCtUP ceeceecceeeceeeceeeeceeeeeteneeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeeteeeteneeeeeetaes 63 Adding NEW FOSOUICES ccceeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeseeeeteeeteeeeeaeeeeeeeaes 63 Planning your drive reSOUMCES eeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeteeeeteeeseeeteaeeteeetaes 64 Setting up shared drive and printer resources eeeeeeeeeee eee teeeeteee 64 Using the new _ROOT_ directory reSOUMC eeceeeeeeeseeneeeneeseeeeeeeaeens 65 LANtastic s optional security features ccccccceececeeeeeeeneeeeeeetaeeeesaeeeeeeaes 66 LANtastic s basic unsecured NECWOKK ee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeaeeteeeeeeeeteeetees 66 Choosing your network security StrateQi s cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeee 67 Using Management Security Levels MSLS sceesceeseeseteeeteeeeeeetees 69 Setting up security with ACCOUNKS cece eects e teense eeeecaeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeenee 69 Who can Set UP ACCOUNTS cece ee ee eeeeeeee eter tees eteeseeeeteeeteaeseeseeeeseaeeee 69 The first step to enhancing SCULLY eee cece ee
94. 6 computer that has a hard disk In an AT 286 386 486 available if you aren t using LPT2 the second parallel port Good choice for your network adapter card 6 Not available if you have a floppy drive Available for systems without a floppy 7 Available if you aren t using LPT1 the primary parallel port Watch your priorities Setting a network adapter card at a higher priority IRQ lower numeric value than that of the communications ports can cause data overruns on the communications lines during periods of high network activity Don t share IRQ settings Remember that each standard COM port requires its own IRQ Each hardware device needs its own I O Base address Every hardware device in the system must have a different address And each port being shared by a modem server must have a unique I O Base address that isn t being used by any other device in the system Checking parity data bit and stop bit settings The choice of parity data bit and stop bit is dictated by the communications software you re using Make sure that you ve specified the correct combination of these parameters in the communications software Your modem is too slow LANtastic supports baud rates up to 115 200 baud Even if you have a high speed modem it could be slowed down if you re running communications software that supports only the basic INT 14 specification If you want to go faster than 9 600 make sure you have a communicati
95. 9 EXPAND Allows you to find the physical or network path of any file When using indirect files the LNET EXPAND command helps you keep track of which file will finally be accessed This is especially useful if you have multiple layers of indirect files Use the PHYSICAL switch to find the server s physical path to use the indirect file or use the RECURSE switch to find the network path to the final referenced file LNET EXPAND PHYSICAL RECURSE filename PHYSICAL Displays the full physical path to the file RECURSE Displays the full network path to the file that the indirect file finally references m 217 m In the examples below the indirect file INDIRECT BAT is linked to ORIGINAL BAT The indirect file IND2 BAT is linked to INDIRECT BAT creating two layers of indirect files If you type LNET EXPAND IND2 BAT you ll see the output shown below HOST1 C DRIVE APPS IND2 BAT This output tells you where the file exists relative to the network In this case the file is located on the server HOST1 on the resource C DRIVE in the subfolder APPS If you use the Recurse R switch for IND2 BAT LNET EXPAND R IND2 BAT you ll see this output HOST1 C DRIVE ORIGINAL BAT This command line instructs the LNET program to search through all the levels of indirect files until it arrives at the final file referenced The information given is relative to the file s location on the redirected drive To find
96. 90 days and three 3 years respectively Some states jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an implied warranty so the above information may not apply to you CUSTOMER REMEDIES Artisoft s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Artisoft s option either a return of the price paid or b repair or replacement of the Software or Hardware that does not meet Artisoft s Limited Warranty and which is returned to Artisoft with a copy of your receipt This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Software or Hardware has resulted from accident abuse or misapplication Any replacement Software or Hardware will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer ARTISOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES REPRESENTATIONS PROMISES AND GUARANTEES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE ON THE SOFTWARE MEDIA DOCUMENTATION OR RELATED TECHNICAL SUPPORT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY PERFORMANCE AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARTISOFT WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY BUG ERROR OMISSION DEFECT DEFICIENCY OR NONCONFORMITY IN ANY SOFTWARE AS A RESULT THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS LICENSED AS IS AND THE PURCHASER ASSUMES THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO ITS QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE IN NO EVENT WILLARTISOFT ORITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FORINDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONTINGENT CONSEQUEN
97. ARE Will networking activities interfere with my regular work c eeee 197 Are there special considerations about sharing programs OMe NeW t eeii tad vae cx A ersten iaaa aa aS ai aana a Saeed 197 What if want to shut down my computer s sssesssseeiseserrsererrsrrrreerrnses 198 What version of LANtastic is right for Me ssssserrserrrrserrrrnsrrreerrrnees 198 Appendix C Using the LNET_MGR ProgramM sssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnn 20L Using LNET MGR from the main Menu sssssssssseserseserrssrrrrssrrrrerrrrsereen 201 Viewing and using the LNET_MGR main MENU 201 Using LNET_ MGR from the command line ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeeee 202 Viewing and using LNET MGR COMman dS ccce eee eee teeeteeeeee 202 Getting on screen Help about LNET MGR comman d6 ceeeee 202 Tee conventions a hanana aeneon adadad adedana ddiaa adaa 203 Valid switch SYNtAX oo eee ceteeeenee ee eeeee ee eeeaaeeeeeaeeeeseaaeeeetcaaeeeeteeeeetenaes 203 Appendix D Using the LNET Program sssssssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 207 AbDOUt ENET sictecececesiSiniiisckisdienSiedtes E eee Se 207 Why use UN Ele a s 9icue itive linia a E a a Aa aaa ain iiatt es 207 Using LNET from the Main Functions Menu sccccccesesssssssteeeesesssnaees 208 Viewing and using the LNET Main Functions Menu ccssceeseeees 208 LNET and NET differences under the Main Functions menu 209 Using LNET from the command
98. ARTNET BAT file or CONNECT BAT file Its purpose is to automatically close the spool file for applications that may not be network aware The network will wait the specified number of seconds and if the application hasn t sent any more data to the printer the print job will be closed Some applications may take longer to search data and the default timeout may cause mixed or broken print jobs If you think this might be the problem type the command NET LPT TIMEOUT 0 lt Enter gt to disable this feature then run your print test again Make sure to issue this command on the same computer you re sending the print job from If your problem disappears try setting the timeout to 60 and run the test again You may need to adjust this number until all your applications function correctly Once you ve found the optimum time change the NET LPT TIMEOUT line of the STARTNET BAT file or CONNECT BAT file on each computer to this number Micro Channel If you can t get the reference program disk to run try pulling other network adapter cards out of the bus leaving only video and controller cards Also try swapping network cards with another Micro Channel computer If the problem goes with the card contact the card manufacturer If you get a boot up error make sure you ve run the IBM reference disk program and configured the card If you can t find the reference disk contact your local IBM distributor You must use the reference disk to
99. Articnft INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 Trial Version Software COPYRIGHT 1996 Artisoft Inc All Rights Reserved This manual and the software described in it are copyrighted with all rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without the written permission of Artisoft Inc TRADEMARKS Artisoft LANtastic and INSYNC are registered trademarks and CoSession Remote and ModemShare are trademarks of Artisoft Inc Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation OS 2 is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell Inc Adobe and Acrobat are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated which may be registered in certain jurisdictions Other brand names company names and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies LIMITED WARRANTY ON SOFTWARE Artisoft warrants that a the Software will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of 90 days from the date of receipt and b any Hardware accompanying the Software will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three 3 years from the date of receipt Any implied warranties on the Software and Hardware are limited to ninety
100. Artisoft to the new setting of NE2000 If your computer has an Artisoft AE Series adapter installed you must change its mode setting by manually moving jumpers on the board Instructions for performing both of these operations appear in the sections that follow INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 19 m Whether or not you need to change your adapter s configuration you must know its IRQ and I O address settings You ll be asked for these when you install an adapter driver Depending on the type of adapter its settings can be checked by running a software utility or by visually inspecting its jumper settings Checking and changing the settings on your NodeRunner adapter To check and if necessary change the settings on an Artisoft NodeRunner adapter other than the NodeRunner Pro which is discussed on page 17 you ll need to run the NRSETUP program You ll find NRSETUP on all Artisoft online sites filename NRU100 EXE To check and change the settings on your NodeRunner adapter 1 Insert LANtastic Disk 6 into a floppy drive on your Windows 95 computer 2 Click the MS DOS icon on the Windows 95 desktop or click Start Programs MS DOS prompt 3 At the DOS prompt type A lt Enter gt then NRSETUP lt Enter gt where A is the floppy drive containing a disk with NRU100 EXE 4 If any network software is running you ll see the message Adapter may be in use Press Enter to
101. E 2 2 m path typing 65 Pathname defined 251 PAUSE command 220 PCI motherboard 20 peer to peer LAN defined 251 performance controlling server 5 permanent drive connections 40 permission to modify printer settings message 141 physical drive defined 251 physical drives 40 PING command 220 Ping program defined 251 planning installation 11 14 preinstallation checklist 12 plotters 171 Plug and Play adapters configuring 17 installing driver 20 point defined 251 POP defined 251 pop up menu defined 251 pop up messages receiving and sending 48 49 pop up messages feature 1 port physical and virtual explained 59 redirecting 59 port defined 252 ports connecting printers to 42 described 40 ports standard addresses 130 post office mail computer designating 45 POSTBOX command 220 PPP defined 252 preferred servers defined 252 preinstallation checklist 12 primary logon box changing 30 PRINT command 220 print driver defined 252 print drivers 158 print jobs defined 252 print jobs managing 79 print queue defined 252 printer access rights 79 printer error message 126 printer ports 159 Printer defined 252 printers adding to network 91 buffer setting 172 connecting to 42 connections canceling 43 disconnecting 91 naming the network printer resource 65 ports connecting to 42 ports described 40 serial 171 problems with 127 setting access rights for managing print jobs 79 printing assigning T Y Z a
102. ENDIX A INSTALLING YOUR NETWORK HARDWARE m 192 m Testing your network hardware A few cabling don ts If you re using thin coax cable don t connect your computers in a closed circle Instead put a terminator on the adapter in the first and last computer in your network Don t connect a piece of thin coax cable to a T connector in the ceiling then drop it down to a computer below Each adapter needs its own T connector attached directly to the card Don t exceed the maximum segment lengths shown in the boxes on page 189 If you re using twisted pair cable a segment is the distance between a computer and the hub Don t run cables within a few feet of fluorescent lights power lines lightning rod cables X ray machines radios electric motors air conditioners or TV antennas Don t run cables through walls without passing them through their own conduit tubes Never use the same conduit that contains power lines or phone lines Don t run cables under carpets in heavily traveled areas or between two buildings even if you plan to run them through a conduit or bury them in the ground Many network adapter cards including the adapters that come in LANtastic 7 0 starter kits include diagnostic programs on their configuration diskettes These programs check the integrity of adapter and cable connections without making any configuration changes To make sure that your adapters are communicating with
103. ERFORMANCE 3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IN NO EVENT WILL ARTISOFT ORITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL CONTINGENT CONSEQUENTIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE SOFTWARE ORDOCUMENTATION INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS DAMAGES FROM BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF ORTO DATA computer programs business DOWNTIME GOODWILL DAMAGE TO OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY OR ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING REPROGRAM MING OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCTS EVEN IF ARTISOFT ITS SUPPLIERS OR ANYONE ELSE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES YOU AGREE THAT ARTISOFT S AND ITS SUPPLIERS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FORTHIS PRODUCT ANY WRITTEN ORORAL INFORMATION ORADVICE GIVEN BY ARTISOFT DEALERS DISTRIBUTORS AGENTS OR EM PLOYEES WILL IN NO WAY INCREASE THE SCOPE OF THIS WARRANTY NOR MAY YOU RELY ON ANY SUCH WRITTEN OR ORAL COMMUNICATION Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer protection provisions which may supersede this limitation so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary
104. ERSTE Available Printer Ports E USABILITY L i corres F Bemember Next Last Connection Made Connection Made Resource Drives Printers 7 Torename the button right click it and click Properties then type the new name in the Title field 8 To delete the other Assign button right click it and click Remove Using an existing drive connection Once you ve set up your drive connections you can use the connections from the Windows 95 Explorer 1 Click My Computer then click the drive you want to use 2 Click the plus sign next to the drive name to show its subfolders You can double click a folder to display its files in the Contents field on the right side of the Explorer window 3 Double click a file and it will either open in the application in which it was created or you ll see the Open With window This window gives you a choice of applications from which to open the file Sending and receiving LANtastic Mail Important Your post office must be on a LANtastic for DOS or Windows computer LANtastic Mail is an electronic mail e mail program that allows you to send and receive messages across your LANtastic network If you re already using e mail software you may not want to use LANtastic Mail INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 45 m With LANtastic Mail you send messages to a computer that s been designated as your network s mail computer
105. GR Help menu appears INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 203 m To get Help information about a specific command type LNET_MGR HELP commandname lt Enter gt where commandname is the name of the command you re interested in The Help information shows the correct syntax for all the options you can use with that command Note that the Help information about each command refers to the NET_MGR rather than the LNET_MGR command name Text conventions Each command name is followed by a description of its purpose its correct syntax and explanations of its optional arguments if any You may then see examples for using the command Arguments where you must choose between two or more options are contained within brackets Optional arguments are contained within angle brackets lt gt Arguments that you must provide are printed in lower case Capitalized words represent correct syntax for commands In cases where switches or commands have variable inputs with default values the default values are given in brackets followed by the range Valid switch syntax When you add switches to a command line use a forward slash to separate them If a switch takes a value such as when you designate the serial port used with the PORT switch the switch must be followed by an equal sign or a colon Here are the valid switch formats command SWITCH command SWITCH
106. HOOTING YOUR NETWORK e124 69 Problems running applications over the network If trouble occurs when you use applications that are available to multiple users over the network find the description of your symptom here and try the solutions offered The application seems incompatible with LANtastic Try the solution 0 Compatibility with LANtastic on page 178 The application locks up when multiple users run the application Try these solutions in this order O Increase SHARE parameters on page 179 O Increase file handles on page 180 Sharing violations occur when running an application over the network Try these solutions in this order O DOS SHARE compatible on page 179 O Sharing violations and exclusive access on page 179 O Increase SHARE parameters on page 179 If sharing violations occur immediately when a second user runs a shared application try these solutions in this order O DOS SHARE compatible on page 179 O Sharing violations and exclusive access on page 179 Sharing violations occur after multiple additional users run a shared application Try the solution 0 Increase SHARE parameters on page 179 No more file handles message appears Try the solution O Increase file handles on page 180 Server reboots when multiple users run the application Try these solutions in this order O Increase SHARE parameters on page 179 O Increas
107. INDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE PART 3 USING THE LANTASTIC INTERNET GATEWAY CHAPTER 7 INTRODUCING YOUR NET SOFTWARE Hint What s the LANtastic Internet Gateway LANtastic s Net software gives you more than just Internet connectivity You can also use it to connect branch offices to your network and access UNIX hosts and applications In fact you can connect all the computers in your network to the world Getting started on the Internet involves getting familiar with a whole new language of fascinating but often confusing words and phrases For quick explanations of Net terminology take a look at the glossary at the end of this manual The LANtastic Internet Gateway based on Artisoft s i Share technology lets networked computers share access to the Internet through one computer s Internet connection This allows several computers to use the Internet for the cost of a single connection Usually connecting multiple computers to the Internet involves getting a separate Internet account for each computer from your Internet Service Provider a company such as CompuServe that supplies you with Internet access In addition to the cost of maintaining separate accounts each computer pays a price in memory because each one must have the TCP IP software installed TCP IP is the communications protocol necessary to talk to the Internet With the LANtastic Internet Gateway only one computer running
108. Intranet either through a direct connection or an Internet service provider This section explains in general terms how to set up your LANtastic Internet Gateway server to dial up to an Internet service provider using a modem To do this you ll need to 1 Install and configure the Windows 95 Dial Up Adapter and TCP IP stack bound to the Dial Up Adapter page 104 2 Configure Windows 95 s Dial Up Networking to work with your Internet service provider page 105 Detailed instructions for configuring Dial Up Networking are available from your ISP For example SPRYNET provides step by step instructions on its World Wide Web site You can access an ISP by dialing up with a modem or through a direct connection If you re going to use a modem it s a good idea to use a 28 8 or faster modem on the Internet Gateway server If an ISDN line is available speed and performance are vastly improved If you re planning to use or are already using an Internet service provider contact your provider for configuration details If you ve already got a direct connection to the Internet see your network administrator for information CHAPTER 8 SHARING INTERNET ACCESS m 104 m Before you get started Before you begin the steps in this section make sure that You have your Internet account information such as user name and password account access phone number and specific instructions in hand You have the Windows 95 i
109. Intranet resources appears in the Internet Resources window Select one of these resources then click OK 3 If prompted type in a password in the Enter Password window Click OK 4 Run an Internet application Once you ve associated this Internet application with a particular server and Internet resource you can open the application and automatically connect to the same server without using the Select LANtastic Internet Resource window To request a connection under Windows 3 x open the Control Panel in the Program Manager and double click the LANtastic Internet Gateway icon When you have an active Internet connection you can check and control the status of your connection from your Gateway client computer From the Use Network page of the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click the Assign Internet Connections button Under Windows 3 x double click the LANtastic Internet Gateway icon in the Control Panel The LANtastic Internet Connections window appears LANtastic Internet Connections x Computer Intemet Gateway Server 53 Internet Resource J Z OK Internet Provider Number of Sessions 0 Status Inactive Clear Select This window shows which computer s and Internet resource s you re using and the number of active connections or sessions currently running on the client If you want to disconnect from the server click Clear Click Select to choose a different
110. LANtastic for Windows 95 includes the DOS based LNET program that you can use to perform many networking tasks You can use LNET by choosing options from a Main Functions menu or by typing commands and options at the DOS command line This appendix provides a complete alphabetical listing of the commands switches and arguments for the LANtastic for Windows 95 LNET program About LNET Note If you ve used LANtastic under DOS you ll recognize the LNET Main Functions menu options and command line options with some limitations they work in the same way as the NET program The NET program was simply renamed LNET to avoid conflict with the NET program that s included with Windows 95 If the Microsoft Client software is installed on your computer you will find that you can use some of Microsoft s NET commands under LANtastic However it s recommended that you use LNET for LANtastic networking functions Why use LNET If you ve previously used LANtastic s DOS NET program you may prefer to use LNET to perform some networking tasks And even if you re not experienced with NET you may want to use LNET to perform some tasks that can t be carried out from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel For example with LNET you can Use the LNET LOGIN and LNET USE commands to create batch files to connect to servers and redirect drives With the DEFERRED and WAIT switches available with these commands you can establish connect
111. LEFT 2 RIGHT 2 TN INSTALLED IF TN 4R ECHO REDIR IS INSTALLED NET STRING LEFT 3 RIGHT 3 TN INSTALLED IF TN 4S ECHO SERVER IS INSTALLED REM ALL DONE DELETE THE ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES USED SET TEM P SET STR SET TN INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE e231 m ADVANCED LNET ERROR HANDLING TECHNIQUES When creating batch files it s often a good idea to use the LNET NOERROR switch to suppress error messages The error message won t appear However you can use the pre existing variable LNET_ERROR to expand to the most recent error level then use this value in your batch files You can use this feature to accommodate any error values that you think might appear Please note that the OK and NEXTLOGIN sections are not included in the sample below REM ALLOCATE THREE CHARACTERS FOR THE REM ENVIRONMENT VARIABLE LNET_ERROR SET LNET_ERROR REM USE THE LNET NOERROR SWITCH WHEN YOU LOG REM IN SO YOU WON T SEE ANY ERROR MESSAGES LNET NOERROR LOGIN SERVERI BILL SECRET REM IF THERE IS NO ERROR PROCEED WITH THE LNET REM USE COMMANDS REMEMBER THAT YOU HAVE REM TO INCLUDETHE VARIABLEWITHIN TO HAVE IT REM EXPAND TO ITS CURRENT VALUE IF LNET_ERROR 0 GO TO OK REM IF THE SERVER ISN T LISTENING TELL THE USER AND REM TRY TO LOG IN TO THE NEXT SERVER IF LNET_ERROR 51 GO TO NEXTLOGIN APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM GLOSSARY
112. N dedicated and nondedicated servers workstation SERVER The LANtastic program that allows a computer to share its resources with other computers on the network INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 255m server name The unique name by which your computer is identified on the network Server names can be up to 15 characters long and can t contain any special DOS characters such as colons backslashes or spaces server workstation A nondedicated server in a peer to peer network such as LANtastic Such a server can log in to other servers and use their resources just like workstations Setup The Windows based LANtastic programs that install the LANtastic Windows v3 x and LANtastic for Windows 95 software on your computer s hard disk shim A program that converts software protocols it can be thought of as a translation engine SLIP Serial Line Internet Protocol allows TCP IP to run over serial lines such as telephone circuits SMB Server Message Block SMB is a server control language used by Microsoft s and IBM s family of networks It is a subset of SNA See also SNA SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol transfers electronic mail between computers so that you can send e mail messages SNA Systems Network Architecture SNA is a protocol governing mainframe communication SNB Server Network Block SNB is Artisoft s server control language used by LANtastic workstation
113. NET SHOW CONNECT command to create a batch file that will automatically set up your network connections each time you run LANtastic for Windows 95 consider the following If the Microsoft Client to NetWare Networks is installed the LNET SHOW command won t function correctly You ll see meaningless lines displayed or an endless display of the same line If this occurs type Ctrl C to escape the LNET command If you haven t renamed LNET to NET when you use LNET SHOW CONNECT you ll have to edit the resulting batch file to change all the NET commands to LNET If you use LNET SHOW CONNECT after exploring the network using LANtastic for Windows 95 or the Windows Explorer for example you ll see commands for deviceless connections in the batch file This is because of the way you can set up deviceless connections under Windows 95 These commands will generate errors when the batch file is run and you should edit the file to APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM e212 m remove them Alternatively make sure you reboot your computer immediately before using LNET SHOW CONNECT That way no deviceless connections will appear in the batch file LNET and NET differences at the command line Some of the commands and options you may have used under LANtastic s DOS NET program aren t available in LNET For example the UNLINK PING SEND CHAT RECEIVE MESSAGE and LPT TIMEOUT commands aren t supported Because LPT TIMEOUT isn t
114. NET_MGR program that runs in a Windows 95 DOS box To use this feature type LANTASTI WIN95 LNET_MGR lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt then select the Change Control Directory menu item in the Control Directory Maintenance screen and enter the server name with two backslashes in front for example PRINTSRV LANtastic for Windows 95 servers are managed from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Instead of typing this path at the DOS prompt you can easily make a quick launch button for LNET_MGR as described under Using LANtastic s DOS based LNET and LNET_MGR programs on page 85 If you selected the LANtastic Internet Gateway server option during installation on the Manage Servers page you have the button Share Internet Connections You ll use this button to share your computer s Internet connection with other people on the network INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note Expanding and changing your network a 8 7 mE If you selected the LANtastic Internet Gateway client option during installation on the Use Network page you have the button Assign Internet Connections You re set up to use someone else s Internet connection through the Gateway on your LANtastic 7 0 network Now you ll need to turn to Chapter 7 and Chapter 8 to check your setup and learn how to use the Gateway If you didn t select either of these options neither of these buttons will appear in your LANt
115. PRINT command but still specify the number of copies Separating arguments using spaces would look like this APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 230 m LNET PRINT FILE TXT LPT1 10 In the example above the server has no Please note that you must place a variable between two percent signs xxx to have it way of knowing whether the 10 is the comment for the print job or the number of copies printed It therefore assumes that 10 is a comment and prints only one copy by default In such cases you must separate arguments with commas LNET PRINT FILE TXT LPT1 10 You can t however place a comma between the LNET command and the subcommand USING STRINGS IN BATCH FILES To create powerful batch files LANtastic allows you to manipulate environment string variables These strings are DOS environment variables An environment variable is a string of characters that s assigned to a pre existing environment variable that s either typed in by the user or extracted from one of LANtastic s special strings Strings in batch files are useful for prompting users to enter their passwords or other data They can also be used to extract the date the time and the name of the computer that you re using as well as other information The following example uses some of the LNET STRING commands Refer to the remarks text after the lines beginning with REM for information on how the strings are being used and what functions the
116. RIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 123 8 LPICALLW DLL or Invalid switch In your AUTOEXEC BAT file make sure the CALL C LANTASTI STARTNET BAT line appears after any PATH statement after any loading of SHARE EXE before any loading of MSCDEX before the WINDOWS WIN COM line Also if the LOADHIGH command appears in the CALL C LANTASTI STARTNET BAT line delete LOADHIGH and all associated MEMMAKER commands LANtastic will not load high this way Network node not listening Try these solutions in this order NET SHOW on page 167 LANCHECK on page 165 IRQ and I O Base on page 164 RAMBASE on page 169 Cable on page 158 Bus timing on page 157 uaua Server connection to network node broken Try these solutions in this order Abort Retry or Fail on page 157 NET SHOW on page 167 Cable on page 158 Bus timing on page 157 Swap cards on page 172 OUOQOQ0 Too many redirections or logins Try these solutions in this order Too many redirections or logins on page 173 Account on page 156 Resource on page 170 Cable on page 158 Control directory on page 159 OOUOQOQ0 You have been denied access on network node Try these solutions in this order O Access denied on page 160 O Account on page 156 O Compression utilities on page 172 O Control directory on page 159 CHAPTER 9 TROUBLES
117. RSION SOFTWARE m 257 m templates LANtastic for Windows 95 only An account template provides a basic framework for creating new accounts You can save time creating accounts if you base new accounts on a template you ve previously created because it will already have some of the entries filled in with standard information Accounts that were based on a template aren t affected by any future changes you make to the template text box A box located within a dialog box and used to enter text required to complete a command text editor A program used to create view and modify text files thumbnail A miniaturized representation of an image tile A method of arranging windows so no two windows overlap and all of the windows are visible title bar The horizontal area at the top of each window that shows the name of that window title bar icon In Windows the square or X in the top left corner of a window You can double click this icon to close the window tooltips Help In Windows 95 a small pop up window containing descriptive text that appears when you move your cursor over an element such as a button or field in the toolbar of a LANtastic window The text changes automatically when you move the cursor over a different element The pop up window disappears when you click an element or move the cursor elsewhere Many LANtastic for Windows 95 windows have tooltips Help which is enabled by default In some cases you c
118. S increase the E parameter It s a good idea to start by doubling it The line would read as follows SHELL C DOS COMAND COM C DOS E 1024 P Insufficient NetBIOS resources This error is the result of not having enough NetBIOS resources allocated for the number of users on the network First make sure that the number of users being allocated is actually the number of users logging in to this particular server Open NET_MGR navigate to view the server startup parameters and check the Maximum Number of Users setting This should be no higher than the actual number of users who will be logged in to the server concurrently plus two If the number of users is already set then the next step is to take a look at the AILANBIO driver This is where the NetBIOS resources are allocated These switches are NCBS MAX _NCBS SESSIONS and MAX SESSIONS These will be listed on the AILANBIO line or in the STARTNET CFG file By default these settings are NCBS 32 MAX_NCBS 32 SESSION S 32 MAX_SESSIONS 32 Normally these settings need to be set only to the number of users logging in plus two But other factors such as the size of the network buffer request size and network tasks being allocated INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 183 m can require a change in this setting Try increasing these numbers to double what they are currently If this solves the problem start reducing that number Increa
119. S is at least 32 If you need to include device drivers to access your hard drive include these as well After installation is complete delete all the REM statements you inserted in the CONFIG SYS file Account You may need to delete and recreate the account you re attempting to log in to At the server s DOS prompt type NET_MGR lt Enter gt Select Individual Account Wildcard Account or ACL Group Management Highlight the account youre trying to use and notice the name Press Enter and write down all the pertinent information regarding the account setup After you ve got all the information press Esc With the account name highlighted press the Delete key then press Enter to confirm Next press the Ins key and type the name of your account Highlight your new account and press Enter Set up the account according to the notes you just made Escape to DOS and try accessing the account again from the NET program If you re still unable to connect to this account you may have a corrupt control directory You may need to restart the server though this usually won t be necessary INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 15 7 m Abort Retry or Fail You ve been disconnected from the server which could have several causes 1 Consider whether the server could have been shut down or turned off To verify that it s still running as a server go to the server computer and type NET SHOW l
120. SEPARATE command 219 LPT TIMEOUT command 220 LPT timeout setting 161 LSL defined 246 M M access right 79 MAC defined 246 Mail 1 MAIL command 220 Mail feature reading your mail messages 46 sending a message 45 using 44 46 Manage Servers page described 39 Manage Shared Modem window 58 Management Security Levels MSLs configuring 68 defined 247 described 69 hierarchy of 69 Supervisor 71 Manager MSL 69 managing accounts with Supervisor account 72 managing print jobs 79 maximize defined 247 INDEX a2 08 memory block 247 conventional defined 238 extended 241 management defined 247 manager defined 247 memory managers removing 115 troubleshooting 116 memory using MEM C command to check 116 menu bar defined 247 MESSAGE command 220 messages error alphabetical list of installation related Windows 3 x and DOS 149 154 Windows 95 134 135 Windows 95 133 messages pop up 48 49 Microsoft Client for NetWare networks 143 MIGRATE account transfer utility 2 MIGRATE feature using 80 minimize defined 247 Mizer customizing utility 2 Mizer feature adding button to LANtastic Custom Control Panel 52 using 83 85 MLID defined 247 Modem Sharing Options window 27 modem defined 247 modems 57 61 Assign Modems window 59 busy line 61 can t see list of 130 checking COM port connections 59 clients explained 57 error messages 128 hardware setting conflicts 129 IRQ and I O Base se
121. Services and One Disk Network Install can greatly speed up the installation process on multiple computers For additional information see the section called Using LANtastic s installation options on page 13 Preinstallation checklist This section covers some of the things you should consider as you install LANtastic L Install your network hardware Make sure all your computers have network adapters installed For detailed instructions refer to your network adapter documentation Also check that all of the computers are connected using the network cables and that any other network hardware has been set up For general guidelines on how to do this refer to Installing Your Network Hardware on page 187 of this manual L Install Windows 95 If you haven t yet installed Windows do so according to the instructions in your Windows manual However before you begin the LANtastic installation process exit all Windows applications and disable any virus protection programs and screen savers L Check the system requirements Make sure you meet the minimum system requirements for the LANtastic software youre installing IBM computer or compatible 486 or higher 8MB RAM 16MB recommended Windows 95 desktop operating system INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 1308 High density 3 1 2 inch floppy drive or CD ROM drive VGA monitor Mouse 20 5MB available disk spac
122. Session Remote Host program only CoSession Remote lets technical support analysts dial into and take control of your computer Installation instructions appear in Chapter 3 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 You ll learn how to use these new features in no time with this manual and the online learning tools described later in this chapter see Finding the information you need on page 5 LANtastic for Windows 95 s network administration features let you view and add groups and users from a central window with less navigating through the network The software also includes an account template in which a profile of user attributes is created just once for use later when you re setting up individual accounts Network administrators will also appreciate LANtastic for Windows 95 s four Management Security Levels of network access for supervisors and users This table shows some of the advantages you get from using LANtastic for Windows 95 on all of your Windows 95 computers Networking Features Windows oS LAN tamic far native networking Windows 95 Security 2 levels Over 32 levels 32 bit client and server networking Yes Yes Access to DOS computer resources No Yes User definable tab pages No Yes Customizable control panel buttons No Yes Central M anage Servers page No Yes User profile template No Yes Customizable welcome screens Yes Yes Familiar network interface No Yes
123. TIAL OR SIMILAR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM ANY DEFECT IN THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS DAMAGES FROM BUSINESS INTERRUPTION LOSS OF ORTO DATA COMPUTER PROGRAMS BUSINESS DOWNTIME GOODWILL DAM AGE TO OR REPLACEM ENT OF EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY OR ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING REPROGRAM MING OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCTS EVEN IF ARTISOFT ITS SUPPLIERS OR ANYON E ELSE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES YOU AGREE THAT ARTISOFT S AND ITS SUPPLIERS LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR WARRANTY SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THIS PRODUCT ANY WRITTEN OR ORAL INFORMATION ORADVICE GIVEN BY ARTISOFT DEALERS DISTRIBUTORS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES WILL IN NO WAY INCREASE THE SCOPE OF THIS WARRANTY NOR MAY YOU RELY ON ANY SUCH WRITTEN OR ORAL COMMUNICATION Some jurisdictions do not allow the limitation or exclusion of implied warranties or liability for incidental or consequential damages and some jurisdictions have special statutory consumer protection provisions which may supersede this limitation so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction Artisoft Inc 2202 N Forbes Blvd Tucson Arizona 85745 Headquarters 1 520 670 7100 Fax 1 520 67
124. T_MGR program defined 248 NetBEUI defined 248 NetBEUI removing component before installation 24 NetBIOS not in Network control panel 139 resources insufficient 182 NetBIOS protocol 102 bindings NetBIOS protocol 104 NetBIOS defined 248 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE network adapter not working message 135 applications problems running 124 checking with LANCHECK 165 components removing 138 145 defined 193 drives and printers using 40 44 error message 129 received when printing 126 related to modem sharing 129 expanding and changing 87 92 guidelines for using applications on 197 learning the basics 37 node not listening message 123 not present message 136 printing problems 125 software computer lockup when loading 120 network adapter cards See adapters network adapter defined 249 network administrator defined 249 network components removing 24 network drive defined 249 network driver defined 249 network hardware adapters LANtastic compatibility 187 cables and related hardware 187 recommended types 189 evaluating performance with LANCHECK 192 installing 187 192 selecting 187 189 testing 192 network interface card NIC defined 249 Network Manager program defined 249 Network Operating System defined 249 Network defined 248 new features 1 new pages adding to LANtastic Custom Control Panel 50 newsgroups
125. a selection button on the mouse to remove highlighting from a choice that has been selected desktop In Windows 3 x the main screen that displays the icons which represent files and functions contained in the system device Any piece of physical equipment within or attached to a computer such as a printer modem monitor or mouse DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used to load IP information such as IP addresses on networked computers from a central location dialog box A box that requests information from you or reports that it s waiting for a process to be completed INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 239 8 dimmed or grayed out Indicates a command or option isn t available You can t choose a dimmed grayed out command or option and you can t type in a text box with a dimmed grayed out label direction keys The keyboard arrow keys You can use these keys to navigate around the various elements in dialog boxes and windows directory A software partition that divides files into groups This software storage area is used to organize files and programs or a database that contains names or other information See also folder disable To make a device feature or option inoperable See also enable disk A hard or floppy device for storing information in a computer disk cache A portion of the computer s memory where disk data may be temporarily held for quick ret
126. able on the system browser Software designed to explore the multimedia World Wide Web Netscape Navigator and Mosaic are browser programs GLOSSARY m 236m bubble help An online Help utility that works with your mouse to provide descriptions of items or instructions on how to use them based on where the mouse pointer is placed in a program window Sometimes referred to as balloon help byte A group of eight sometimes seven bits Often used to represent a character Bytes are also units of storage and transmission cable The medium that connects computers on a network Two common types are twisted pair sometimes called 10BASE T and thin coaxial 10BASE2 Twisted pair is inexpensive and conveniently pre wired in the walls and ceilings of many office buildings But thin coax is a high quality alternative CAS An acronym for Communications Applications Specifications This is a communication standard developed jointly by DCA Inc and Intel Inc cascade The act of overlapping windows on the desktop in a way that lets you see the title bar of each window CD ROM A high volume optical storage device The CD ROM acronym stands for Compact Disk Read Only Memory Chat A LANtastic network communication feature that lets two people type messages to each other on a divided screen See also Voice Chat check box A dialog box element representing an option you can activate or deactivate A check box is a small box
127. age 69 He or she will probably want to restrict most network users ability to create or modify accounts or resources to keep the network resource organization simple and controlled Every network user If everyone on your network is allowed to manage accounts and modify resources you re ready to get started now because every LANtastic for Windows 95 server comes with its own Supervisor account that anyone can use when sitting at each server s keyboard Use of the default Supervisor account can be restricted see Hints for managing Supervisor accounts on page 72 The first step to enhancing security If you do want to enhance security your top priorities should be to modify each LANtastic for Windows 95 server s default Supervisor account Guest account and the Everyone group to restrict access These three accounts are fully described in the next section on default accounts Understanding the default accounts Every LANtastic for Windows 95 computer comes with the following accounts Guest Everyone and Supervisor Guest account The Guest account is similar to LANtastic s wildcard account Unless you ve previously created an individual account to use a LANtastic for Windows 95 server s resources any time you attempt to log in to a LANtastic for Windows 95 server you ll automatically be logged in with its Guest account This is because the Auto guest login option is enabled by default For details on Auto
128. an turn it on and off by clicking the small question mark icon in the toolbar UART An acronym for Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter A UART is a chip that processes the data that goes through your modem If you re using fax voice modem you should use a 16550 or 16550A UART to help ensure clear data integrity update See refresh upload To send one or more files from your computer s disk storage to a remote computer such as another computer or an online service such as the Arti Facts bulletin board service BBS GLOSSARY m 258 user names and passwords Your user name is the unique name that identifies you on the network Your password is a special word code or symbol used for security and identification purposes You may be prompted to type in your user name and password when you want to connect log in to a computer Voice Chat A LANtastic feature that lets you carry on real time conversations across the network To use Voice Chat each computer must have a sound card installed Voice Mail A LANtastic feature that lets you send recorded messages to be played back on another computer To use Voice Mail each computer must have a sound card installed wildcard A special character such as or that permits DOS to perform utility functions on multiple files without requiring you to specify each file by name For example if you wanted to delete all files with the extension BAK you d typ
129. anage Servers page click Server Control Panel and check the Server Statistics field to see whether other people are using files on your computer Ifno one is using your files go ahead and shut down in the normal way Note that to stop sharing you must log in to your computer using an account with the Supervisor security level CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING m 560 m If people are using your files Specify a delay time before the shutdown To do this when you click Shutdown Server from the Server Control Panel s Server menu clear the Shutdown Now check box and specify the number of minutes before the shutdown This way a series of pop up messages will warn everyone who is logged into your computer of the pending shutdown providing they have pop up messages enabled Once sharing is no longer active you can turn off your computer If you see that your printer or plotter is busy check with your colleagues before scheduling a shutdown If someone is sending a job to your printer you ll want to keep your computer turned on until the job is done If you need to cancel the scheduled shutdown before the specified delay time has expired open the Server menu from the Server Control Panel and click Cancel Shutdown INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CHAPTER 5 USING SHARED MODEMS Setting up modem clients and servers Note During software installation LANtastic se
130. and locate the LANTASTI folder on your hard drive 3 Double click the Win95 folder that s inside the LANTASTI folder and locate LNET EXE and LNET_MGR EXE 4 Click and drag each program onto the Custom Control Panel page where you want these launch buttons to appear When you click the new LNET button the LNET Main Functions menu appears in a DOS box You can expand the DOS box to full screen and close it when youre done CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING 86 m Using the LANtastic Internet Gateway If you prefer to type commands at the DOS prompt change to the LANTASTI WIN95 directory before typing LNET or LNET_MGR LNET Help The LANtastic for Windows 95 online Help contains extensive information about these programs go to Help Topics on the Online Information page If you re working from the LNET or LNET_MGR Main Functions menu and you need help press the F1 key F1 Help is available for all LNET and LNET_MGR screens If you re working with LNET or LNET_MGR commands and options type the Help or switch after the command you want to know about Additional information If you d like detailed information about either program see Remotely managing other LANtastic computers with LNET MGR Note Using LNET_MGR LANtastic for Windows 95 users can now manage the control directories of LANtastic for DOS servers LANtastic for Windows 3 x servers and LANtastic Dedicated Servers LNET_MGR is a version of the DOS
131. and printer redirections are set up If you type NET SHOW and get an error message saying Redirector must first be installed then you re not loading the network software Verify that a STARTNET BAT file does exist and that it has been run You may need to add a line in your AUTOEXEC BAT file to call the STARTNET BAT so the network will be loaded automatically every time you start your computer If you add this call line CALL C LANTASTI STARTNET BAT avoid errors by making sure you place it before any loading of MSCDEX before any loading of WINDOWS WIN COM after any PATH statement and after any loading of SHARE EXE NET USE Note If a printer is to be shared on the network all computers you want to use this printer including the one physically attached to the printer must NET USE the device If the print server station doesn t NET USE its own printer the network will compete with DOS for the printer port and you ll experience errors or no printing To see whether your printer is properly assigned type NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the computer s DOS prompt to information about the computer s configuration You should see a line that states PRINTER LPT1 IS REDIRECTED TO servername device Note that LPT1 may be LPT2 3 or a COM port depending on your NET USE statement If this line doesn t appear when you type NET SHOW this computer isn t assigned to a network printer In LANtastic for Windows 9
132. ario would be SHARE L 500 F 4096 FCBs in the CONFIG SYS should be FCBS 16 8 as a minimum As you increase your other DOS resources you may run low on available memory You might have to use a memory manager to free up more conventional memory Also removing any programs that aren t necessary to test the problem may free up enough memory for the program to work Keyboard problems Many keyboard problems can be solved by using an alternate keyboard driver On the Arti Facts BBS you can download INT9FIX EXE a self extracting file It contains several keyboard patches with DOC files These TSRs may solve the problem Invalid username You ve attempted to log in to a server using an invalid username or password Make sure that a valid account does exist on the server and that the username and password are spelled correctly If everything checks out correctly but the error persists you may have a corrupt control directory For instructions see Control directory on page 159 IRQ and I O Base You may have another device in the computer that conflicts with the network adapter card s settings Each adapter needs to have a unique Interrupt Request Line IRQ and or I O Base address Most Artisoft adapters default to IRQ 15 and IOBASE 300 Consult your hardware manual or brochure on how to change these Many network adapter cards use jumper settings on the card to configure its settings Usually an adapter with jumpers will requi
133. asswords path The list of folders through which DOS searches to find a program The folder names are separated by a backslash The first backslash represents the drive For example a file named ACCTS that s located in the EDIT folder on the C drive has a path of C EDIT ACCTS A path is sometimes followed by a filename and a filename extension if there is one Its sometimes preceded by a drive letter and a colon pathname The complete name of a file or directory on a disk In DOS the pathname consists of the drive letter a colon all directories up to and including the desired directory and a filename peer to peer LAN A local area network LAN without a dedicated file server All computers on the network have access to the files of all servers physical drive A disk drive that physically exists on your computer See also local drives and logical drives Ping Packet InterNet Gopher is a program that tests whether a remote computer can be reached point To move the mouse pointer over an icon or window POP Post Office Protocol lets computers receive and store electronic mail like a post office box so that you can receive e mail messages pop up menu A menu displayed by clicking the right mouse button on an icon or in a window that contains choices appropriate for the given icon or window GLOSSARY m 252 E port A connection on the back of the computer to which peripherals are attached Most compu
134. astic Custom Control Panel Changing the maximum number of users Note By default every LANtastic for Windows 95 server lets up to ten people use its drives and printers at the same time If you want to allow more or less than ten people to use a server at the same time log in on an account that has the Supervisor MSL and follow these steps 1 Go to the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click Manage Servers 2 Click Configure Server then click the Options tab 3 Choose the server you want to modify by scrolling through the Current Server window or click Select to find it 4 In the Maximum number of logins field type in the number of simultaneous users that you want this server to allow You can choose any number from 2 to 500 5 Click OK To obtain faster response time on a server that has many simultaneous users you may want to use the Server Performance slide bar in the Server Control Panel Drag the lever to the right to speed up a server s performance Adding or deleting a network user If adding a new user requires a server to allow access to more than ten users at the same time complete the above instructions for increasing the maximum number of users In a network that uses security you ll also have to add or delete accounts and resources See Setting up security with accounts on page 69 CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 88 m Changing your computer name You can change the comput
135. at you will be able to watch servers running LANtastic v5 x and above Note also that under LNET Ifthe Microsoft Client for NetWare Networks is installed and you select the Connect to Other Computers Drives or Connect to Other Computers Printers menu options you ll get a Network request not supported error message The Drive Connections to Other Computers screen will show the drive letter for your CD ROM drive as Available but you won t be allowed to redirect it to a drive on another computer APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM e210 m Using LNET from the command line This section explains how to use LNET from a DOS command line Viewing and using LNET commands To use an LNET command type CD LANTASTI WIN95 lt Enter gt Then type the command and options you want to invoke For example you might type LNET LOGIN servername username password lt Enter gt to log in to a server or LNET USE F servername C DRIVE lt Enter gt to connect to a server s C drive Getting on screen Help about LNET commands To view a list of all the LNET commands open a DOS box and type CD LANTASTI WIN95 lt Enter gt LNET HELP lt Enter gt The LNET Help menu appears To get Help information about a specific command type LNET HELP commandname lt Enter gt where commandname is the name of the command you re interested in The Help information shows the correct syntax for all the options you
136. ation lines job See print job INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 245 jumper A small plug or switch that lets you customize a circuit board For example most internal modems allow you to change the COM port by changing a jumper Kbyte See kilobyte key equivalent A key or key combination representing a shortcut for a particular command or action Compare to hot key kilobyte A unit of measure consisting of 1024 bytes LAN Abbreviation for Local Area Network A LAN is a group of computers connected together over a limited geographic area It allows people to electronically share resources such as disk drives and printers LANCHECK The LANtastic program that allows you to determine if the adapters in your network computers are communicating properly LANtastic An easy to use affordable local area network for small and growing businesses LANtastic Database In LANtastic for Windows 95 the LANtastic Database LDB replaces the control directory used with LANtastic under Windows v3 x and DOS Your network server settings such as accounts resources security and other settings are stored in the LDB LANtastic Mail A basic e mail system provided in both the DOS and Windows interfaces of LANtastic LANtastic Net The LANtastic program that allows you to use servers disk drives and printers send and receive e mail view the print queue and perform many other networking activ
137. button on the LANtastic Custom Control Panel rights See access rights ROM An abbreviation for Read Only Memory The computer uses ROM information throughout the system ROM is permanently installed in the computer Items stored in ROM cannot be changed by the user router A device that forwards information between two networks using the same protocol scroll To move through text or graphics that doesn t entirely fit in the display area You typically scroll through a list using either a scroll bar or the direction keys scroll bar A control consisting of a vertical or horizontal bar with a scroll arrow at each end and a scroll box somewhere between the scroll arrows The scroll box indicates the relative position of the information you re currently viewing You can use the scroll arrows or the scroll box to move through the information security LANtastic offers multi level security so you can keep specific users from opening network drives and viewing or using shared resources you don t want them to have access to select To point to an item and click the mouse button Compare to choose selection cursor The marking device that indicates your current location in a window menu or dialog box The selection cursor appears as a gray rectangle that surrounds the item Compare to arrow cursor server A computer that shares its resources such as disk drives and printers with other computers on the network See also LA
138. buttons to the LANtastic Custom Control Panel 17 If this is the first time you ve installed LANtastic for Windows 95 the following will occur The Confirm Resource Setup window appears This window asks if you want Setup to add resources that will allow this computer to share its drives and printers If you do click Yes The Sharing Drives and Printers window appears displaying messages that indicate what resource is being created Since you re going to be regularly using the LANtastic for Windows 95 networking interface you may want to make the LANtastic for Windows 95 logon box appear in place of the Windows 95 logon box The logon box contains the user name and password prompts that appear whenever you start up your computer To do so click Start Settings Control Panel then double click Network From the drop down list box titled Primary Network Logon choose Client for LANtastic Networks then click OK The LANtastic for Windows 95 logon box will now appear whenever you start up your computer If you received an error message during installation refer to Chapter 11 It contains a list of installation related errors and their solutions For non installation related errors refer to the online Help It contains a complete list of the most commonly received LANtastic for Windows 95 error messages Additional updated information on troubleshooting problems before and after installation may be available in the LANtastic 7
139. ccess rights 141 cannot print 125 device not ready 127 disk space for spooling print jobs 160 failures 160 162 from an application program 158 HP JetDirect printer 141 LPT timeout setting 161 managing print jobs through Windows 95 143 NET USE command for 167 network error received 126 print jobs are mixing 126 printout shows TIMEOUT or ERROR 126 problems under Windows v3 x 125 127 problems solving 125 127 too slow 125 troubleshooting 141 unreadable print jobs 126 using NET SHOW to check printer configuration 167 printing Help topics 8 privileges access and notification described 79 defined 252 described 78 notification 80 problems if you don t find a solution 131 program lockups 162 Program defined 252 programs conflicts between 116 problems running over network 124 Prompt defined 252 proportional font defined 252 PROTMAN defined 252 protocol defined 253 protocol setting default 47 PROTOCOL INI file editing See EXAMPLES TXT file in LANTASTI directory lines in 181 Q QUEUE HALT command 221 QUEUE PAUSE command 222 QUEUE RESTART command 222 QUEUE SINGLE command 222 QUEUE START command 223 QUEUE STATUS command 223 QUEUE STOP command 223 224 Queue defined 253 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE R R access right 79 radio buttons defined 253 RAM defined 253 Readme file 131 defined 253 Readme file defined 253
140. ccount field 72 FTP file transfer protocol defined 242 G Gateway Internet explained 3 Gateway See LANtastic Internet Gateway general file transfer error message 134 Gopher 243 group accounts adding accounts to groups 76 creating new 76 defined 242 Group page 76 Guest account Auto guest login option 70 defined 242 described 70 how to log in with 70 H hangs See lockups computer hard drive defined 242 hardware installing 187 192 testing 192 hardware defined 242 Have Disk button 139 Help defined 243 Help button defined 243 Help index defined 243 Help online for LNET program 85 Help Topics window using 7 8 Online Information page using 7 printing topics 8 Readme file 5 searching for topics 8 using 5 8 Help online using 131 HIMEM SYS command 174 HIMEM SYS driver 176 HMA High Memory Area defined 243 hot key defined 243 HP JetDirect defined 243 HP JetDirect not supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 HP JetDirect printer can t share 141 HTML defined 243 hyperlink defined 243 I O Base address settings Windows 95 19 I O Base address defined 244 icon button defined 244 icon defined 243 incorrect disk message 134 increasing number of network users 87 Index page in online Help how to use 8 INDIRECT command 218 individual accounts defined 244 install Dial Up Adapter 104 Install folder 144 Install defined 244 installation DOS and Windows 3 x troublesh
141. ch the account s exists Defaults to LANTASTI NET on the current drive pw Password of the control directory INDIVIDUAL Specifies that you want one or more individual accounts displayed WILDCARD Specifies that you want a wildcard account displayed name Name of the account you d like to view To display more than one individual account you may include a wildcard character Examples LNET_MGR SHOW INDIVIDUAL jim LNET_MGR C dev net SHOW INDIVIDUAL ye NETWORK MANAGER SWITCHES In addition to the universal HELP or switch the LNET_MGR command supports the switches listed below Note You may abbreviate switch names if the abbreviation is unique to the switch CONTROL Allows you to specify which control directory the LNET_MGR program will use A control directory is where shared resource and user account information is kept The default directory is C LANTASTI NET on the current drive You can also set the default directory for LNET_MGR and SERVER by setting the LAN_DIR environment variable For example SET LAN_DIR C LANTASTI MONO Instructs LNET_MGR to use a monochrome display This is especially useful for computers that use color emulation on a monochrome screen SCREEN_SAVER Enables the screen saver The screen blanks after two minutes of keyboard and mouse inactivity INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM
142. computers For example if you put too many computers on a certain length of cable you ll end up with communication problems The length that you can use varies with the different types of cable So if you re going to install your own cable be sure you understand all this Here are a few tips Before you go to buy cable measure and write down the distance between the computers in your network or in the case of twisted pair the distance between each computer and an amplifier device called a hub Remember to include enough length to reach around corners and furniture Ifyou already have your adapters take one along when you go to buy your cable This will make it easy to tell whether you need twisted pair LOBASE T or thin coaxial cable LOBASE2 Within each general category of cable you can choose from several types Recommended types appear in the table on the next page Buy ready made cable with the end connectors already attached or have the end connectors installed by a qualified technician If you re using twisted pair cable you re going to have to buy a device called a hub sometimes known as a repeater or a hub repeater The hub is an amplifier that lets you use conveniently long pieces of twisted pair cable Each computer on the network connects to the hub with a cable With the hub located in the center your network will resemble a star Don t use standard flat phone wire often called Silver Sa
143. configuration utility or move jumpers on your adapter card to change the actual settings of your card If you don t know how to determine or modify your actual settings see your adapter documentation After installing LANtastic for Windows 95 and restarting your computer open the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click a button such as Connecting to Computers and receive the error message This task won t run without the Client for LAN tastic Networks or The network is not present or not started If this occurs something has prevented the LANtastic client from loading during startup For example you may not have installed your adapter prior to running LANtastic for Windows 95 Setup but selected it during the setup process Or an error may have occurred during setup or you may have clicked Cancel during setup If any of these situations is the case try removing all network components except the adapter driver itself then reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 Follow the instructions under Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 components on page 145 to remove all components except the adapter driver Then follow the instructions for installing LANtastic for Windows 95 in Chapter 3 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE e137 m 3 After installing LANtastic for Windows 95 and restarting your computer you open the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click a button such a
144. ction Hint Important Note a 59 E Follow these steps on every computer that needs to use a shared modem including the one to which the modem is attached When you ve done this once your modem connection will be available for use whenever you restart your computer If you ve already set up some modem connections and need to remind yourself what they are complete step 1 next page then click Close 1 On the Use Network page click Assign Modems The Assign Modems window appears E Assign Modems x Network Modems My Computer The Network Modems field shows the name of every computer that has a modem set up for sharing and the My Computer field shows all the ports you have available to use both physical and virtual see note below 2 Click and drag the name of the computer whose modem you want to use to the port you want to use This process is known as redirecting a COM port You can also make a connection by clicking the modem clicking the port then clicking Connect You must select a port that isn t in use physically by your mouse for example 3 Click Close then restart Windows 95 to make your changes take effect Physical ports are receptacles located either on the back of or inside your computer that you can plug devices into Virtual ports work like network drive letters You can assign COM 6 for example to use a modem that s attached to another computer When you use the m
145. ddress table limit of your adapter driver You can avoid this limitation by turning off multicast addressing on each LANtastic computer on your network For instructions see Some network servers don t appear in your list of available servers or don t appear to be on the network on page 138 If you didn t find your post installation problem in this section also check Computers can t communicate on page 138 Computer won t boot or locks up on page 140 and Error messages on page 142 CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 138 m CD ROM problems If you can t see the CD ROM drive over the network make sure the CD ROM drive is powered on and has a CD in it Consult your CD ROM drive documentation for further assistance You can also consult the non Windows 95 section called CD ROM drive problems on page 127 of this manual Computers can t communicate 1 You have trouble connecting to or communicating with other computers You may have cabling or other hardware problems Make sure you followed all the installation instructions in Chapter 3 That manual also contains useful hardware information The LCHECK95 program provided with LANtastic for Windows 95 may help you locate a cabling problem Instructions about running LCHECK95 appear in the online Help Check the drive connection From the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click the Use Network page click Assign Drives
146. directory Defaults to same as path1 pw2 Password for the destination control directory Defaults to same as pwl source Name of the individual or wildcard account ACL group or resource that you d like to copy destination Destination name for the copied item Defaults to same as source Examples LNET_MGR COPY INDIVIDUAL OLIVIA JIM LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI NET DC C LAN DIR COPY WILDCARD SALES LNET MGR C C LANTASTI NET DC E LANTASTI N ET COPY ACLGROUP MKTG LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI NET DC C CTRL DIR COPY RESOURCE PRINTER LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI DC W LANTASTI NET COPY STARTUP You can use a wildcard character to specify that you d like to copy multiple individual accounts wildcard accounts ACL groups and resources To copy multiple wildcard accounts use two wildcard characters For example LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI DC W LANTASTI NET COPY INDIVIDUAL LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI DC W LANTASTI NET COPY WILDCARD ok LNET_MGR C C LANTASTI DC W LANTASTI NET COPY RESOURCE When you use a wildcard character items copied to the destination directory have the same names as the originals INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CREATE Allows the administrator to create an individual or wildcard account with default parameters LNET_MGR lt C path gt lt P pw gt CREATE INDIVIDUAL WILDCARD name path Control directory where the new account will
147. e indirect file references Example LNET INDIRECT AUTO BAT C DRIVE AUTOEXEC BAT LOGIN Allows you to log in to a server LNET LOGIN lt WAIT DEFERRED gt server lt user gt lt pw gt adapter WAIT Continues login attempt until server is available Can be abbreviated to W DEFERRED _ Retries failed connection attempt later when user attempts to use connection server Name of server to log in to user Account name on the server If none is supplied the default user and password are used pw Password used to access server adapter Sets which workstation adapter to log in through Examples LNET LOGIN WAIT SERVER1 BRUCE SECRET LNET LOGIN HOST MARY LAMB 1 LOGOUT Logs you out of one or more servers and cancels all drive and printer connections LNET LOGOUT server server The name of the server to log out of You can also enter a wildcard character to log out of multiple servers Example LNET LOGOUT SERVER1 LNET LOGOUT SERVER LNET LOGOUT LPT COMBINE This command is designed for use in a batch file to combine redirected printer output For example this option would allow you to print the output from three programs with no breaks You must issue the command in your batch file as soon as you want the printer output combined When the batch file is complete DOS will automatically disable the combining function and close your printer output INSTALLING
148. e DEL BAK at the DOS prompt wildcard account A default account created by LANtastic that gives all network users full access privileges to all shared network disk drives and printers To establish network security this wildcard account can be eliminated and replaced with Individual accounts and ACL groups See also Access Control List ACL group individual account window The on screen frame in which you view the contents of a folder or a document worksheet database or other file A window typically contains menus icons messages and dialog boxes along with other standard controls such as scroll bars a minimize box and a maximize box WIN INI file A Windows initialization file that contains settings used to customize your Windows environment Winsock Winsock short for Windows Sockets is a set of standards developed by Microsoft Programmers use it to create applications for TCP IP Winsock compatible programs like the Internet Gateway only work on Windows computers workstation A network computer that uses resources on server computers but doesn t share its own resources A workstation is typically used for daily tasks such as exchanging mail Also known as a client See also server server workstation INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 2590m WYSIWYG An abbreviation of What You See Is What You Get as in what you see when you view a document on your computer screen
149. e My Computer field then click the drive letter you want to use for this connection If you want to make this connection permanent so that you ll connect to it automatically every time you restart your computer click Remember Next Connection Made before you make the connection Go back to the Network Resources field and double click the drive you want to connect to This connects it to the drive you selected Alternatively you can click the drive you want to connect to then click Connect The Last Connection Made field immediately shows that your connection was successful You can also check all your drive letter assignments by clicking the plus sign next to My Drives in the My Computer field When you ve made all the connections you need click Close CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING m 42 E Canceling a drive connection To cancel a connection to another computer s drive 1 Go to the Use Network page in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click Assign Drives 2 In the My Computer field click the connection you want to cancel To view all the existing connections click the plus sign next to My Drives 3 Click Disconnect then click Close Note that there s a Printers check box at the bottom of the Assign Drives window You can click this box to connect to or cancel a connection to a printer or use the instructions in the next section Connecting to a printer attached to another computer Connecting to p
150. e configured in many ways to enhance functionality Because it s user friendly many customers install LANtastic themselves However to ensure that you get the maximum possible benefit from your LANtastic network it s recommended that a qualified professional perform the installation for you For information on locating LANtastic resellers in your area contact the Artisoft Sales Consultation Center at 1 800 846 9726 Basic questions and answers Q A Do I need to have my adapter and cable installed before I install LANtastic Yes You must first install your network adapters connect your computers using the network cables and set up any other network hardware For general guidelines on how to do this see Appendix A of this manual I have a modem attached to my computer Can I make it available for others to use Yes During the installation you ll be able to set up your modem to be shared across the network 11 m 12 m Can LANtastic help me gain access to the Internet Yes LANtastic 7 0 gives you the option of installing an Internet Gateway a TCP IP stack and an Internet browser For information on what these products can do for you see chapters Chapter 7 and Chapter 8 How much time will it take to install the software Plan on spending approximately 15 45 minutes on each computer I have quite a few computers Is there a way to make the installation process faster Yes Two options Install
151. e file handles on page 180 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE e125 8 Printing problems Find the category your symptom falls into in this list go to the required page and review the descriptions within it to find your symptom and possible solutions Network printing problems under Windows see below Other printing errors in WindoWS 0060 e eee eee 126 Problems when using serial printers or plotters 405 127 General network printing problems 00000 e eee eee 127 Network printing problems under Windows Verify the Windows configuration Try these solutions in this order O Print manager on page 169 Verify the print server configuration Try these solutions in this order O Characters per second CPS on page 160 O Printer tasks on page 168 If problems continue after the configuration has been verified Follow instructions in the section that best describes your situation Cannot print Try these solutions in this order NET USE on page 167 Without network on page 177 Check application on page 158 Check resource on page 159 Running MSD on page 168 Printer tasks on page 168 Clear queue on page 159 Basic configuration on page 174 Recreate resource on page 169 OU nauau Slow printing Try these solutions in this order O Printer tasks on pa
152. e first paragraph under Creating shared resources on page 63 No one has set up security options that limit your access to the servers You can also connect to other types of drives on servers such as CD ROM drives For example your network may have only one CD ROM device If it s attached to a server you can easily use it while sitting at your computer by following the steps in this section Note that when you want to connect to a CD ROM drive you must first turn on the device and put a CD in it INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 41 m These steps are applicable for all types of drives 1 Go to the Use Network page and click Assign Drives The Assign Drives window appears EL Assign Drives Network Resources My Computer E Entire Network A E My Drives a e TERRI EE Available Drives H E TSMITH H E USABILITY gt Help Fie aa K Bemember Next Last Connection Made Sayas Connection Made Resource I Drives J Printers Note If you re already in the Assign Printers window you can click the Drives check box The window title bar will change to Assign Drives and Printers 2 In the Network Resources field click the plus sign next to Entire Network to view all servers Then click the plus sign next to a server s name to view all of its shared resources C drive and printers Click the plus sign next to Available Drives in th
153. e in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click Assign Printers 2 In the My Computer field click the connection you want to cancel To view the existing connections click the plus sign next to My Printers 3 Click Disconnect Note that there s a Drives check box at the bottom of the Assign Printers window You can click this box to connect to or cancel a connection to a drive Connecting to drives and printers from the same window If you want to always make connections to drives and printers from the same window you can combine the Assign Drives and Assign Printers buttons in the Custom Control Panel 1 On the Use Network page right click either the Assign Drives or Assign Printers button 2 Click Properties then Options The Options Assign Drives and Printers window appears 3 Make sure both the Drives and Printers boxes are checked Then click OK to return to the Button Properties window 4 In the Title field type in a new name for the button Assign Drives and Printers or Network Connection Setup for example 5 Click Apply to view your changes CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING 44 E 6 When the button setup is correct click OK From now on whenever you click this button the Assign Drives and Printers window will appear E1 Assign Drives and Printers x Network Resources My Computer Entre Network eD My Drives amp Printers a TERRI H E Available Drives H E TSMITH E
154. e in the world In the same way once your computer has an Internet account you receive an Internet address and can then communicate with any other Internet computer There are three main branches of the Internet e mail the World Wide Web and newsgroups Electronic mail or e mail is the Internet s most widely used feature But to use e mail you need specialized e mail software With e mail you can send messages almost instantaneously between computers within an office or around the world Advanced e mail software lets you attach files to e mail messages making it easy to distribute documents programs even multimedia presentations that include sound and video Because e mail messages arrive as files not pieces of paper they re easy to edit manipulate pass along or return Within an office e mail increases communication and accelerates workflow Expanded to the Internet e mail connects branch offices and mobile workers as well as speeding up communication with other companies INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 99 m The World Wide Web If e mail is about exchanging information from person to person the World Wide Web is about making information available to all This part of the Internet is made up of hundreds of thousands of colorful graphical Web sites that present information on one topic or another With a Web browser software package like Netscape Navigator you
155. e resource on the LANtastic v5 x or 6 x server that gives you access to that server s control directory For example if the path to the control directory is C LANTASTI NET SYSTEM NET then assign the resource that has access to this path usually C DRIVE MIGRATE needs three files from LANtastic v5 x and 6 x to convert accounts ACCOUNTS ALIASES and ACLGROUP Connect to the resource that contains these files which is usually C DRIVE 3 Open a DOS box on the LANtastic for Windows 95 server and change to the LANTASTI WIN95 directory Type MIGRATE and the path to the redirected control directory or other directory that contains the ACCOUNTS ALIASES and ACLGROUP files For example MIGRATE G LANTASTI NET SYSTEM NET INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 83 E When you enter the MIGRATE command you ll see a series of messages on your screen as accounts are converted Save this information to a file by adding gt filename space greater than symbol space and the name of the file to the end of the command line For example MIGRATE G LANTASTI NET SYSTEM NET gt MIGRATE LST All accounts and groups will be migrated directly into your LANtastic for Windows 95 server Remotely migrating accounts As described above MIGRATE will convert and move accounts to the Windows 95 computer where you type the MIGRATE command line However you can also migrate accounts to any remote LANtastic fo
156. e the action in the normal manner Compare to key equivalent hot key combination A keystroke combination used to start memory resident programs and operations HP JetDirect HP JetDirect Cards and HP JetDirect EX Print Servers are Hewlett Packard products designed to eliminate parallel port bottleneck in network environments These stand alone network ready devices enable you to take advantage of full network speed and maximize your printing throughput HP JetDirect Cards plug into a variety of existing HP printers and HP JetDirect EX Print Servers are external units that work with other parallel port printers HTML HyperText Markup Language is the language or code used to create World Wide Web documents hyperlink Any text image icon or object embedded in Web pages that automatically displays another file when selected In Netscape Navigator and Adobe Acrobat Reader a pointing finger appears when you pass your cursor over a hyperlink icon An on screen symbol that represents a program file data file folder or some other item GLOSSARY a 244 E icon button A small graphical representation of an action Clicking an icon button has the same effect as choosing a command in a menu it starts the action individual account LANtastic for Windows 95 Windows v3 x and DOS A network account that provides selected access privileges to an individual See also Access Control List ACL group accounts wildcard accou
157. e the problem Don t remove the HIMEM SYS driver it s needed to run Windows 3 x For Windows for Workgroups REMark or delete the DEVICE IFSHLP SYS driver line in the CONFIG SYS file and the DEVICE VSHARE 386 line in the SYSTEM INI file INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 1 7 69 Without network Test your print job without the network loaded to ensure that the problem isn t with the printer computer or application On occasion this may require moving the printer to the computer with the problem Without Windows 3 x Run your print test without loading Windows 3 x This will require restarting the computer starting the network but not loading Windows 3 x If your test runs at DOS then load Windows and try the same test If the test fails at DOS try the print test without loading the network to ensure that it isn t a printer computer or application error If the problem happens only in Windows 3 x ensure that your Windows is properly configured for a network and or your print server is properly configured for running Windows You can test from DOS by copying a file to the printer port An example would be COPY C CONFIG SYS LPT1 lt Enter gt or whatever port your printer is using If you have a laser printer you ll probably need to perform a manual form feed at the printer If you have a PostScript printer the copy command won t work instead try the following command
158. e to install the following LANtastic NOS 6MB SPRYNET 5MB WinCIM 7MB Acrobat Reader 2 5MB LJ Disable or remove a previous version of LANtastic if you re performing an upgrade If you re upgrading computers that are running an earlier version of LANtastic follow the instructions below before you install LANtastic 7 0 Windows 95 Click Start Settings Control Panel Double click Add Remove Programs then click the LANtastic line and click Remove Follow the on screen prompts and click Yes to restart your computer Standard using diskettes or CD ROM This is the most basic type of installation and if you have only a few computers it s probably the one you should use This type of installation requires that all of your computers have either a floppy disk drive or a CD ROM drive Detailed instructions appear in Chapter 3 Making a set of disks Even if you have the LANtastic CD ROM you may find that you need a set of installation diskettes For example if you need to perform a remote installation on a computer without a CD ROM drive To create the disk images you can either copy the files from the LANtastic CD ROM instructions appear in the Readme txt file or download the compressed files from one of Artisoft s electronic sites For information on accessing and using the electronic sites refer to the CD Readme file on your LANtastic CD ROM CHAPTER 2 PLANNING YOUR INSTALLATION u 14 m Using LANtast
159. ear a password Note that these resources are identical to the connections you set up with Dial Up Networking Configuration page Click this page to see the network adapter s used by the server to share Internet access as well as the version description and path of the Winsock dll file that makes access possible By clicking the Modify button you can change the server s name Note LANtastic network computer names are independent of Internet Gateway names You must use this Modify button to change a Gateway server s name About page This page gives version and copyright information about the LANtastic Internet Gateway When an Internet Gateway server is running all you have to do to access the Internet at a Gateway client computer is launch an Internet application The client automatically prompts for a connection to the server However you can also select a connection from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel under Windows 95 or from the Windows 3 x Control Panel To use the Custom Control Panel 1 From the Use Network page in the Custom Control Panel click the Assign Internet Connections button The Select LANtastic Internet Resource window appears Select LANtastic Internet Resource CHAPTER 8 SHARING INTERNET ACCESS m 108 m Controlling connections from a Gateway client 2 Click the Computers drop down list box to select an available server After you ve made your selection a list of Internet
160. eatures with any DOS Windows OS 2 or Windows 95 computer Although LANtastic s security features are optional they re useful in today s business world because they help protect proprietary information and allow selective access to privileged information For example you can keep everyone but your payroll accountant out of your payroll files To implement basic network security you would Create unique accounts that let people on your network log in to the LANtastic for Windows 95 servers Every account is assigned a Management Security Level and account privileges You can also set password and time of day account restrictions Set up specific network resources such as a computer s C drive or another computer s CD ROM drive printer or specific folder on the hard drive Accounts are then assigned access rights to these resources With the Configure Server button you can implement additional options that further secure your network such as setting up audit trails Complete instructions on setting up security features appear in Chapter 6 Getting to know the LANtastic Custom Control Panel There are four pages in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Use Network Manage Servers Online Information and Accessories The control panel is fully customizable You can change the text on the tabs add new pages and buttons change colors and more INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE
161. ecame available after this manual and the online Help were completed In the Windows Program Manager you can open the Readme file by clicking the Readme icon in the LANtastic program group In DOS the same Readme file is located in the LANtastic program directory C LANTASTI and on LANtastic Disk 1 You can open the file using a text editor such as DOS EDIT or Windows Notepad In Windows 95 go to the Online Information page in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click the View Readme button Technical support Artisoft s support services policies prices and other details vary from region to region and are subject to change without notice Support services or policies may not cover all features or uses of a given product Call your nearest Artisoft office to confirm the current services available to you The telephone numbers for these offices can be found on Artisoft s Internet site located at http www artisoft com CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 Hint Solving LANtastic for Windows 95 problems This chapter offers solutions to specific LANtastic for Windows 95 problems Installation related error messages are explained in a table that begins on page 134 For a complete alphabetical list of the most commonly received LANtastic for Windows 95 error messages refer to the online Help For more information on the online Help see Chapter 1 B
162. ection direct you to solutions in Chapter 12 Go to the page number for the topic that best describes the type of problem yourre having Installation difficulties s eee 117 Computer lockupS ia a a a teas 119 Computers can t communicate or they disconnect intermittently 122 Problems running applications over the network sasssa ssassn 124 Printing problems s e 0ree e nene base ee dese vege Send es 125 CD ROM drive problems 1 0 0 0 c tee 127 Modem sharing problems 600 ccc cee 128 If you don t find your solution Try the alternate sources of troubleshooting information listed in the section beginning on page 131 Installation difficulties Preinstallation checks Many installation error messages are caused by the same problems To avoid these errors complete the following checks before you install LANtastic Make sure you aren t running any other applications including any TSR terminate and stay resident programs virus checking software or screen savers See Avoiding problems caused by TSRs and devices below CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 118 m TIP See the Readme file for updated information on troubleshooting specific problems Refer to LAN tastic 7 0 Readme file on page 131 for information Make sure you ve met all the system requirements outlined in the Preinstallation checklist Chapter 2 If you re installing across the
163. ectories in each directory are hidden Compare to expand COM port A serial communication port Most fax modems communicate with a computer through a communication port Most IBM and IBM compatible computers support up to four serial ports COM1 COM2 COM3 and COM 4 command A word or phrase you can choose from a menu or type at the DOS prompt When you choose a command a specific action is performed command line In Windows the command you enter to start an application This command is typically stored as a program icon property that you can display by choosing Properties from the Windows File menu In DOS the prompt where you type commands Under Windows 95 you can use LANtastic s DOS based LNET program to perform many networking tasks by typing LNET commands at the command line Under Windows 3 x you can use LANtastic s NET program to perform the same tasks command line options Parameter settings you can provide when you enter a command on the DOS command line computer name A unique name that identifies a computer in the network Each computer in a network must have a unique name Concurrent Logins setting Under Windows 95 sets the number of times an account can be used to log in to the same server or shared resource at the same time For example if the value is set at 7 you can log in to the same server using the same account from up to seven different computers at the same time You can specify any value between 1
164. eeeeecaeeeetenaeeeeteneeeeteaeeeeta 1 Enhanced feature Set eeccececeesceeesneeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaeeteaaeeeeeaaeeeeteaeeseeaaeeeeeeaaas 1 Differences from previous versions Of LANtastiC c cceeceeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaes 4 Finding the information you need cccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeteeaeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 5 About the LANtastic 7 0 Readme file eccececeee eee eeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenaeens 5 Using the Online Help ou eeceeceeeceeeseeeneeceeeeeeeecaeesaaeeeaeesaaeeeaeesaaesaaeenaeeeaaes 5 Where to go for technical SUPPOMT cece eee ee eteteeeeteeaeeeeteeeeeeteaeeeete 9 Chapter 2 Planning Your Installation ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnna LL Getting help with the installation cccccecccseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeteeeeeeeeaaeees 11 Basic questions and ANSWENS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeteeaeeeeeteaeeseeaeeeeneaes 11 Preinstallation CNeCKIISt ceceeeecceeeeeeeneeeeeecaeeeecaeeeetecaaeeeeteaeeetnaeeeeeeaaes 12 Using LANtastic s installation Options cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeenaeeeeeeaes 13 Standard using diskettes or CD ROM ecceeceeeeeeee eter sees sete seneeteaeeee 13 Using LANtastic modem sharing with INSYNC ModemShate 000 14 Using LANtastic s Internet Intranet features cceeeecseeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeeeaes 14 Using COSESSION REMOTE eect eeeteeee teense eeeecaeeteeaeeeeeteaaeeeeteaeeseaeeeeneaaes 14 Chapter 3 Installing LANtastic for Windows 95
165. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeteeeeteeetees 70 Understanding the default ACCOUNES eccesceeseteeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeetees 70 Logging in with the default Supervisor account ceeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteetees 71 Creating or modifying accounts and templates ccccceeeeeeeesteeeeeeeteeees 73 Basic ACCOUNE SUP vs i2 siei eyes ees aaa a adaa daidai daidh 74 Creating a NEW group ACCOUNL see cece eee ete eteee sete eteeeteeeeeeteeeeeeaeeee 76 Creating a new account template eccec ee eee eee eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeteeee 78 Setting access rights and PIiVIlOGeS eee eee ee eeeceeeeeteceeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeetee 78 Access rights tO FESOUICES eeceetceceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeseeeeteeeseeeeeeeeteeetaes 78 Printer ACCESS NO N Sanisc aiia aaa N aadis 79 Privileges siris reiauta ar iadro iaiia akai 79 CONTENTS Converting LANtastic account information with MIGRATE 80 Account and group CONVETSION ecceeeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetaeeteeeeeeeeeeeenaes 80 Using MIGRATE over your LANtastic NetWOrK ssesseeseseeesrssrerrsrrerrnsees 82 Remotely migrating ACCOUNCS cceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeeeseeeteeeeteeetaes 83 Using the Mizer feQture ecccccecccceeeeeecneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeecaeeeesaeeeesecaaeeesenaaeees 83 Using LANtastic s DOS based LNET and LNET MGR programs s s s 85 Remotely managing other LANtastic computers with LNET_MGR 86 Using the LANtastic Internet Gateway ccccceeeeeee
166. eeeeeeeeeteaeees 109 Diagnosing Gateway client lockup problems ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 109 Restoring the Gateway ClIQNt ee cece ee eee eteeeeeeeeeeeeteeeseeeteneeteaeees 109 Preventing Gateway server startup delays c ceceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeteeeteeeee 110 Chapter 9 Troubleshooting Your NetWorK ssssssssssssssunsnsnsnsnnnna 113 Where to find your SOIUtION 0 eeeeceeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeteeaaeeeeteeeeeneaaes 113 Troubleshooting techniques cccceceeecceeeeeeecceeeeenaeeeeeeeaeeeeteeeeeneaeeeene 113 Isolating the problem c cecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeseeseeeeeeaeee 114 Identifying the SOUPCE eeeecceeeee eee eeeeeteee eter eeeeeteeeseeeeeeesteaeseeseeeeteaeee 115 Testing the problem cccceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeseneeeeaeeeeseeeseeaeen 115 Symptoms of common LANtastic ProDleMS cceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 117 Installation GifFiCUITICS 22 eee ee eee eee eeeee tees tees eeeae see eeeeeteaeseeseeeeseaeee 117 Computer OCKUDS Se E E E EE 119 Computers can t communicate or they disconnect Intermitlently crae ee etl ede eae eat decane le 122 Problems running applications over the NetWork eceeeeeeeeeeeees 124 Printing problemMS ss irienna ai eaii aii iiai 125 CD ROM drive problemS ssssessesseesrsressrsinersrrsstnsrnstnnnnnnnnstnnnntnnnne 127 Modem sharing problems cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeeaeee 1
167. eeneeeeaes 99 NGWSQMOUDS ceataceccceeia cites aiacaiet A E AEA R TEH 99 Expanding your business with an Intranet essssssesrererrserrrrrerrrrrsereen 99 Using the software a real world scenario esesssssessssereserrsesrrrnserrrnseres 100 Where to go for INS rUCtIONS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeenaeeeetteeeeeteaeeeeeesaaeees 100 Chapter 8 Sharing Internet ACCeSS ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna LOL Gateway AdVaAntage ccccceecccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeecaaeeeetieeeeteaeeeeneeaaeees 101 HOW it all WOPKS cceeeeeceee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeaaeeeeteaaeeeeeeaaeeeseeeeeeneaeeeeneaaes 102 Setting up your Gateway Seref oo eee cece ee cence eee tieeeeeeeaeeteaeeeeeeeaaeeeete 103 Before you get started ecececccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeeeteesteaeseesteeeeeaeee 104 Installing Windows 95 s Dial Up Adapter and TCP IP stack 104 Configuring Dial Up Networking for your ISP cscccssesssssessseeeeees 105 Connecting to yo r ISP sk Tasih rara aeran a des deve 105 Running and controlling the Gateway Se Ve f seesseseerserrrssrrrerrrrreereen 106 Accessing the Net from a Gateway Cli nt cceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeteneeeeeee 107 Controlling connections from a Gateway client eceeeeseeeetteeeeteeeee 108 Solving Internet Gateway ProbDleMs ccccceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeteneeeeesaaeees 109 Adding Gateway SUpport ee ceeeeeeeeeeeee tees eteee eens eteeetee
168. eep a minimum of 5MB free Many install programs use temporary files A 10MB application may need 20MB to properly install The installation instructions for the application usually list the disk space required INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 161 m To solve the problem you simply need to make more space available To do this you can Remove files that are no longer used or are outdated Move files that are seldom used to a backup device or diskette Use a disk or file compression program like DOS s DoubleSpace Purchase an additional or larger hard drive LPT timeout If your print job won t print until you exit the application in which it was created you may not have a NET LPT TIMEOUT setting on the computer or it may not be set high enough Some applications that aren t network aware or network integrated don t close the spool file when they re finished printing To find out if you have a timeout set type NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt You should see a line that says NET LPT TIMEOUT in seconds If the number shown is zero 0 edit your STARTNET BAT file and add the line NET LPT TIMEOUT 10 The Net LPT timeout can also be set in the CONNECT BAT file if you have one Duplicate redirection You re attempting to redirect a disk or printer that is already redirected or log in to a server youre already logged into You may have duplicate NET USE and
169. efined 235 bleeps received when connecting to resources 120 board defined 235 bookmark defined 235 books online Help term 7 boot configuration basic 174 booting problems 140 Booting defined 235 BootP defined 235 BPS defined 235 bridge defined 235 Broadcast Server ID 68 Browse button 65 browse defined 235 browser defined 235 bubble help defined 236 buffer areas in Share program 180 BUFFER setting 174 buffers increasing for CD ROM drive 183 setting for printer 172 bus timing problem 157 Button Properties window 43 buttons on LANtastic Custom Control Panel adding new 51 deleting 52 modifying 53 user defined 51 buttons restoring defaults in LANtastic Custom Control Panel 53 byte defined 236 C C access right 79 cable 10BASE2 187 1OBASE T 187 defined 187 installing 190 cabling don ts 192 thin coax 191 recommended types 188 189 twisted pair 187 cables defined 236 cabling and other hardware problems troubleshooting 137 138 cabling problems 158 CALL statement for LANtastic in AUTOEXEC BAT file 123 167 183 canceling connections drive 42 printer 43 cannot create file message 160 cannot locate network name error message 122 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE cannot write to message 160 CAS defined 236 cascade defined 236 CD ROM defined 236 drivers disabling in configuration files 118 increasing buffers on MSCDEX line 183 instal
170. efore you begin troubleshooting it s a good idea to review Troubleshooting Techniques in Chapter 9 Common problems have been divided into the following categories Go to the page number for the topic that best describes the problem you re having Installation related error messageS 00200 ee 134 Problems immediately after installation 135 CD ROM problems 00000 c cece eae 138 Computers can t communicate 0 ee 138 Computer won t boot or lockSup 0 0005 140 Printing problems 000 c eee eee 141 Error MESSAGES ee 142 133 m 134 m Installation related error messages This table explains what to do if you receive an error message when youre installing LANtastic for Windows 95 Error Message The computer name may not be more than 15 characters Possible Cause The computer name entered is too long Suggested Solution Type in another name using 15 characters or less The computer name may not contain spaces The computer name entered has one or more spaces in it Type in another name without using spaces The computer name may not contain the character XXX The computer name entered contains one or more of the following invalid characters lt gt Type in another name without using invalid characters Copy Error Could not open UNINST INI Can t delete LAN tastic files The file UNINST INI isn
171. eir size and MORE how much memory is free Typing MORE allows you to slow the display to screen by screen On many keyboards the pipe symbol appears over the backslash symbol Runs Microsoft Diagnostics a diagnostic and reporting tool that reveals a lot of helpful information about the system NET SHOW Typing NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt brings up a list of network connection information as seen by your computer It also confirms whether file and record locking is enabled which is valuable in testing multi user applications Before you type NET SHOW make sure LANtastic is running If you aren t sure what to do next try to locate your specific problem in the section Symptoms of common LANtastic problems below or Chapter 10 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 117 7 m If you still don t find a solution Consult Artisoft s Technical Notes see below Contact Artisoft Technical Support Sometimes problems just can t be solved without outside assistance See page 131 for information Using Technical Notes Artisoft s Technical Notes are excellent sources of help They contain detailed information about many common problems and compatible third party products These Notes are constantly updated Symptoms of common LANtastic problems Common problems are divided into the following categories Descriptions of symptoms in each s
172. elie Tell ce e Online Information LANtastic troubleshooters to solve Be Troubleshooting tinin Introducing a HHE TANtastie BEB Howto D Click for a list of tips and common tricks that can help you T Tips and Tricks ap Help Topics networking make the most of LANtastic problems View Readme Click to view the Index Click to view the page on the Help Readme file s Click to open the main LANtastic Help updated tips for Topics window shown below You can Topics window using LANtastic also get to this window by clicking Help Topics in the Help menu Using the Help Topics window Each of the three pages in the Help Topics window gives you a different way to find the information you need The Contents page shows the main books in the Help system Click the page tabsto Help Topics LANtastic Help 21x change pages gt Sse iso Click a topic and then click Display Or click another tab such as Index 2 Welcome to LANtastic 2 Using LANtastic s online Help Double click a book to Introducing LANtastic Double click the topic you view its contents i How To need When you re finished which may be other Be eee reading the topic you can books or separate a Using applications on a network general guidelines click the Help Topics button topics as shown here ane ace ee in the topic toolbar to retum Double click the open 22 Checking out
173. ems connects and configures the computers and other devices on the network and maintains the network equipment network drive A virtual drive that s not physically connected to your computer but instead connects to another computer s drive through the network LANtastic lets you assign map network resources such as other computers drives to these non physical virtual drives On your computer these virtual drives are assigned any drive letter from D through Z network driver Software that lets the computer communicate with your network operating system network interface card NIC The printed circuit board that you install in a computer and connect to the network cable to enable network communication Also referred to as a board expansion card or network adapter Network Manager The LANtastic program that helps you manage server resources and user accounts in the Windows v3 x interface Network Operating System NOS Software such as LANtastic which is used to share resources transfer files and perform other connection activities between computers node A computer on the network NodeRunner SI adapter A software configurable Artisoft Ethernet adapter card nondedicated server A computer that can simultaneously act as a network computer and a person s desktop computer and or network workstation at the same time Nondedicated servers can log in to other servers and use their drives and printers jus
174. enable To make a device feature or option functional See also disable encapsulate A way to add information from one layer of a protocol to another layer For example in TCP IP your computer s IP address is encapsulated or wrapped up by TCP so that data arrives intact at the proper destination much like a letter in an envelope INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 241 m Everyone group account Every LANtastic for Windows 95 server has its own Everyone group account Every individual account that has access to a server is by default made a member of that server s Everyone group Unless the Everyone group has been modified it grants all access rights to the resources on that server executable file Any file containing a compiled program This type of file can t be opened or read with a text editor An executable file usually has the extension EXE expand To show subordinate items in a hierarchical list Compare to collapse expansion card The printed circuit board that you install in a computer and connect to the network cable to enable network communication Also referred to as a board adapter or network interface card NIC Extended Memory Specification XMS Extended memory begins at 1 MB and goes up more or less stacked on top of the upper memory area The first 64 KB or extended memory is a special portion known as the High Memory Area or HMA Although memory
175. eone else tries to start up a program from a network drive it s probably because you have exclusive access to an executable or overlay file associated with the application To correct this mark the program s executable and overlay files as read only using the DOS ATTRIB command For example issuing this command ATTRIB R EXE lt Enter gt in the program directory will mark all executable files as read only Use the same command on all OVL and OVR files as well Increase SHARE parameters The SHARE EXE program is included with DOS versions 3 0 and higher Applications can use SHARE to lock a file or region so that only one person at a time can make changes Most multi user and network software packages use SHARE to implement file and record locking This section discusses how SHARE works and how it can affect your LANtastic network Two parameters can be manipulated with switches when loading SHARE The first parameter F xxxx controls the size in bytes that SHARE reserves for file path information The second parameter L xxxx determines the maximum number of files and or records fields that can be open and locked at any one time CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 180 m The F parameter Each open file requires space for the path plus 11 bytes If the average path length is 20 characters the default value of 2 048 bytes is sufficient for 66 simultaneously open files 2048 20 11 T
176. er ISP or a connection to a UNIX computer within the network Then the client computer lets the server make the call on its behalf Important You can set up multiple dial up Internet and network Intranet connections on an Internet Gateway server Up to 32 clients or applications can share each of these resources simultaneously INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note Hint 103 m However the server can allow access to only one dial up resource at a time For example you may have two separate Internet accounts on one server but only one of the accounts can be actively shared at one time After a call is received from a client the Internet Gateway server accepts the connection from the client and uses its own Winsock and TCP IP stack to access TCP IP services on an Internet or Intranet host for example the InterServ host that you connect with through SPRYNET Anyone sitting at the client computer will then have a virtual connection to the Net and can use applications like Netscape Navigator or SPRY Mail The Internet Gateway uses Winsock specifications to share a connection It isn t designed to work on DOS computers However if you re running DOS you can still set up Internet and Intranet access using the TCP IP stack available with LANtastic 7 0 See Chapter 4 for more information The computer you want to use as your Gateway server must have access to the Internet or
177. er from which the user is accessing the server Wildcard characters accepted Defaults to all machines minutes Number of minutes of warning to give users before logging them out of the server Defaults to zero immediate Range is O 65535 45 1 2 days Examples LNET TERMINATE SERVER1 Murphy The command line above logs the user Murphy out of SERVER1 This command cancels all of this user s logins from any network computer s LNET TERMINATE ACCT This command logs out all of the users except yourself who are currently logged in to ACCT1 LNET TERMINATE SALES4 The command line above logs out all users logged in to SALES4 whose user names begin with a dollar sign LNET TERMINATE MAINSERVER LISAS PC This command line logs out the user who logged in to MAINSERVER from LISAS PC UNLINK This switch isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 UNUSE Use this switch to cancel a drive or printer redirection LNET UNUSE d LPTn COMn d Redirected disk drive A Z or you want to disconnect from the server LPTn Redirected parallel printer port LPT1 LPT2 LPT3 LPT4 or LPT you want to disconnect from the server COMn Redirected serial port COM1 COM2 COM3 COM4 or COM you want to disconnect from the server Examples LNET UNUSE F LNET UNUSE LPT1 LNET UNUSE COM1 LNET UNUSE USE Allows you to redirect a disk drive or printer port to use one
178. er name that LANtastic for Windows 95 uses to identify your computer on the network To do this 1 From the Accessories page click Change Computer Name The Change LANtastic Computer Name window appears 2 Click the check box in this window then type in the new computer name 3 Click OK You ll see a message informing you that the change won t take effect until you restart the computer Click OK again Increasing the number of login locations If you think you might need to log in to a computer from different locations from computers other than yours follow these steps 1 Go to the computer that you may need to log in to from more than one location 2 From the LANtastic Custom Control Panel on the Manage Servers page click Manage Accounts 3 Double click your account The Modify Account window appears 4 Click Restrictions 5 Type a new number in the Concurrent logins field and click OK Any number from 1 to 255 is acceptable In the Modify Account window click Modify then click Close Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 software components There may be times when you want to uninstall LANtastic for Windows 95 remove some of its components or add components For example If your computer was installed as a client but now you want it to be a server you ll need to add the server program If your computer was installed as a server but now you want it to be a client you ll need to remove the
179. er second CPS ccsssccssrsessssecssseesserseseseesssesesssaeeseaeessets 160 Acces denied ee unaenea aadar daanan aaaea aa a a reade andaa daana 160 DISK SPACE E EE E 160 LPTIC A seerias erak aaa ea a as aia a a 161 Duplicate redirection eeseeseesesseesreresrnsrnetistrnrinstnntnntnnrnnstnnnn nennen nn 161 DISK COMUPUON ar e a aaraa a EE hed diene aE ae a a 161 FORCE ACK MODE SWitCH sssssessessissresinsrrersrsrrnsrnntnntnnninnrnennnnnsnnnnn 163 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Increase DOS FESOUNCES A iii cia cad cea sg adda nt od e e davashobadass 163 Keyboard Problems cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeteaeseeseeeeeeaeees 164 Invalid USeEmMaAME seissen estinta aunties sethensedeeeteeien Takena a ARRA aa Saupra 164 IRQ andi O BaSe aaae araa a tasted hl a nine 164 ENTO ul E e O E E A EEEE E ee linehe 165 LASTDRIVE COMMANG eccceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeee sees eeeeeteeeseaeeteeeeeaeseeseeeeteaeee 166 LPT CIMGOUE scvscteccutivnsstuvss cite dvaetenlives a aa aaa aaa a aaa 166 Micro Channel eadeni raada ahaaa te eds ial cess cates aada aar tda da kaikai 166 NET SHOW nenn dnrnanaa nae a aa 167 NET USE ree aa a ARATE a che aie haere gente A A 167 No loopback redirections ceccceceee eee cece eeeeeeeee sees eeeeeeeaeseeeeeeeteaeee 168 PUIG MSD E A E EAE sn Ronee OS etna eer Alea 168 Plotting Programs escrase nana cease tin neil hada le 168 Printer taksici anaana
180. er series 16 bit adapters try these solutions O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 O Swap cards on page 172 CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 120 m Micro Channel adapter try these solutions O Micro Channel on page 166 O Swap cards on page 172 Other adapter try these solutions O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 O Swap cards on page 172 Computer locks up loading the network software You ll need to hand load the network drivers one at a time to find out which one causes the problem Instructions on loading the drivers one at a time appear under Basic configuration on page 174 Once you know which of the following drivers causes the lock up try the possible solutions listed in the second column Driver with problem Possible solutions Card driver such as Try these solutions in this order NODERUN NRPRO C Bus timing on page 157 AINDIS C IRQ and I O Base on page 164 C RAMBASE on page 169 C Basic configuration on page 174 REDIR Try these solutions in this order C Bus timing on page 157 C Basic configuration on page 174 C LANCHECK on page 165 MSCDEX Try the solution S switch on page 183 SERVER Try these solutions in this order C Control directory on page 159 C Basic configuration on page 174 C Swap cards on page 172 Computer locks up or bleeps when logging in
181. er will begin despooling the print job This option defaults to the current time The time format is hour minute AM PM e g 19 30 or 7 30PM Displays filenames as they re queued a 22168 filename Full DOS path of file to be printed Wildcard characters such as are acceptable device Network printer name You can use network paths or redirected printer names Comment associated with the print job Ifno comment is given the filename is used You must place comments in quotation marks comment copies Number of copies to print If omitted one copy is printed Examples LNET PRINT report txt Ipt1 LNET PRINT C WP MEMO SERVER1 DRAFT Use less paper LNET PRINT BINARY x out SERVER1 CAD Plotter files LNET PRINT label out Ipt2 Labels for Jill 10 QUEUE HALT Halts despooling on a server or a specific server printer device If the server is despooling a print job when the LNET QUEUE HALT command is issued it will be placed back in the print queue when despooling is restarted The print job will then start over from the beginning You must have the Q Super Queue privilege to use this command LNET QUEUE HALT server lt LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want despooling to halt LPTn Name of the parallel printer device COMn Name of the serial printer device Name of the remote print server RPS despooler
182. er with a pre defined username and password logging The act of recording information in a log logging in The process of establishing a connection to a server and identifying yourself as a valid user with a pre defined user name and password logical drive A disk drive that doesn t physically exist on a computer Logical drives are designated by the letters D Z See also physical drive LPR Line Print Redirector lets you send files from your computer for printing on a remote system such as a UNIX server LSL Link Support Layer LSL is a program that enables a workstation to communicate using several protocols LSL can be thought of as performing a central switchboard function through which all other modules communicate LSL determines which protocol stack receives a packet See also NDIS MAC Media Access Control MAC is a protocol governing access to transmission media such as network adapter cards NDIS drivers are often called MAC layer drivers See also NDIS INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 247 E Management Security Levels MSLs LANtastic for Windows 95 only MSLs are the first tier of LANtastic for Windows 95 s network security Every account has an MSL By default the Supervisor MSL is the only MSL that allows you to manage LANtastic for Windows 95 servers their accounts drive resources and printer resources The Logged In MSL allows people only to log in to server
183. error on page 155 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 119 m Error messages during installation If you receive error messages when you re installing LANtastic jot them down then look them up in Chapter 11 You ll see a table listing installation related error messages in alphabetical order with their causes and possible solutions Other installation problems If you have other problems installing LANtastic and you want to reinstall all you generally need to do is choose the Replace option to replace existing LANtastic settings when you run the installation program again Note If you re using the DOS based Setup program and the computer locks up when you re specifying options on the Install screens reboot and make sure the line DEVICE EMM386 EXE appears in the CONFIG SYS file after the line DEVICE HIMEM SYS Computer lockups Go to the page number for the topic that best describes the problem Computer won t boot at all with the network card installed 119 Computer locks up loading the network software 00 enue 120 Computer locks up when copying data between machines 121 Computer locks up only when running a certain program 121 Computer locks up only when printing 00ee eee eae 121 Computer won t boot at all with the network card installed The solution you try depends on the type of network you have Artisoft AE or NodeRunn
184. erver s resources any time you attempt to log in to a server you ll automatically be logged in on its Guest account The Guest account can be disabled or given a password hard drive See disk drive hardware Computer and networking equipment such as computers printers adapters and cables INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE u 243 Help A utility that gives you assistance and general information about an icon or option You can access online Help by choosing a menu option or by highlighting the item in question and pressing F1 Help button A button that when selected provides information about the selected item Help menu In Windows a menu that s included in main windows and dialog boxes When you open this menu you can select one of the main Help options HMA High Memory Area Exists only on 80286 CPUs and above HMA memory is simply the first 64K of memory above the first 1MByte of memory Access to the HMA is an unwritten standard and occurs through unusual manipulations of the CPU this distinguishes HMA from the rest of extended memory hot key A single key you type to select a particular command in a menu or item in a dialog box A hot key is always underlined To use the hot key for a command display the menu and type the hot key to choose the command To use a hot key in a dialog box type the hot key to place the selection cursor on that item and then complet
185. es 40 41 to drives and printers from the same window 43 to network drives 40 41 to network printers 42 43 connection problems between computers 138 139 connections to CD ROM drives 40 to drives canceling 42 to printers canceling 43 using existing drive connections 44 Contents page in online Help how to use 7 control directory corrupted 159 COPY command 216 copy error message 134 corruption disk 161 CoSession Remote 14 couldn t determine current directory message 134 couldn t find Windows system directory message 134 COUNTRY in configuration files 118 Create Audit U privilege 80 Create Audit defined 238 Create New Account Group or Template window 74 creating shared resources 63 cursor defined 238 D D access right 79 data bits defined 238 dedicated servers 194 default protocol setting 47 defaults restoring in LANtastic Custom Control Panel 53 DEFERRED switch 4 deleting network user 87 deselect defined 238 desktop defined 238 DETACH command 216 device conflicts 156 Windows 95 140 device drivers conflicts between 116 loading in different order 116 device not ready message 127 device defined 238 DHCP defined 238 dialog box defined 238 Dial Up Adapter installing 104 Dial Up Networking configuring for Internet service provider 103 106 DIR command 216 direction keys defined 239 Directory defined 239 disable enable defined 239 DISABLEA command 216 disabling shar
186. es parameter under server startup parameters must be set high enough for the needs of the largest application If the Maximum Open Files parameter is set to zero 0 the server reverts to using the FILES value that s set in your CONFIG SYS file This value will serve as the total file handles available to both the LANtastic server itself and all users accessing files through the server INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 181 m If the Maximum Open Files parameter is set at a value other than zero 50 5 100 that value will serve as the number of file handles available to users accessing files through the server And the value after FILES in CONFIG SYS will serve as the number of file handles available to the LANtastic server node itself How files are opened on a LANtastic server If your program requires 20 file handles for a single user to run the application the LANtastic server and workstation s CONFIG SYS file will need 20 file handles available for the workstation to open the application from the server over a redirected drive When a second workstation runs the same application from the same server another 20 file handles must be available on the server for the second loading of the program The second workstation however will need only 20 file handles available in CONFIG SYS Therefore in the above example the server must have FILES 40 in CONFIG SYS or the second workstation w
187. es to connect to the Internet You can use the LANtastic Internet Gateway to set up an Intranet through a shared access point or install TCP Pro to enable each computer to perform Intranet actions without connecting to a server CHAPTER 7 INTRODUCING YOUR NET SOFTWARE m 100 m Using the software a real world scenario You re running a marketing company and have a LANtastic network that consists of four Windows 3 x computers and one Windows 95 PC You install the LANtastic Internet Gateway on all five computers The Windows 95 PC is set up as the Internet Gateway server with Internet access through SPRYNET A version of Netscape Navigator is loaded onto the Internet Gateway server and the four Internet Gateway clients Now anyone working at the client computers has full Internet access through the Gateway server with the ability to browse the Web download files and send and receive e mail Where to go for instructions After you ve installed the programs you need according to the steps in this manual you ll find additional instructions for setup and use in the online Help systems that are built into each product INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CHAPTER 8 SHARING INTERNET ACCESS Important This chapter explains how to set up and use the LANtastic Internet Gateway software so all your Windows 95 and Windows 3 x computers can access the Net via a single Windows 95 Intern
188. eseeeeteeeeeteeeeeeeeeaaeees 86 Expanding and changing your NetWork ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeetesaeeeeteeaaes 87 Changing the maximum number Of USEFS c cece teeter eter eter eeeeeee 87 Adding or deleting a network USEF o oo eeceeececeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeeeeeeteeeties 87 Changing your computer NAMC cece eee eee eteee tees tees tees see eeeeeeeaeeee 88 Increasing the number of login locations eee ceteeeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeteeetaeetees 88 Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 software COMPONEMS ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeseeseeeeeeaeees 88 Adding or removing a Windows 95 COMPUTE ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeteeetees 89 Adding and disconnecting network printerS ceeceeeeseeeeeeeteeteeetees 91 Changing a server to a CONE eececceeceee eee eeeeeteeeseeeeteeeseaesteseneeeeaeee 91 Changing a client to a SCIVED 0 eececceeee cee eeeeeteeeteeeseeeeteeeseaeseeseeeeteaeees 92 Chapter 7 Introducing Your Net Software ssssssssssssssunsnnnnnnnnnnns D7 What s the LANtastic Internet Gateway ccecceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeetenaeeeeties 97 A brief introduction to the Internet ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeaaeees 98 What can you do on the Internet ceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeenaeeeetias 98 BciMalllioie tes Siccs hss agiatby a aA aig at ede 98 The World Wide Web ceeceeceeceteeeteeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeteeeteeeeseeeseeetee
189. esesrrerrrrserrrrrerrrrnserre n Receiving A POP UP MESSAGE eeeeeceeeeeeeteeteeeeeeeetaeeteeeetaeeteeetaes Sending a POP UP MESSAGE ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeeeeseeeeseaeeaes Disabling POP UP MESSAQES ecceceeeeeesceteeeeeeetaeeteeeteaeeteeeteees Customizing the LANtastic Custom Control Panel ccccecesseeeeeeeeeeetees Adding a NEW PAGE eecececceecceeeceeecetenceeaeeteneteeeeeeeeteneteeeteeeetenes Deleting a PaQe ee eeeceeecececceeeceeeceeeeeeeeceeaaeteneeeaeeeeeeeneteaeeeeeetaes Changing page names and COIOMS cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees Adding new buttons ou cee eeceeeeeeeeteeceeeeeteeeteneeeaaeeeneteaeeeeeetees Deleting DUttONS 0 e cect cecceeceeeceteeeeeeeeeeceteneeeeeeaeteneeeeeeeeeetaes Changing button names icons and CeSCcriptions ccsceeees Restoring the LANtastic Custom Control Panel default settings INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Logging in to other COMPUUENS cc cece ee eeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteaeeeeeeaes 54 Logging out of other COMPUEETS ete ee eeneeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeteaeeeeteaes 55 Shutting GOWN SOIVEIS 0 cece eeecteeeeeteeeeeeeaee eee aaeeteaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeeaeeneeaaeeeees 55 Chapter 5 Using Shared Modems csesessesee D7 Setting Up modem clients and SCPVEMS eect eect eeteeeeeteeaeeeeeeeaeeeteaaeeeetee 57 Modifying modem Server SCtINGS ceecceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeetaeeteeeteeeeteeetees
190. ess right 79 E2Mbps adapter 23 ECHO command 217 e mail described 98 SPRYNET WinCIM packages 98 E mail defined 240 EMMS386 and HIMEM SYS lines in CONFIG SYS file 119 enable defined 240 encapsulate defined 240 End Task 140 Entire Network 54 Entire Network list Windows 95 LANtastic 5 x and 6 x computers don t appear in 137 environment space out of 182 error messages can t verify path 65 alphabetical list of installation related Windows 3 x and DOS 149 154 Windows 95 134 135 application error 127 cannot create file 160 cannot locate network name 142 cannot write to 160 caused by disk corruption 161 communication servers busy 128 computer name 134 copy error 134 couldn t determine current directory 134 couldn t find Windows system directory 134 device not ready 127 disconnect related 122 duplicate redirection 161 duplicate redirection or login 122 error reading file 161 File Allocation Table FAT 161 file not found 161 general file transfer error 134 incorrect disk 134 insufficient NetBIOS resources 182 invalid computer name 135 invalid drive specification 122 166 invalid switch 123 invalid user name or password 122 m 265 m LANtastic for Windows 95 142 LNET program 212 LPICALLW DLL 123 network adapter not working 135 network communication related 122 network error 129 network node not listening 123 network not present 136 no more connections can be made 143 no m
191. et Gateway server Before you begin The instructions in this chapter assume you chose to install the Gateway software during the LANtastic 7 0 installation process as described in Chapter 3 For the latest information about enhancements and upgrades to your LANtastic Internet Gateway software refer to the LANtastic 7 0 Readme file Instructions for viewing this file are included in Chapter 1 Alternatively check for information on Artisoft s electronic support sites The LANtastic Internet Gateway allows all your LANtastic 7 0 Windows 95 and Windows 3 x computers to share access to the Net across a LANtastic network With the Gateway you don t have to install a TCP IP program or stack on every LANtastic computer this saves valuable memory Only one of your Windows 95 computers needs to load its TCP IP stack This computer becomes your Internet Gateway server It acts as an access point that allows multiple client computers to simultaneously get on the Net through its Internet connection and IP address whether it s using a modem and or direct connection Also you don t have to purchase expensive routers or firewalls for security The Internet Gateway gives you safe access to Internet or Intranet services 101 m 102 m This is because your LANtastic Internet Gateway server acts as a stand in or proxy for the Internet Gateway clients While your local area network uses LANtastic s NetBIOS protocol the out
192. etween a server and a client A server shares some or all of its devices and accessories such as disk drives printers and modems with other computers on the network A client often called a workstation doesn t The only way you can use a client s disk drives is to sit at its keyboard Servers come in two types dedicated and nondedicated LANtastic supports both A dedicated server serves only the network no one sits at its keyboard and does daily work Many small networks don t need such a server but as your network grows you may decide you want to dedicate a server to doing nothing but processing print jobs for example In fact if the server handles a lot of traffic you may want to upgrade it for faster speed by installing the LANtastic Dedicated Server software on it A nondedicated server functions as both a client and a server In other words someone regularly works at its keyboard but it also shares its drives and printer with other people on the network This is the most cost effective way to set up your network because you don t have to put a computer aside just to handle network processing INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 195 m How do I use a server s drives or printers Opening a file that s stored on another person s disk drive is just like opening a file of your own First you connect a virtual drive letter on your computer such as M to the server
193. etwork adapter card manufacturer If the correct driver disk isn t available you can choose the NodeRunner NDIS option and then download the file NDIS EXE from the Artisoft BBS the Web page or from the Artisoft FaxReturn System Note that you ll still need to have the NDIS driver from the manufacturer and a sample PROTOCOL INI file for your network adapter card AINDIS EXE for software and hardware drivers is also available on Artisoft s online sites 155 m 156 NDIS driver doesn t load The most likely cause for the NDIS driver not loading in CONFIG SYS is a device conflict another device in your computer is using the same setting for its 1 O Base IRQ RAMBASE or timing Try to resolve the conflict by changing a setting and make sure youre using the most current driver for your network adapter card Check your PROTOCOL INI file to ensure that the settings specified for your driver match the settings on the card itself Installation lockup Other software in your system may be preventing the installation from completing properly In the AUTOEXEC BAT file type REM lt space gt in front of every line except for the PATH and anything that s necessary for the hard drive itself This remarks out the line and makes it inactive Then edit your CONFIG SYS file Type REM lt Space gt in front of all lines except HIMEM FILES and BUFFERS At this time you should also make sure FILES is equal to at least 60 and BUFFER
194. etwork error If you receive a network error the IRQ setting on the network adapter card is probably the same as the setting on the communications port you re using Change the setting on one of them Checking your hardware settings Check this chart to see whether your port is using the correct IRQ Common name Interrupt level IRQ I O Base Address COM1 4 3F8 COM2 3 2F8 COM3 4 3E8 COM4 3 2E8 Even though four different I O Base addresses are used only two IRQs 3 and 4 are selected This means that for example you couldn t use COM1 and COM3 together on the modem server Always check to make sure that a single IRQ isn t used by more than one hardware device The possible IRQs and their most common uses are shown in the table on the next page Note that the system handles the lowest number first and progresses upward in other words lower numbers have higher priority IRQ Standard use 0 Not available used for timer 1 Not available used for keyboard 2 Available generally used for network cards and devices such as tape drives If possible don t run your network at a higher priority than your lines When this occurs the network activity may cause data overruns in high activity systems 3 Available the standard COM2 COM4 level 4 Available the standard COM 1 COM3 level CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 130 m Continued 5 Not available in an 8088 or 808
195. features such as modem sharing fax sharing remote control and Internet access You can also add new features by purchasing separate Artisoft products such as the INSYNC family of remote communications products CoSession Remote and ModemShare and computer telephony packages Visual Voice Visual Fax and Otto To learn about new LANtastic features and related Artisoft products talk to your Artisoft dealer or check one of the sources listed below APPENDIX B A NETWORK PRIMER APPENDIX C USING THE LNET MGR PROGRAM This appendix provides a complete alphabetical listing of the commands switches and arguments for the DOS based LNET_MGR program that s included with LANtastic for Windows 95 If you ve previously used LANtastic s DOS NET_MGR program you may prefer to use LNET_MGR to perform many networking tasks including remotely managing a non Windows 95 LANtastic server for example a computer running LANtastic under DOS or Windows v3 x or OS 2 or one that s running the LANtastic Dedicated Server software LNET_MGR works in the same way as NET_MGR You use the program by choosing options from a main menu or by typing commands and options at the DOS command line Using LNET_MGR from the main menu This section explains how to use LNET_MGR by choosing options on the main menu Viewing and using the LNET_ MGR main menu To view the LNET_MGR main menu open a DOS box and type CD LANTASTI WIN9
196. g folders This lets the network supervisor monitor network use and determine who wants access to specific resources and at what time The audit trail can help you identify and track suspicious user activity Disabling the Broadcast Server ID to All Network Users option This option is enabled by default so that your server name is broadcast over the network Disabling it enhances security because people won t be able to log in to the server unless they already know its name Controlling which Management Security Level has the highest level of server management ability in certain categories For example you can allow the Manager MSL to manage print resources but allow only the Supervisor MSL to manage drive resources servers and accounts For complete information about all of the Configure Server security options open the Configure Server window click each of the six tabs and press F1 in each to see context specific online Help INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 69 m Using Management Security Levels M SLs MSLs are the first tier of LANtastic for Windows 95 s network security Every individual account has an MSL even the default Guest account You can determine which MSL each account has when you re creating or modifying accounts as explained under Setting up security with accounts on page 69 The hierarchy of the four MSLs that can be assigned to accounts is shown in this diag
197. g options If you don t find a solution in this chapter or in the error message solutions in the online Help check the topic If you don t find a solution on page 131 CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 CHAPTER 11 UNDERSTANDING ERROR MESSAGES This chapter lists the most common error messages that can occur when youre installing or using LANtastic The messages appear in alphabetical order in the left column with an explanation in the middle column and a suggested solution on the right Important Ifthe error message you received didn t occur during installation and your computer isn t locked up you ll want to see the error messages and solutions in the online Help If you don t find a solution to your networking problem here see Troubleshooting techniques on page 113 Symptoms of common LANtastic problems on page 117 and If you don t find a solution on page 131 What to do when you get an error message Always note error messages exactly Concentrate on the first message and troubleshoot it before you deal with any others If you need to contact Artisoft Technical Support first try to reproduce the error and note exactly when it occurs You should also make a list of error messages you ve received and be ready to provide a brief description of what you were doing before it appeared Common installation problems Many installation error messages are caused by the sa
198. g which servers for what purposes Of course all of these security features are optional If you don t need them you can keep LANtastic s default of no security so everyone on the network has full access to every shared drive and printer without ever typing in a user name and password APPENDIX B A NETWORK PRIMER m 196 m How do I log in to a server and why would I need to If the person who manages your network sets up security on a server he or she will assign you a user name and password From then on whenever you make a connection to that server LANtastic will ask you to type in that user name and password a process that s known as logging in If your login is correct you ll be connected and can then select the drive or printer you want to use What if someone else is connected to the server I want to use If two people open a file on a server s disk drive or CD ROM the server rapidly fills both requests However as more people start to open files the server s response time begins to slow down When this happens you can change the server s software settings to allow more requests to be handled efficiently If you re among a group of people who use the same server s printer your job waits in line behind previous ones However you don t have to leave your desk to check on printing progress LANtastic lets you view the status of your print job right on your own monitor and even n
199. ge 168 O Characters per second CPS on page 160 O Printer buffer on page 172 O Basic configuration on page 174 CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK m 1268 M Pr O Compression utilities on page 172 O Clear queue on page 159 O Recreate resource on page 169 ixed print jobs Try these solutions in this order O LPT timeout on page 166 O Printer tasks on page 168 O Basic configuration on page 174 O Timeout on page 173 O Clear queue on page 159 inter error Try these solutions in this order O LPT timeout on page 161 O Without network on page 177 O Clear queue on page 159 O Basic configuration on page 174 TIMEOUT or ERROR appearing on printout Try these solutions in this order O Timeout on page 173 O Without network on page 177 O Clear queue on page 159 O Basic configuration on page 174 Unreadable print jobs Try these solutions in this order O LPT timeout on page 161 Printer tasks on page 168 Clear queue on page 159 Basic configuration on page 174 Without network on page 177 O Recreate resource on page 169 g g gJ g Other printing errors in Windows Network error Try these solutions in this order O NET USE on page 167 Disk space on page 160 Basic configuration on page 174 Stress test on page 172 Check application
200. gies 67 audit trail option 68 brief overview 38 Broadcast Server ID option 68 Configure Server options 38 68 See also the online Help Configure Server window Security page 69 g2 3 6 defined 254 drive and folder access strategies 67 features compared with Microsoft Windows 95 security 4 overview 66 files restricting access to 64 first step to setting up 70 folders restricting access to 64 high security options disabling Supervisor account 73 modifying MSL management tasks on a server 69 setting up with accounts and resources 69 types of strategies 67 68 why use it 38 Select LANtastic for Windows 95 Computer window 64 Select Network adapters window 22 Select Network Component Type window 22 select defined 254 selection cursor defined 254 SEND command 224 serial device 169 serial printer or plotter 171 serial printer problems 127 server remote management 2 settings controlling 5 server connection broken message 123 SERVER driver problems 120 server name defined 255 server not installed message 137 SERVER program running temporarily 167 178 Server defined 254 INDEX m 2 4 mE Server workstation defined 255 servers adding new 89 busy or unavailable message 128 changing to clients 91 compared to client 194 dedicated and nondedicated 194 defined 37 254 difference between clients and 37 logging in to 54 managing LANtastic from LNET_MGR 86 modifying MSL manageme
201. ging the Supervisor account password After installation it s wise to change your Supervisor account password so that no one else will be able to use it To do this 1 Log in to the server with the Supervisor account whose password you want to change by following the steps under Logging in with the default Supervisor account on page 71 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE ag 736 2 From the Manage Servers page click Manage Accounts The Manage Accounts and Groups window appears 3 Scroll through the Current Server drop down list box until you see the server you logged in to in step 1 then click it 4 Inthe Accounts field you should see the Supervisor account Double click it The Modify Account window appears 5 Click Set Password Make sure the Ignore Password option is unchecked then click Modify Password 6 Click in the Modify Password field and type in the new password Now click OK 7 Click Modify to make your changes take effect then click Close Hint It s always a good idea to log out of the Supervisor account when youre finished using it To do this follow steps 2 and 3 under Logging in with the default Supervisor account on page 71 CAUTION If you change the Supervisor account password don t forget it if you do you may have to reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 Disabling the default Supervisor account If you log in to a server with an accoun
202. guest login see the online Help Even if Auto guest login is disabled on a server you can still log in with its Guest account When logging in just type guest in the user name field and click OK By default no password is necessary If you want to tighten network security go to every LANtastic for Windows 95 server and either disable the Guest account or delete the Everyone group from the Guest account s group membership You can do this only if you log in to the server using its default Supervisor account or using an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level See Supervisor account on page 71 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 1o Everyone group Every LANtastic for Windows 95 server has its own Everyone group account Every individual account that has access to a server is by default made a member of that server s Everyone group Unless the Everyone group has been modified it grants complete access rights to the resources on that server You can modify the Everyone group s default access rights to the resources on each server to suit your security needs providing your account on that server has the Supervisor Management Security Level see Supervisor account below For general instructions on modifying groups see the online Help Supervisor account Every LANtastic for Windows 95 server comes with a Supervisor account This default account lets yo
203. he Control Panel on one computer After you re finished customizing the LANtastic Custom Control Panel pages by adding and modifying buttons or changing colors for example you can follow these steps to lock the tabs 1 Click the Mizer button then click the Lock Tabs page 2 Select a page to lock To lock all the pages in the Custom Control Panel select any page then click Lock All 3 Enter and verify a password Click OK Don t forget your password 4 The next time you want to make changes or unlock the Control Panel you ll need to use this password Configuring and locking the Control Panel on several computers There s a shortcut for configuring and locking LANtastic Custom Control Panel pages on more than one computer 1 Go to a LANtastic 7 0 computer and configure the Custom Control Panel the way you want it for all computers on the network 2 Follow the steps above for locking the Control Panel 3 The file LNET32 LCF located in the Windows folder by default contains the settings for the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Replace the LNET32 LCF files on the other computers with the one containing the new configuration This method is much faster than configuring and locking the Control Panel on each network computer Changing the About window To add information to the About window 1 Click the Mizer button then click the Strings page 2 Type in any information you want For example if you re a
204. he following order Services such as file sharing clients such as the Microsoft Client for NetWare Networks protocols such as NetBIOS or NetBEUI and adapters such as NE2000 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel then double click the Network icon 2 Click a component and click Remove Repeat this for every component you want to remove The server program is called File and printer sharing for LANtastic networks 3 Click OK then click Yes to restart your computer To add acomponent When adding components reverse the order shown above Add adapters and adapter drivers first protocols next then clients and finally services 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel then double click Network 2 Click Add The Select Network Component Type dialog box appears 3 Click the type of component you want to add For example to add the server software click Service 4 Click Add again 5 Click the Have disk button The Install from Disk dialog box appears CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 146 m Enter the path to C LANTASTI WIN95 INSTALL and click OK A new dialog box appears displaying the Artisoft component Click OK then reboot your computer 7 Repeat these steps for each component you want to add 8 Click OK to exit the Network window Files will be copied to 9 add the component You may be asked to insert the Windows 95 CD ROM or diskettes to obtain files for so
205. he network 1 If your new computer doesn t have a preinstalled network adapter install one and cable it to the network according to the instructions in Appendix A Install the LANtastic 7 0 software according to the instructions in Chapter 3 Go to each computer that will regularly use the new computer s disk drive and make a new permanent drive connection See Using network drives and printers on page 40 CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING 90 m 4 If appropriate follow one or more of these steps Ifthe new computer is a server and you want to allow more or less than ten users at one time follow the steps for increasing the maximum number of users on page 87 If the new computer is a server with one or more printers attached see Connecting to a printer attached to another computer on page 42 Ifthe new computer is a server and you want to set it up with account and resource restrictions refer to Creating or modifying accounts and templates on page 73 Removing You can either physically disconnect a computer or simply remove the LANtastic for Windows 95 network components on that computer For instructions on removing network components see Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 software components on page 88 Physical disconnection 1 If the computer is a server shut it down according to the instructions on page 55 Then turn off the computer and any attached
206. he syntax for using the F parameter is SHARE Fin where n is any number from O to approximately 62 000 The L parameter The L parameter controls the number of simultaneous locks that SHARE can handle The default is L 20 20 locks although some versions of DOS have a default value of 60 On a network like LANtastic which can open 5 100 files per server it s easy to see that 20 locks isn t enough The syntax for the L parameter is SHARE L n where n is any number from 1 through 3700 DOS SHARE actually has two buffer areas both L and F that added together can t equal more than 64K Internal SHARE doesn t have this limitation Opening a file on a server requires at least one lock The L setting should be at least the number of files you ve specified in your CONFIG SYS file or in the NET_MGR server startup parameters option whichever is larger If you re running a multi user program that uses many files consider setting L to at least twice the number of open files allowed Increase file handles Multi user applications applications shared over the network normally open many files per user If there aren t enough file handles applications may report an error of insufficient file handles simply lock up or behave unpredictably DOS is limited to a maximum of 255 available file handles but the LANtastic Server program lets you open additional file handles The FILES parameter and or the Maximum Open Fil
207. herExpress PRO 10 PnP enabled PnP not enabled Same for both adapters Intel EtherExpress PRO 10 PnP disabled Eagle NE2000 Series Novell Anthem Novell Anthem NE2000 Eagle EP32100 Series Not available Call Microdyne for driver availability Eagle NE200T Series Eagle Technology Eagle Technology NE200T Note The following five network adapters weren t designed for and don t work with LANtastic for Windows 95 Simply LANtastic LANtastic 2Mbps A2Mbps E2Mbps and NE 3 If you re installing LANtastic for Windows 95 on a computer that already has one of these network adapters you must replace it with a NodeRunner Pro or other supported adapter For information on compatible adapters refer to the chart above or contact the Artisoft Sales Consultation Center at 1 800 846 9726 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 a 24 E Removing unneeded network components Important Nearly everyone needs to perform the steps in this section in order for LANtastic for Windows 95 to function correctly However if you want to use the Microsoft Client to connect to Microsoft servers or if you want to use the IPX SPX protocol to connect to NetWare servers at the same time you re running LANtastic for Windows 95 the steps in this section aren t necessary Instead turn off multicast addressing on each LANtastic computer in your network as described in the Troubleshooting LANtastic for Windows 95 immediately after installation
208. ia a aa aeaa iaaa Ka iaaa aE 168 Prnt Manager aeaaea dape ea E A aa a eee hear 169 PRU 10 TilGs y a a a a aa aaa aaa aaa 169 RAM BASE iaeiae aiaa a a A aN aa a a A a EEA 169 Recreate FESOUNCES oa AA ALEA ATASA AARAA AT AREA ELIAS 169 RESOUICE a a A a ies a aie tins dine elie 170 maae DE E cuectenesteoesnceabiaedes eth eteatags tvehia E E cate 171 Serial WINdOWS 3 Xieeccsiiet cteciveceecveiedeeeeeend seevediecerenneheneedeeioneeveaienneey 171 SEP VER AAAA A AE EE tote ntedt ae tdteetgh ele adelante 171 SVM Chea ca ca cae scezhcntedag sasab Mant E E EEATT AT 171 Printer Dufferin accctiecon sevaateataed mea E N a cad a hes 172 Compression utilities 2 eee cee cece eee eeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeteeeeeeeetaes 172 Stress tef oenn a E A R E E G a 172 SWap CardS peria eieaa taara e a aaaea a aa aiea aa aaa aaa a be 172 TMINE e a aa aa TA AE aR 173 Too many redirections OF lOGINS c ceeeeeeee eee e tees eeeeeteee eee teeeeteaeeee 173 Basic configuration eeceeeee cee eeee tees eteeeeeeeeteeeteeeteee eee seeeteeaeseeeeeeeneaeee 174 WINDOWS 3 iiesiitvcstdacueectaitsSusees cea tie a iis ketal a ai ates 176 WITHOUE NELWOKK ccsecesscessseeesseeecseeeeseauecssesecssaeessnaessseeesssaessssaeesaes 177 Without WINGOWS 3 X oe eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeteeeseaeenaeenies 177 NEE SHOW ziarenia eaaa then ae ete eee hea tered 177 Compatibility with LANtastiC cece cece eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeeeeaee
209. ic modem sharing with INSYNC ModemShare Using LANtastic s Intemet Intranet features Using CoSession Remote Important If the LANtastic Setup program finds ModemShare on your computer it will install the LANtastic 7 0 modem sharing client components but it will leave your ModemShare server configuration intact This is because an INSYNC ModemShare server provides more features and capabilities than a LANtastic modem sharing server such as allowing you to share more than one modem If you re installing LANtastic on a ModemShare client and you don t need ModemShare s additional features it s recommended that you uninstall ModemShare before you install LANtastic If you don t uninstall the ModemShare client both the ModemShare and the LANtastic client interfaces will reside on your computer and as a result the LANtastic interface won t be fully functional For more information on using LANtastic s modem sharing features see Chapter 5 LANtastic 7 0 provides the LANtastic Internet Gateway Before you make any decisions on installing this option take time to read the information and instructions in Chapter 7 and Chapter 8 Also note the Windows 95 TCP IP stack isn t automatically installed with the LANtastic Internet Gateway LANtastic 7 0 comes with a limited feature version of the CoSession Remote Host software For instructions on how to install this software see Chapter 3 If the full featured CoSe
210. ications programs fax programs and Internet access products can be used with modem sharing For further details see Chapter 5 LANtastic Internet Gateway The LANtastic Internet Gateway program for your Windows 95 and Windows 3 x computers gives your network safe access to Internet or Intranet services without installing memory intensive TCP IP programs on every computer or purchasing expensive routers and firewalls Using one Windows 95 computer a server with a dial up Internet connection the Internet Gateway takes advantage of this computer s built in TCP IP program to allow simultaneous multiple access to the Internet Just as LANtastic is an easy way to share drives printers and modems the Internet Gateway is an easy way to share Internet access Once you set up a Gateway server other Windows users can connect to it select an existing Internet connection and start their favorite Winsock applications The clients and servers communicate over the LANtastic NetBIOS transport protocol but no TCP IP packets are ever transmitted on the network There s no chance of anyone on the Internet getting to the LAN Besides Internet access the LANtastic Internet Gateway can be set up to access TCP IP services on a local network or connect to a Remote Access Server RAS from a branch office Any LAN adapter analog modem or ISDN modem supported by Windows 95 will work with the Gateway For further details see chapters 7 and 8 INSYNC Co
211. identify the card to the computer Use the original reference disk to make a backup copy then boot with the backup copy in the A drive Select Copy an option diskette You re prompted for the network adapter card driver disk and after that the program should recognize the new card in one of the slots You can then use the reference program to set the card s IRQ and I O Base options or just exit and use the defaults Consult the network adapter card manual for more information INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 167 m NET SHOW Important Type NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt You should see a list of information items about this computer s network status The first line indicates the version of LANtastic being run on this computer The second line indicates the name of this computer and whether it s being run only as a redirector a workstation or as a redirector and a server If it doesn t state that this computer is being run as a server and you want it always to start up as a server you ll need to reinstall LANtastic and select Share my files and printers You can also type SERVER lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt to make your computer a server temporarily The next time you restart SERVER won t load unless you type it again The status information should also indicate which servers are available and which servers this computer is logged in to and what drive
212. ilable memory Setup can t find a hard disk location to store temporary files Make at least an additional 1MB of free disk space available and then try the installation again Make sure you have a TEM P variable in your configuration files and that it points to a valid path on a drive with at least 1MB free CHAPTER 11 UNDERSTANDING ERROR MESSAGES m 152 m Continued Error Message Possible Cause s Recommended Solution s Insufficient memory There s not enough memory to perform the task you re attempting Unload TSRs add memory use a memory manager to make use of upper memory blocks or reduce requirements such as buffer_size or printer resources Insufficient memory available to run Setup There may not be enough memory available Make sure there is sufficient memory in accordance with the system requirements explained in Chapter 2 Insufficient memory cannot continue INSTALL has run out of available free memory See Common installation problems on page 149 An intemal read error has occurred on XXXX INS Unable to load installation instructions Indicates a file read error on the file that contains the installation script This file resides in the hard disk directory specified by the SET TEM P xxxx statement in the file AUTOEXEC BAT See Common installation problems on page 149 Also there may bea problem with the hard disk Chec
213. ile CALLing in AUTOEXEC BAT 167 STARTNET CFG file 182 status bar defined 255 stop bits defined 255 STREAM command 226 STRING command 226 subnet mask defined 256 SUBST command using 176 Summary window 28 Super Access A privilege 79 Super Access defined 256 Super Disk D privilege 79 Super Disk defined 256 Super File F privilege 79 Super File defined 256 Super Queue Q privilege 80 Super Queue defined 256 Super User MSL 69 Supervisor account benefits of 71 changing password to increase security 72 creating new 72 description of defaults 71 disabling or deleting 73 hints for managing 72 how to log in and log out 71 modifying 72 restricting 73 Supervisor MSL 69 swap files defined 256 switches defined 256 system requirements 12 T T access right 79 tables defined 256 task won t run without the Client message 136 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE TCP IP 97 defined 256 described 97 installing on Windows 95 104 support 3 TCP IP or IPX SPX protocol installing Microsoft 109 Technical Notes 117 Telnet program 256 template defined 257 template creating new 78 templates described 4 TERMINATE command 228 text box defined 257 text editor defined 257 third party products compatibility with 117 this program requires VGA message 135 thumbnail defined 257 tile defined 257 timeout printing error 126 title bar defined 257 title bar icon defined 257 too many
214. ile to disable the LPT COMBINE function It disables the redirected printer combining that has been enabled in the batch file Don t issue this command unless you have previously given the LPT COMBINE command LNET LPT SEPARATE The following is a sample batch file using both the LPT COMBINE and the LPT SEPARATE commands LNET LPT COMBINE Combine output echo First print job gt Ipt1 Display Text message dir w gt Ipt1 sPrint directory LNET LPT SEPARATE Separate output echo Second print job gt ptl Print text echo Third print job gt Ipt1 Print text This batch file creates three different print jobs since the first two print items were combined into one print job and the last two print items were printed separately APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 220 m LPT TIMEOUT This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 MAIL The file will be placed on the server s mail queue where the user can have access to it When used with no command line switches this runs the LANtastic Mail menu interface where you may select a server s mail queue to view LNET MAIL lt VOICE gt filename server lt recipient gt lt comment gt VOICE Denotes a voice mail file Can be abbreviated to V filename DOS path of the file to send server Name of the server whose queue the file is to be sent to recipient User to receive the file You may use wildcard characters to send the mail file
215. ine on page 183 O L switch on page 184 O IRQ and I O Base on page 164 The CD ROM drive lists only a few files before locking Try these solutions O Increasing buffers on page 183 O Non DOS disk support on page 183 LANtastic REDIRector must be started first CD ROM or other network redirector present Try the solution 0 MSCDEX line on page 183 Machine locks up with CD ROM drivers installed Try the solution O S switch on page 183 REDIR must be run before SERVER Try these solutions in this order O MSCDEX line on page 183 O Redirector loading on page 183 Modem sharing problems Error message All communication servers busy If you get the message All communication servers are busy or unavailable but you know that no one s using the modem On the modem server make sure The modem is properly connected and turned on The modem is attached to the correct physical port in LANtastic s shared modem settings window The modem works properly when accessed directly through the port without using LANtastic On the modem client make sure You re using the right current connection in the window where you assign modems INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 129 m Problems caused by hardware setting conflicts Check your setup against the advice in this section to rule out hardware conflicts Error message N
216. ing new data to the corrupt disk Verify the problem with a utility such as DOS s SCANDISK or CHKDSK For example you might type SCANDISK or CHKDSK A at the DOS prompt There are many other utilities on the market to help you deal with this type of problem For critical data protection and recovery you should consider investing in one of them Note that these utilities can t be used while the LANtastic Server program is running Some utilities can recover the data but in most cases you ll need to reinstall lost executables or restore data files from backup It s not uncommon for the system to work normally after the INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 163 m corruption is removed since the corrupt files were only temporary ones used by a single application In a worst case scenario the entire disk may have to be reformatted and reinstalled or you may have to even use the FDISK command to partition the drive No one can tell you when this would be the best approach since you re the only one to know the value of the data at risk For critical data you may want to consult a data recovery professional After you ve used the utility to remove the corruption it s equally important to resolve what caused the corruption in the first place A defective diskette can normally be replaced easily but defective hardware or TSR conflicts can be difficult to isolate FORCE ACK _ MODE sw
217. ing 55 91 Supervisor account 73 disabling previous versions of LANtastic 13 disconnecting computer 90 disconnects intermittent 122 123 disk compression utility using with LANtastic 172 corruption 161 drive type specifying for CD ROM 184 errors 116 LANtastic 155 NDIS 155 space problems 160 Disk cache defined 239 disk defined 239 DNS defined 239 DNS address 110 document file defined 239 document defined 239 DOS computer lockups 119 defined 239 how to open a DOS box 53 installation troubleshooting 119 LNET program described 4 5 prompt defined 239 SHARE program 179 DOSKEY in configuration files 118 dot ROOT directory using 65 double click defined 239 download defined 240 drag and drop defined 240 drag defined 240 drive and printer resources planning and setting up 64 drive defined 240 driver adapter installing 20 23 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE driver defined 240 drivers device conflicts between 116 finding latest 115 in SETVER table 171 NDIS problems 156 drives accessing resources from ROOT directory 65 connecting to another computer s 40 connections canceling 42 permanent 40 using existing 44 D through Z 40 described 40 mapping described 40 name defined 240 network 40 physical 40 virtual 40 drives and printers using 40 44 duplicate redirection or login message 122 duplicate redirection message 161 E acc
218. ing in to other computers You must log in to a computer before you can use its drives and printers Logging in is the process of identifying yourself as a valid user with a pre assigned user name and password For information about setting up security features such as access rights to resources refer to Chapter 6 If you set up such features logging in may involve steps beyond the basic ones described below For complete instructions on logging in and out of servers see the online Help To log in to a server 1 From the Use Network page click Connect to Computers The LANtastic Connections window appears EL LANtastic Connections Already Connected DB This Server Available for Connection Entire Network USABILITY I Ask for User Name Password First LANtastic Computer 2 Use one of these methods to select the computer you want to use m Click it in the Available for Connection list Click the plus sign next to Entire Network then click the computer Type the computer s name in the Computer field m Click the scroll arrow on the Computer list box to see a list of the computers you connected to most recently then click the one you want 3 Ifyou want to connect to the computer using a non default user name and password make sure the Ask for User Name Password First box is checked 4 Click Connect You re automatically logged into a server when you connect to it providing yo
219. inter object Before you attempted the operation you clicked a column other than the document name column the first column So your operation was seen as a printer control operation which isn t supported When you want to pause or purge a print job from the Microsoft interface to a printer object click the document name first You ll be able to perform the operation because it will be seen as a job control operation You were trying to manage a print job on a LANtastic for Windows 95 server and your account didn t have the T Y and Z access rights for the printer resource you were trying to manage Assign your account the T Y and Z access rights according to the instructions in the online Help search on the topic These rights enable you to view and manage print jobs submitted by other users to that printer Computers running LANtastic for Windows 95 can t share a Hewlett Packard JetDirect printer The HP JetDirect printer won t appear as a resource on the Available Printers list in the Share Drives and Printers window However each Windows 95 client can still use the printer by installing HP Services in the Windows 95 Network Control Panel Refer to your HP documentation for detailed instructions CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 142 m Error messages If you receive an error message consult this section the index and also the error messages in the online Help Cannot locate
220. interface you must install the LANtastic for Windows 95 software on each Windows 95 computer If you decide to cancel the installation at any time during the process the setup may continue and you may get a series of error messages If this occurs you must run Setup again and click Remove to automatically remove the LANtastic for Windows 95 networking components After you ve solved whatever problem caused you to cancel installation run Setup a final time to reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 If you see any type of error message during software installation refer to Chapter 11 for a table of possible causes and solutions Installation steps 1 If any Windows 95 programs are running shut them down now To do so press Alt Tab to switch to the other applications and close them 2 If you re installing with floppy diskettes insert Disk 1 into a floppy drive Or If youre installing with the CD ROM put the LANtastic CD ROM in your CD ROM drive Click Start then Run 4 Type A SETUP where A is the floppy drive youre using and click OK Or Type D SETUP where D is the CD ROM drive you re using and click OK 5 The Welcome window appears Welcome Welcome to the LANtastic 7 0 Setup program This program will install the LANtastic 7 0 software on your system It is strongly recommended that you exit all other Windows programs before running this setup program Use ALT TAB to switch to other application
221. inters send and receive e mail view the print queue and perform many other networking activities in the DOS interface NetBEUI Developed by IBM for use with Token Ring network adapter cards the Network Basic Extended User Interface NetBEUI consists of a program NETBEUI EXE that provides the API and a low level driver specific to the network adapter card This is typically used with NDIS and the SMB based family of networks See also NetBIOS NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System NetBIOS is an application programming interface API used for data exchange and network data transport NET CFG NET CFG is an ASCII text file containing various network settings for ODI drivers and protocols The ethernet frame type is also set in this file See also ODI NET_MGR The LANtastic program that helps you manage server resources and user accounts in the DOS interface INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 249 m network An electronically connected group of computers and peripheral devices such as printers and disk drives See also LAN network adapter The printed circuit board that you install in a computer and connect to the network cable to enable network communication Also referred to as a board expansion card or network interface card NIC network administrator The person responsible for the overall management of the network The network administrator sets up the network cabling syst
222. ions to servers that aren t yet available on the network or force a wait for a server to become available 207 m 208 m Using LNET from the Main Functions menu This section explains how to use LNET by choosing options on the Main Functions menu Control printers and print streams and view detailed information about print jobs on LANtastic v5 x and v6 x servers by using the View Print Jobs option on the Main Functions menu for example Send and receive mail using the Send and Receive LANtastic Mail option on the Main Functions menu Note however that you ll have to use a LANtastic v5 x or v6 x server as your mail server View and modify accounts using the User Account Management option on the Main Functions menu Synchronize clocks on selected servers using the Monitor and Manage Network Activity option on the Main Functions menu or set the clock on your computer using the LNET CLOCK command Remotely control a DOS LANtastic server using the Monitor and Manage Server Activity option on the Main Functions menu Create batch files containing LNET commands to set up logins and drive and printer redirections using the LNET SHOW CONNECT command line option Viewing and using the LNET Main Functions menu To view the LNET Main Functions menu open a DOS box and type CD LANTASTI WIN95 lt Enter gt LNET lt Enter gt The LANtastic NET Main Functions menu appears To select an option press the up and do
223. is not a typical device such as a disk drive MS DOS includes a device driver called HIMEM SYS that manages extended memory expansion slots Spaces in the expansion bus data path of a computer where the network adapters are installed fax Short for facsimile a document that s transmitted from one fax machine or fax modem to another via a telephone line file A collection of information on a hard or floppy computer disk for example a document filename The unique name under which a file is stored on disk This name often has two parts a filename and an extension for example LETTER DOC filename extension A code at the end of a filename used for identification It consists of a period followed by zero one two or three characters For example the BAT at the end of AUTOEXEC BAT indicates a batch file a doc extension indicates a Microsoft Word document firewall A protective boundary between internally networked computers running TCP IP and external computers on the Internet Firewalls are made up of hardware and software configured to prevent outsiders from accessing internal networks GLOSSARY e242 m flow control A method of controlling the amount of data that two devices exchange In data communications flow control prevents one modem from flooding the other with data If data comes in faster than it can be processed the receiving side stores the data in a buffer When the buffer is near
224. isoft s option either a return of the price paid or b repair or replacement of the Software or Hardware that does not meet Artisoft s Limited Warranty and which is returned to Artisoft with a copy of your receipt This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Software or Hardware has resulted from accident abuse or misapplication Any replacement Software or Hardware will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty 30 days whichever is longer Outside the United States neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by Artisoft are available without proof of purchase from an authorized non U S source THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO DEFECTS DUE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO MISUSE ABUSE NEGLIGENCE ACCIDENT REPAIRS OR ALTERATIONS MADE BY THE CUSTOM ER OR ANOTHER PARTY OR IF THE ARTISOFT SERIAL NUMBER HAS BEEN REMOVED OR DEFACED ARTISOFT AND ITS SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER WARRANTIES REPRESENTATIONS PROMISES AND GUARANTEES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE ON THE SOFTWARE MEDIA DOCUMENTATION ORRELATED TECHNICAL SUPPORT INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY PERFORM ANCE AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARTISOFT WILL NOT BE LIABLEFORANY BUG ERROR OMISSION DEFECT DEFICIENCY ORNONCONFORMITY IN ANY SOFTWARE AS A RESULT THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS LICENSED AS IS AND THE PURCHASER ASSUMES THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO ITS QUALITY AND P
225. it If you receive the message Network Listen failed this is because the Chat feature included with the NET program in LANtastic v6 x and earlier doesn t work under LNET INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE e213 Text conventions Each command name is followed by a description of its purpose its correct syntax and explanations of its optional arguments if any You may then see examples for using the command Arguments where you must choose between two or more options are contained within brackets Optional arguments are contained within angle brackets lt gt Arguments that you must provide are printed in lower case Capitalized words represent correct syntax for commands In cases where switches or commands have variable inputs with default values the default values are given in brackets followed by the range Valid switch syntax When you add switches to a command line use a forward slash to separate them If a switch takes a value such as when you designate the serial port used with the PORT switch the switch must be followed by an equal sign or a colon Here are the valid switch formats command SWITCH command SWITCH value command SWITCH value APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 214m LNET SWITCHES AND COMMANDS The correct syntax for running the LNET program is LNET COMMANDT switches command arguments where command
226. itch If you have an Ethernet network and there s a large speed difference between your computers you should try using the FORCE_ACK MODE switch on the AILANBIO driver of the slowest computer For example edit the network startup batch file and add the switch so this line reads AILANBIO FORCE_ACK_MODE Note Using this switch increases network traffic Increase DOS resources Many application specific problems can be solved by increasing DOS resources on the server and sometimes the workstation DOS resources include FILES FCBs Share Locks and File Space and Memory If the workstation crashes only in one application you probably need more memory Server computers need enough Files and Share Locks to accommodate all users while workstations need only enough for a single user For example if WordPerfect wants 25 files in the CONFIG SYS and you have 10 users set the files in the server CONFIG SYS to 250 LANtastic should always have a minimum of 50 files for itself If you need more than the 255 files DOS will support use the MAX FILES setting in NET_MGR Server Startup Parameters Since SHARE defaults to only 20 locks make sure you have L and F switches As a general rule try two locks for every file but you may need more in a heavily used database The F switch controls CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 164 m the area of memory that stores the filenames that are locked An example of SHARE for the previous scen
227. ities in the Windows interface list box A list box presents a list of available choices it always appears within a window or dialog box If all of the available choices don t fit in the list box it will include a scroll bar that lets you move through the list LNET LANtastic for Windows 95 only LANtastic for Windows 95 includes the DOS based LNET program that you can use to perform many networking tasks You can use LNET by choosing menu options on a main functions screen or by typing commands and options at the DOS command line GLOSSARY m 246 m LOADHI or LOADHIGH LOADHI or LOADHIGH loads a program between the 640K barrier and the start of extended memory thus avoiding the use of conventional memory and interference with large applications local area network See LAN local drives and logical drives A local or physical drive is a disk drive that exists on your own computer Local drives are usually designated by the letters A C A logical drive is a disk drive that doesn t physically exist on your computer Logical drives are usually designated by the letters D Z With LANtastic you assign these drives to make connections to shared resources such as drives and folders on someone else s computer See also physical drive log A record of the activities of a program or to report a particular event in a log log in The process of establishing a connection to a server and identifying yourself as a us
228. k the disk with a disk utility program and repeat the operation The LANtastic control directory was not successfully initialized There was an error copying the file to its destination Either the necessary file is not on the specified disk or the disk is bad See Common installation problems on page 149 Run the installation again Insert the correct disk or path or get a good copy of the disk or file LANtastic Setup execution error Returning to beginning of Setup Internal error Run the installation again If the problem continues contact Artisoft Technical Support The path does not exist You entered an invalid path Type in the correct path Setup can t add the line Xxxxx to the AUTOEXEC BAT file There was an error writing to the file See Common installation problems on page 149 Setup can t build the LANtastic startup batch file There was an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 Setup can t build the LANtastic startup configuration file There was an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 Setup can t build the set connections batch file There was an error copying the file to its destination See Common installation problems on page 149 Setup couldn t create CONNECT BAT There was
229. k and printer redirections that you ll want to use on a daily basis You must then redirect the output of the LNET SHOW command to the batch file you d like to create The sample below uses the file LOGIN BAT LNET SHOW BATCH gt LOGIN BAT The LNET program will build a list of the LNET commands currently in use and this output will be sent to the file specified SHUTDOWN Allows you to remotely schedule the shutdown and or reboot of a server You can include a text message to warn any users logged in to this server that it s shutting down Once this command is issued you can continue local operations m 225m with your computer including logging out of the remote server shutting down the computer delaying the shutdown of the server or finishing last minute details LNET SHUTDOWN lt REBOOT gt lt CANCEL gt lt HALT gt 4 SILENT gt server lt lt minutes gt lt message gt gt REBOOT Reboots the computer after SERVER shutdown CANCEL Cancels a pending shutdown of a server HALT Stops processing on the server after shutting down SILENT Shuts down the server without sending notification to users logged in to the server server Name of the server to shut down minutes Number of minutes before server shutdown The default is zero minutes message Message to send to logged in users to warn them of impending shutdown If no message is included on the command line users logged i
230. l then double clicking Network Click your adapter and click Properties Click the Resources tab Compare the settings for the IRQ and I O address to the actual IRQ and I O Base settings for your adapter If an asterisk appears by the number Windows 95 has detected a conflict with another device You can use the selection arrows in the IRQ and I O address range fields to make corrections to the settings for the adapter driver However if you don t have a Plug and Play adapter you ll need to use an adapter configuration utility or move jumpers on your adapter card to change the actual settings of your card If you don t know how to determine or modify your actual settings see your adapter documentation Many adapters use jumper settings on the card to configure settings INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 141 m Printing problems Because LANtastic for Windows 95 uses the Windows 95 printing system you ll need to refer to the Windows 95 online Help system for help with most printing problems But check this section first You can t view or manage print jobs even though your account has the Q privilege Two possible problems can generate the error message You don t have permission to modify the settings for this printer if you need to change the settings contact your network administrator You were attempting to pause or purge a print job from the Microsoft interface to a pr
231. l of the adapter configuration guidelines in this section apply only to computers that are going to run the LANtastic for Windows 95 software If your non Windows 95 computers have adapters that are already operating on a LANtastic network they ll be able to communicate with your LANtastic for Windows 95 computers in the ways described in the previous section A network adapter card that s compatible with Windows 95 must be installed in every computer on which you re going to install the LANtastic for Windows 95 software Each adapter must then be cabled to the other computers on your network General instructions for determining whether an adapter is Windows 95 compatible along with steps for installing it and cabling it to the network appear in Chapter A of this manual Configuring Plug and Play adapters Little or no configuration is necessary if you ve already installed or are planning to install a Plug and Play adapter in a Windows 95 computer that has Plug and Play technology Such adapters come preinstalled on many computers CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 18 m If your Plug and Play adapter came preinstalled you don t need to do anything to configure it Once you ve cabled your computers together according to the instructions in Appendix A follow the steps under Removing unneeded network components on page 24 then go on to Installing the software on page 24 If you re manual
232. l or wildcard account You can set from one to four of the account attributes and they may be placed in any order on the command line LNET_MGR lt C path gt lt P pw gt SET INDIVIDUAL WILDCARD name lt attribute value gt path Control directory in which the account exists Defaults to LANTASTI NET on the current drive pw Password of the control directory INDIVIDUAL Specifies that you want to change an individual account WILDCARD Specifies that you want to change a wildcard account APPENDIX C USING THE LNET_MGR PROGRAM m 206 m name Name of the account you want to change attribute Attribute you want to set You may specify more than one The valid attributes are USERNAME Account name up to 16 characters PASSWORD Account password up to 16 characters LOGINS Number of concurrent log ins allowed 0 255 Account privileges AQMUSOD Set to NONE to disable all privileges PRIVILEGES ACCT_EXP Account expiration date The format used may be either dd mmm yyyy e g 21 FEB 1999 or month date year e g 2 21 1999 PW_EXP Password expiration date The formats accepted are the same as those for ACCT_EXP above Examples LNET_MGR SET INDIVIDUAL BILL USER BILL_G LOGINS 10 PRIVILEGES AQMUSOD SHOW Allows users to view individual or wildcard account status LNET_MGR lt C path gt lt P pw gt SHOW INDIVIDUAL WILDCARD name path Control directory in whi
233. le elements Each software driver is a separate element You might think it couldn t be the cable since nothing has changed but cables are easily damaged Testing the problem After you ve identified the key elements you must test each one of them In any list of possible causes some are more likely than others Test the most probable first then the next until you ve discovered the cause If you run out of possibilities you may not have identified all or it might take an obscure combination of events to produce the error Patience is often your best tool Testing can be faster in some cases if you first remove as many of the possible causes as you can and get down to a basic working system Then add each element back one at a time until the problem reproduces This technique allows you to get back to work and look for the cause when you have more time Once you ve tested and proven what the cause is the solution will probably be obvious If it isn t consider contacting the vendor of the problematical element for help Here are some questions to consider at this stage of the process Do you have the latest drivers for a hardware product Hint The Microsoft Home Page on the Internet features a regularly updated list of Windows 95 compatible adapters and drivers CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK e116 8 Have you tried reinstalling the program that has a problem Can you try running the application witho
234. lete a page it disappears along with all the buttons on it However those buttons will still be available for adding to other pages Use the Add Remove Buttons menu option to locate the buttons on the Add page of the Add Remove Buttons window Changing page names and colors 1 Make sure the page you want to change is active 2 From the Customize menu click Page Name Color Or with the cursor pointing to the page and not a button right click and select Name Color from the pop up menu The Page Name Color window appears INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a Ol m To change the page name edit the Page Name field To change the color of the page its tab or the tab text click the required down arrow and click the color you want 5 Click Apply to view your choice 6 When your changes are correct click OK If you want to use different colors for the page and its tab click to clear the Use Tab Color check box If you want to use the same color for the page and tab make sure the box is checked Adding new buttons These are general steps for adding any new button Specific types of new buttons are described next 1 5 Make sure the LANtastic Custom Control Panel page you want to modify is active From the Customize menu click Add Remove Buttons The Add Remove Buttons window appears With the Add page active use the Category pull down list to display the type of button you
235. lete key then press Enter to confirm Next press the Ins key and type in the name of your resource All printer resources must start with the symbol Highlight your new resource and press Enter Set up the resource according to the notes you just made Escape to DOS and try accessing the resource again If you re still unable to connect successfully to this resource you may have a corrupt Control Directory INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Serial ml l m When you re sharing a serial printer or plotter it s important to set up the resource correctly You ll need to know the baud rate word length stop bits parity and the flow control Check your printer manual for the correct settings The port in NET_MGR on the server should be set to the port that the printer is physically attached to not a port redirected by the mode command Avoid running the mode command as this will create a conflict over the port Serial Windows 3 x If you ve got a serial printer or plotter and can t get it to print in Windows 3 x with the network loaded try the following Boot the computer without loading Windows but load the network and try to print If this works place a command to send a return or lt showpage gt for a PostScript printer before Windows loads Some serial printers need to be accessed by the network before Windows loads or Windows will take control of the serial port and not allow the
236. lick OK INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE PART 4 TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 9 TROUBLESHOOTING YOUR NETWORK Where to find your solution To solve a problem choose from the options in this list Learn troubleshooting techniques To learn Artisoft Technical Support s three step troubleshooting process see Troubleshooting techniques on page 113 Solve a LANtastic for Windows 95 problem For solutions to problems experienced while installing or using LANtastic for Windows 95 see Solving LANtastic for Windows 95 problems on page 133 Look up an error message This manual primarily lists installation related error messages for LANtastic for Windows 95 Chapter 11 If the error message you received didn t occur during installation look for it the online Help Find alternative solutions If you ve followed all the troubleshooting solutions in this guide and still have a problem see If you don t find a solution on page 131 to learn about additional sources of information such as the Readme file and online Help Troubleshooting techniques Most computer problems are easier to fix when you isolate identify and test This is the same process that Artisoft technical support analysts use when you call them for help It s a good idea to learn this three step process of narrowing down and tracing the cause of your problem before you use any other part of this man
237. ling LANtastic for Windows 95 from 25 problems 127 caused by switch in MSCDEX line 184 with Windows 95 138 wrong disk drive type specified 184 CD ROM drives connecting to 40 41 connection requirements 40 Central Station not supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 Change LANtastic Computer Name window 88 Change Password button using to see which account youre logged in with 72 CHANGEPW command 215 changing page names colors in LANtastic Custom Control Panel 50 changing your network 87 92 characters per second CPS 125 160 characters invalid in computer name 135 Chat 1 CHAT command 215 Chat feature troubleshooting 47 Chat feature using 46 Chat defined 236 check box defined 236 check parity defined 236 choose defined 236 clearing the print queue 159 click defined 236 client restoring after installing Microsoft IPX SPX or TCP IP protocol 109 client computers compared to servers 194 client lockup problems 109 clients defined 37 237 difference between servers and 37 clients and protocols removing 24 Clipboard defined 237 CLOCK command 215 Close Program window 140 CMOS settings 20 collapse defined 237 COM port explained 59 redirecting 59 settings 58 COM port addresses 130 COM port defined 237 command line options defined 237 command line defined 237 command defined 237 commands and switches MEM C 116 MORE 116 Communication Port field 58 communication servers bu
238. lp system Online Help is essential to learning how to use the full range of networking functions offered by LANtastic for Windows 95 About the LANtastic 7 0 Readme file The LANtastic 7 0 Readme file contains instructions that are convenient to have on your hard disk along with information that became available after this manual and the online Help were completed To read this file click the View Readme button on the Online Information page in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Using the online Help To learn how to make the most of LANtastic for Windows 95 you can choose from a variety of printed and online instructions but by far the most important source of information is the online Help After the software is installed if you regularly refer to the Help you won t really need this manual or any other learning tool You can access the online Help and all other LANtastic for Windows 95 functions from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel which you can custom design to fit your unique computing needs LANtastic for Windows 95 offers two main types of Help Screen by screen Help that explains the LANtastic window you re working on Just press the Help button or F1 key How To steps for performing specific tasks CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 The Help system also includes Overview information about LANtastic s main features Online troubleshooters to help you solve common networking proble
239. lso monitor network activity with the auditing options Security is important in network situations when you need to allow selective access to privileged information For example you ll probably want to allow only your accounting staff to have access to your company s payroll files or allow only your software developers and MIS programmers access to the drives where program code resides LANtastic s basic unsecured network When the LANtastic for Windows 95 software is installed a Guest account and an Everyone group are created on each computer Both allow everyone on the network full access to every shared drive and printer resource If you retain these default accounts and don t modify them your network will have no security To learn more about the Guest and Everyone accounts see Understanding the default accounts on page 70 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 67 m Choosing your network security strategies If you want to add security you can choose from the following strategies Account related security strategies see below Drive and folder access security strategies see page 67 Configure Server security strategies see page 68 Account related security strategies Accounts allow you to set up selected access rights to resources and account privileges for a person or group of people on the network Account related security strategies include Restricti
240. ly full the receiving side signals the sending side to stop until the buffer has space again Between hardware such as your modem and your computer hardware flow control is used between modems software flow control is used folder Under Windows 95 groups of files are contained in folders which appear on your desktop or in Windows 95 Explorer as icons that look like manila file folders This software storage area makes it easy to organize files and programs In DOS folders are referred to as directories FTP File Transfer Protocol allows you to get files from and send files to another computer Many hosts with publicly accessible files permit anonymous FTP where the user name is anonymous and the password is your e mail address Gopher Information on the Internet that s set up in a series of menus Gopher clients can access information from any available Gopher server grayed out See dimmed or grayed out group accounts LANtastic for Windows 95 Windows v3 x and DOS Group accounts consist of several individual accounts Creating groups makes it easier to keep track of who has which access rights to a resource and allows you to make changes that affect every account in the group at once Guest account LANtastic for Windows 95 only The Guest account is similar to LANtastic s wildcard account under Windows v3 x and DOS Unless you ve previously created an individual account to use a LANtastic for Windows 95 s
241. ly installing a Plug and Play adapter follow the installation guidelines in the adapter s documentation and Appendix A of this manual After the adapter is installed and cabled to the network start Windows 95 to initiate the automatic configuration process Typically Windows 95 will copy a driver for your adapter from the Windows 95 CD ROM or diskettes If Windows 95 doesn t have the necessary driver you may be instructed to insert the disk that came with your adapter After the driver has been copied click Start Settings Control Panel Then double click Network and check the list of installed components The name of your adapter should now appear on the list Follow the steps under Removing unneeded network components on page 24 Important Because they re compatible with Intel adapters Artisoft NodeRunner Pro adapters will appear on the Windows 95 network components list as Intel EtherExpress Pro adapter Configuring adapters that aren t Plug and Play If there s an Artisoft NodeRunner adapter installed in your Windows 95 computer you don t need to make any configuration changes If you have another brand of adapter check its documentation to see if you need to change any ofits settings to make it operate under Windows 95 If your Windows 95 computer has a NodeRunner 2000 adapter installed you must run the NRSETUP program and change the mode setting from the default choice of
242. ly without using the Internet Gateway software This can be done by running the application on the computer that acts as the Gateway server Restoring the Gateway client If you install the Internet Gateway client on a Windows 95 computer and later install Microsoft IPX SPX protocol or Microsoft TCP IP protocol the Gateway client will be disabled due to replacement of the Winsock DLL files To restore the Internet Gateway client you ll need to remove and reinstall LANtastic 7 0 CHAPTER 8 SHARING INTERNET ACCESS m 110 m To do this without disturbing your accounts and resources run the LANtastic 7 0 Setup program and click Remove Then run Setup again selecting the Internet Gateway client Preventing Gateway server startup delays You may experience a delay of one minute or more after starting the Internet Gateway server To prevent this delay follow these steps 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel then double click the Network icon 2 Select TCP IP then click Properties 3 Click the DNS Configuration tab Make sure Disable DNS is selected 4 Click OK then click OK again 5 Now specify your DNS address To do this Go to the Dial Up Networking folder and right click the appropriate Dial up Networking Connection icon Click Properties then click the Server Type button Click the TCP IP settings button then click Specify Name Server addresses Specify the primary DNS provided by your ISP then c
243. me problems To avoid these error messages complete all these checks before reinstalling Make sure you aren t running any other applications including any TSR terminate and stay resident programs virus checking software or screen savers See Avoiding problems caused by TSRs and devices on page 118 149 m 150 m Make sure you ve met all the system requirements outlined in the Preinstallation checklist Chapter 2 If you re installing across the network make sure you have sufficient access to any network drives directories and files you plan to use Make sure that none of your computer s configuration files CONFIG SYS AUTOEXEC BAT PROTOCOL INI WIN INI SYSTEM INI WINFILE INI STARTNET BAT CONNECT BAT Important and NET CFG have file attributes set to read only See also the section Installation difficulties on page 117 Alphabetical list of LANtastic installation related error messages This section contains an alphabetical list of the error messages most commonly received when installing LANtastic along with their possible causes and solutions Error Message Can t copy adapter file filename to path Possible Cause s There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation Recommended Solution s See Common installation problems on page 149 Can t copy driver file to path There was an error copying the file to i
244. me components When you re prompted click Yes to restart your computer Hint Its a good idea to remove all networking components you don t need For instance if you have the Microsoft Client for NetWare Networks installed but never use it consider removing it Removing then reinstalling all LANtastic for Windows 95 components You can use your LANtastic for Windows 95 license diskette Disk 1 to remove the primary components of LANtastic for Windows 95 The LANtastic Database and the Install folder will still reside on your computer 1 Put the LANtastic for Windows 95 Disk 1 into a floppy drive on your computer Click Start Run Type A SETUP where A is the floppy drive you re using then click OK The Removing LANtastic for Windows 95 window appears 4 Click Remove 5 When prompted take the floppy disk out of the drive and click Restart Your computer now will operate as a stand alone computer and won t be able to share its resources or access other resources on a LANtastic network To reinstall LANtastic for Windows 95 1 2 Put the LANtastic for Windows 95 Disk 1 into a floppy drive on your computer then Click Start Run INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 147 m 3 Type A SETUP where A is the floppy drive you re using then click OK 4 Follow the on screen Setup instructions For details see Chapter 2 Other Windows 95 troubleshootin
245. might think one software program has a printing problem but if additional programs fail to print you should probably check out the computer s hardware the printer or control directory corruption Avoid troubleshooting an entire network if only two computers are needed to test the problem Did the application program ever work Ifso what elements in the system had changed when the problem was first noticed If not are the minimum system requirements met INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 115 m 5 Is the problem easily reproduced Intermittent problems are the hardest to solve If a problem is reproducible it s easier to identify and correct When you have intermittent problems have everyone keep notepads near their computers and write down what they were doing at the time when each problem occurred Identifying the source Next identify key elements in the isolated system that could cause the problem This is where most troubleshooters don t follow through Keep an open mind about all possibilities It s a common mistake to overlook something because nothing has changed In most cases the changed element wasn t yet identified Focus on listing possible causes rather than what you believe isn t causing it A simple communications problem can involve cables connectors adapters motherboards power supplies and software drivers All problems involve multip
246. more different networks the two server components must have different computer names Windows 95 can distinguish only between computer names not types of networks You ll need to manually change computer names unless you re setting up your computer as a client only or asa server for only one network Use the Change computer name button on the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Accessories page INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 2 u 143 m No more connections can be made to this remote computer at this time because there are already as many connections as this computer can accept You ll receive this message if you have the Microsoft Client for NetWare Networks loaded and you use the Manage Print Jobs option Instead of using Manage Print Jobs follow these steps Double click Network Neighborhood Double click the computer for which you want to check print jobs Double click the printer icon The Print Job Status window appears Or if you prefer create a shortcut to the printer you want to use Double click Network Neighborhood Double click the computer for which you want to check print jobs Click the printer icon and drag it to your Windows 95 desktop Double click the printer icon on your desktop to open the Print Job Status window You can now view and manage print jobs Adding or removing LANtastic for There may be times when you want to
247. mpted insert the specified diskettes and click OK Note If you re missing any required files from your Windows system directory you may be asked to insert your Windows 95 CD ROM or diskettes The instructions on the screen will guide you through this process When Setup finishes copying files Windows builds a driver information database and adds the LANtastic network component to Windows 95 Then the LANtastic 7 0 Setup Complete window appears LANtastic 7 0 Setup Complete Setup has finished installing LANtastic 7 0 You must restart your computer so that all the networking components can become activated Remove any diskettes from floppy drives and then click Restart Remove the LANtastic CD ROM or diskette then click Restart If the Windows 95 Enter Network Password logon box appears enter your user name and an optional password To make the LANtastic logon box appear the next time you start up your computer follow the instructions under Changing the primary logon box on page 30 Note If your computer fails to restart or if you receive an error message turn the computer off then back on and continue with step 15 To run LANtastic double click the LANtastic shortcut icon or click Start Programs LANtastic 7 0 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 30 Changing the primary logon box Troubleshooting during installation 16 Wait for the program to add pages and
248. ms Tips and tricks you can use to make the most of your LANtastic software Getting the Help you need If you get stuck when you re working in a specific LANtastic window just click the Help button or press the F1 key A Help topic appears describing all the features and functions of that window an example appears later In many cases you ll be able to click green underlined text to see additional Help information If you want to use the How To Help or any other type of LANtastic Help you can easily find the topics you need in either of two ways By clicking the buttons on the Online Information page in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel See next page By bringing up the Help Topics window see next page You can do this from the LANtastic Custom Control Panel click Help Topics in the Help menu or the Help Topics button on the Online Information page or from any Help topic window click the Help Topics button On any Help pne a window you C Ask for EE ae can click this LANtastic Help MEE re button to view P Heetese Tesi enm oi T Modify Default User Name Password Login Settings the main Help Topics window gt computer ts First s page 7 EA E E name and password every time you try to log in to another computer click Ask Password Cache I Save Password for Remembered Connection If you need help using any LANtastic window click the Help b
249. n to the server will see the text Server is shutting down Examples LNET SHUTDOWN SERVER1 5 SERVER1 shut down in minute LNET SHUTDOWN REBOOT SERVER1 10 Server reboot in minute LNET SHUTDOWN CANCEL SERVER1 Shutdown aborted Notice the pound sign and the dollar sign symbols in the first two examples When the message is displayed on a user s screen the pound sign will be replaced with the number of minutes until the server shuts down The dollar sign variable will be replaced with an s if there s more than one minute left The user receives updated messages until the server shuts down APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM m 226m SLOGINS Enables or disables user logins to a server When this option is set to DISABLE no users may log in to the server Existing logins aren t affected Your account must have the S privilege to use this command If you don t specify either ENABLE or DISABLE the switch defaults to ENABLE LNET SLOGINS lt ENABLE DISABLE gt server ENABLE Enables user logins default DISABLE Disables user logins server Name of the network server on which to disable logins Example LNET SLOGINS DISABLE SERVER1 STREAM Used to get or set a logical printer stream on a server For example if you have two printer resources LETTER and FAST that print to the same physical device a dot matrix or laser printer you c
250. n COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where the printer s is are located LPTn Name of the parallel printer COMn Name of the serial printer Name of the remote print server RPS ALL Allows you to check the status of all the server s printers This is the default setting despooler name Examples NET QUEUE STATUS SERVER1 LPT1 NET QUEUE STATUS SERVER1 COM2 NET QUEUE STATUS SERVER1 ALL A sample LNET QUEUE STATUS output appears below LPT1 ENABLED CPS 169 Read 20480 Output 17555 Copies left 1 LPT2 DISABLED Not Despooling LPT3 ENABLED Not Despooling COM1 PAUSED Not Despooling COM2 ENABLED Not Despooling COM3 ENABLED Not Despooling COM4 ENABLED Not Despooling BATCH DISABLED Not Despooling APPENDIX D USING THE LNET PROGRAM e224 6 In the example above LPT1 is currently despooling data to printers Despooling has been paused on COM1 so no print jobs are being performed LPT2 and BATCH have their despooling capability disabled so no print jobs can be performed until despooling is reenabled with the LNET QUEUE START command Although despooling is enabled for COM2 COM3 COM4 and LPT3 no jobs are currently being printed QUEUE STOP With this command you can stop despooling at the end of the current print job If there are no jobs printing the LNET QUEUE STOP command stops despooling immediately You must have the Superviso
251. nd or Documentation are provided with RESTRICTED and limited RIGHTS Use duplication or disclosure by the U S Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in FAR 52 227 14 June 1987 Alternate III g 3 une 1987 subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252 227 7013 June 1988 or the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights at FAR 52 227 19 June 1987 as applicable Contractor M anufacturer is Artisoft Inc 2202 N Forbes Blvd Tucson Arizona 85745 7 COPYRIGHT The enclosed Software and Documentation are protected by copyright laws and international treaty provisions and are the proprietary products of ARTISOFT and its third party suppliers from whom ARTISOFT has licensed portions of the Software Such suppliers are expressly understood to be beneficiaries of the terms and provisions of this Agreement All rights not expressly granted are reserved by ARTISOFT or its suppliers 8 MISCELLANEOUS If any provision of this Agreement is found to be unlawful void or unenforceable then that provision shall be severed from this Agreement and will not affect the validity and enforceability of any of the remaining provisions The laws of the State of Arizona shall govern this Agreement 1996 Artisoft Inc All rights reserved CONTENTS Chapter 1 Introducing LANtastic for Windows 95 sssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnn L Welcome to LANtastic 7 0 ccccceeceeeeeceeeeeecieeeeeee
252. nding out which one you re logged in with 72 group creating new 76 Guest 70 hints for managing Supervisor account 72 managing with Supervisor account 72 modifying See the online Help Supervisor account 72 template creating new 78 templates described 4 accounts problems with 156 Adapter defined 233 adapters 2Mbps 23 A2Mbps 23 AE Series 20 23 Artisoft AE x 21 compatibility 187 of Windows 95 adapters with non Windows 95 adapters 17 configuring 17 IRQ and I O settings 19 non Plug and Play 18 driver software reinstalling 135 drivers installing 20 23 Select Network adapters window 22 Select Network Component Type window 22 Eagle 23 installing 189 190 Intel 18 Intel EtherExpress Pro adapter 18 manufacturers and drivers listed 23 NE2000 compatible 21 NodeRunner 23 checking settings 19 20 NodeRunner Pro 18 23 Plug and Play configuring 17 installing driver 20 unsupported 23 Add Resource window 65 adding buttons to LANtastic Custom Control Panel 51 adding or removing software components 143 adding to network new computer 89 new network printer 91 new network user 87 new server 89 address DNS 110 address IP 101 102 addresses hardware 130 administrator defined 233 AE Series adapter defined 233 AEXNDIS_NIF 181 AILANBIO driver 182 AILANBIO defined 234 AINDIS driver problems 120 AI NDIS defined 233 Already Connected list box 71 ANSI SYS in configuration files 118 application erro
253. ndows 95 COMPONETS riirii aan a ARAE EAE 146 Other Windows 95 troubleshooting Options sssessssereserseserrserrrrrssreen 147 Chapter 11 Understanding Error M essageS ssssssssssssssssssssnsnnnnn 149 What to do when you get an error MeSSage sseeesseseersrriserrrrssrrrrrsererns 149 Common installation ProDleMs cc cece eeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeetetaeeeeeeeaaeees 149 Alphabetical list of LAN tastic installation related error messages 150 Chapter 12 LANtastic SolutionS ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnna 155 LANtastic disk error cecceesceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeaeseaeseeeseeaeseaeseneeeeaeee 155 NDIS GISK GT OP acana a saaa t i aas aeaa S Eea a daa i nita 155 NDIS driver doesn t load ecceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseaeseeseeeeeeaeee 156 Installation IOCKUP e ceeceeeceeeeteee tees eeeeeeeee sees eteeeeeaeseeseeeseeaeseeseeeeseaeee 156 ACCOUNT sad feed cs ss oceans ka Siena ad desk ats Deh ktane ee Se sedaae ease ead 156 Abort Retry On Fall ssrt teneddamiee Sei eee ia ere eee 157 BUS CIMING sie3 achievers nt arias a diene aidan are 157 Cable sinr a a aE A A E aa aa 158 Checkapplicatioiri s irra ooneye fenertstenes ects etaha aaea aa SA haaa i aae Rat 158 Check reD rte iiaea aaa E aE aiai 159 Clear QUEUES aa a raae aaa aa a a a A E ini Gaul aT 159 Control Cire CtOry ececceescceecceecceeeeeeeeeeenceeseeeeneeeaceeeeteneeeaeeeeeeteneneneetaes 159 Characters p
254. ne as mentioned under Automatic resource setup on page 63 CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING 68 m You can enhance resource security by Dividing a server s hard disk into separate well organized folder resources For example if you know that most people who want read and write access to Russell s server use only one folder on his C drive it s safer to make that folder the shared resource instead of the entire drive Creating an Account List for every resource This list contains all individual and group accounts you want to allow access to the resource It allows you to specify special access rights to that resource that override any general access rights the accounts were given Setting up file level security to restrict or expand access to specific files or folders on a shared resource This feature is known as file exceptions For instructions on setting up drive and folder access security see Creating shared resources on page 63 or the online Help Configure Server security strategies When you click the Configure Server button on the Manage Servers page of the LANtastic Custom Control Panel the Configure Server window appears The window s six pages allow you to set security and auditing options on the specified server such as Setting up an audit trail that records every user attempt to log in to a server and many other user activities such as opening files editing files and deletin
255. ng accounts click OK Note You can click and drag the mouse over several groups to select them then click Add or Remove 7 Click Resources to set up the group s resource list In the Resource List window that appears click Add The Edit Resource List window appears In this window To add a resource double click a resource name in the Available Resources field The resource then appears in the Member Resources field If you want to add a series of resources you can click and drag to select them then click Add To remove a resource from the group s resource list double click the resource name in the Member Resources field or click the resource name then click Remove The resource then appears the Available Resources field When you re finished making changes click OK to return to the Resource List window 8 Ifyou want to assign file exceptions to this group click Files The File Exceptions List window appears i File Exceptions List New Group File Exception Access Rights WUNK lt Not Member gt Use this window to assign file exceptions to the group to modify the access rights the group has to the files or to remove a file exception from the group To learn how to do this refer to the online Help CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING a 788 9 To specify the access rights see page 78 for more information that you want the group to have to a specified resource go to
256. ng the access rights to resources and the account privileges that come with the default Guest account and Everyone group See Guest account on page 70 and Everyone group on page 71 Creating unique individual login accounts for higher security You can set up one or more individual accounts for everyone on the network and customize their access rights to each shared drive or printer resource Each person will be prompted to type in a user name and password log in before he or she can connect to a server Accounts are also assigned different Management Security Levels MSLs privileges and access rights MSLs are described on page 69 Access rights and privileges are described beginning on page 78 Setting up group accounts that consist of several individual accounts This can make it easier to keep track of who has which access rights to a resource and it allows you to make changes that affect every account in the group at once Setting time of day login restrictions and password expiration dates on accounts For detailed instructions on setting up account related security see Setting up security with accounts on page 69 or the online Help Drive and folder access security strategies To use your LANtastic for Windows 95 network you must have shared disk resources such as drives and folders You also need to set up shared peripheral resources such as printers and CD ROM drives This may already be do
257. ng up a display that shows you how many people are currently logged into your server And most versions of LANtastic let you send each of them a pop up message that indicates your planned time of shutdown First you ll want to choose a version that s tailored to work with your computer s operating system such as DOS Windows 3 x Windows 95 or OS 2 Many versions of LANtastic work with more than one operating system so you have to buy only one product then mix and match while you re installing the software For example you might install LANtastic for Windows on two of your computers and LANtastic for DOS on a third You ll also have to decide whether you want to buy a software package a starter kit or an add on kit If all of your computers are already equipped with network adapters and cables you ll want to buy a software package that s licensed for the number of computers that you want to connect If however your computers don t yet have any network hardware installed you ll want to buy a starter kit that includes everything you need to get up and running Later when you re ready to expand your network you ll want to buy an add on kit that matches the number of computers youre going to add Of course you may also want to upgrade your computers whenever a new version of LANtastic is released INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 199 m Some LANtastic networking products include special
258. nstallation CD ROM handy Installing Windows 95 s Dial Up Adapter and TCP IP stack 1 2 Click Start Settings Control Panel Double click Network When the Network window appears check to see if TCP IP and the Dial up adapter are listed If they are skip to step 1 of the next section Configuring Dial Up Networking for your ISP If they aren t click Add The Select Network Component Type window appears Click Adapter then click Add In the Manufacturers window click Microsoft Click Dial up Adapter then click OK Insert your Windows 95 CD ROM as instructed on the screen At this point Windows 95 will look for a modem Make sure either an internal modem is installed or an external modem is turned on If necessary select your modem from the list Windows 95 provides and make sure the communications settings are correct for your modem 5 Back in the main Network window click Add once more 6 Click Protocol then click Add 7 In the Manufacturers window click Microsoft then TCP IP then OK Insert your Windows 95 CD ROM as instructed on the screen 8 Click OK 9 Back in the Network window make sure the LANtastic 10 NetBIOS protocol isn t bound to the Dial Up adapter To do this on the Configuration page click the name of your network adapter card Click the Properties button Click the Bindings tab and if the Artisoft LANtastic NetBIOS check box is checked clear the check box Click
259. nt Internet The world s largest network of networks connecting educational and governmental facilities businesses and homes INSTALL The DOS based program that installs the LANtastic for DOS software on your computer s hard disk Intranet An internal local area or wide area network based on TCP IP I O address An abbreviation for Input Output address Your fax modem uses an I O address which is a reserved space in your computer s input output address space I O Base address The base input output address used by the adapter IP address A series of numbers that uniquely identifies a computer on the Internet such as 198 17 62 3 IPX Internetwork Packet Exchange IPX is the native transport protocol for NetWare It s similar to LANtastic s NetBIOS providing a connectionless service between two computers via a network On the OSI model IPX provides the network layer interface IPX doesn t guarantee packet delivery or packet delivery sequence Note that you may also find this interface referred to as the Datagram Interface IPXODI A version of IPX that s designed to work with NetWare s ODI IRQ Interrupt Request The method by which hardware devices request processor attention ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network is offered by telephone companies it carries voice and digital services through a single wire ISP Internet service provider provides Internet access through dedicated communic
260. nt tasks 69 same server running on two networks 142 shutting down 55 56 some don t appear on network 138 temporarily making your workstation a server 167 SESSIONS setting 182 SET command 182 Set Group Members window 76 Set Password Expiration window 75 Setup defined 255 SETVER in configuration files 118 table 171 share files and printers option 37 Share Internet Connections button 86 Share parameters increasing 179 SHARE DOS 179 Share Internal 180 SHARE EXE location in AUTOEXEC BAT file 167 shared drive and printer resources setting up 64 shared modems checking list of 59 shared resources creating new 63 sharing disabling 55 91 drives 40 44 files drives and printers 54 stop sharing a server 55 56 sharing violations 124 171 179 when printing through Windows v3 x 127 SHELL line in CONFIG SYS file 182 SHIM defined 255 shortcut for Windows 95 install 15 SHOW command 224 SHUTDOWN command 225 SLIP defined 255 SLOGINS command 226 slow printing 125 SMARTDRYV loading properly for LANtastic installation 118 SMB defined 255 SMTP defined 255 SNB defined 255 software version checking in LANCHECK 165 sound adapter drivers disabling 118 spooling defined 255 SPRYNET e mail 98 stack defined 255 stack TCP IP 101 start bit defined 255 STARTNET BAT file commands in 175 REDIR line 173 STARTNET BAT file and CD ROM problems 183 STARTNET BAT f
261. odem it works just as if it s attached to your computer CHAPTER 5 USING SHARED MODEMS 60 m Final setup steps for using modems Before you can start using a shared modem there s one more thing you need to do on every Windows 95 computer that will be using shared modems including the computer to which the modem is attached Follow these steps 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel Double click the Modems icon The Install New Modem window appears 2 To let Windows 95 detect your modem type click Next You can get faster results if you select the modem type from a list click the check box for that option then click Next From the list that appears click the manufacturer then click the model of modem that s attached to the computer 3 Click Next to save your changes Click Cancel to exit You re ready to start using modems Hints and tips Adding another network modem If you want to add a modem to a LANtastic 7 0 computer that hasn t previously shared a modem you don t need to reinstall the software Simply follow the instructions under Modifying modem server settings on page 57 Disconnecting a network modem Follow the instructions under Making a shared modem connection on page 59 except click the modem then click the Disconnect button Using more than one modem A LANtastic 7 0 modem server can have more than one modem installed but it can share only one of them over the network To u
262. of signals per second BBS An abbreviation for Bulletin Board System The Artisoft BBS is called Arti Facts bit An abbreviation for binary digit the smallest unit of information your computer handles In a binary numbering system a bit represents either 1 or O also called on or off board The printed circuit board that you install in a computer and connect to the network cable to enable network communication Also referred to as an adapter expansion card or network interface card NIC bookmark In the online Help for Windows v3 x and Windows 95 programs a menu choice that saves your place in the document that you re viewing by marking the topic that s displayed Once you ve created a bookmark for a topic you can use it to quickly return to that Help topic later no matter what topic you re currently looking at booting The process of starting up your computer and loading essential information such as the operating system into its memory BootP Bootstrap Protocol is used to load IP information such as IP addresses on networked computers from a central location BPS An abbreviation for Bits Per Second BPS represents the number of data bits that a device such as your modem can transfer within a second This term is often confused with baud rate bridge A device that links local area network segments and forwards information between them browse To view the lists of drives folders and files avail
263. ompatible An Artisoft AE x adapter should appear as Artisoft AE x m Click the Properties button Click the Resources tab Make sure the Interrupt IRQ and I O address ranges match the settings that are actually set on the adapter If they do click OK to close the Network folder then go to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 mg 22 E If the IRQ and I O settings are incorrect Click Configuration Type Select Basic Configuration 0 Scroll to select the correct settings and click OK Click OK to close the Network folder Click Yes to restart your computer then go to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 4 If your adapter s name doesn t appear on the list of installed network components Click Add The Select Network Component Type window appears Select Network Component Type BE Add Cancel A client enables your computer to connect to other computers Click Adapter then click Add again The Select Network adapters window appears Select Network adapters x Hg Click the Network adapter that matches your hardware and then click OK If you have an installation disk for this device click Have Disk Manufacturers Network Adapters I Alta Research L AB Artisoft AE 2 MCA or AE 3 MCA A Artisoft AE 2 or AE 3 Boca Research x gt Have Disk Select
264. ompile disassemble reverse engineer copy create derivative works or attempt to discover the source code of or otherwise use the Software except as provided herein The Software and Documentation or any portion or copy thereof may not be sublicensed time shared distributed rented leased loaned or otherwise transferred in whole or part to third parties If the Software is demonstration and evaluation software you may not transfer the Software for commercial purposes Both the license and your right to use the Software terminate automatically if you violate any part of this Agreement In the event of termination you must immediately destroy all copies of the Software and Documentation or return them to ARTISOFT 2 LIMITED WARRANTY Artisoft warrants that a the Software will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of 90 days from the date of receipt and b any Hardware accompanying the Software will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and service for a period of three 3 years from the date of receipt Any implied warranties on the Software and Hardware are limited to ninety 90 days and three 3 years respectively Some states jurisdictions do not allow limitations on duration of an implied warranty so the above information may not apply to you CUSTOMER REMEDIES Artisoft s and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be at Art
265. on Quick Start Manual that is included on your CD That manual contains instructions for installing and using the 30 day trial version CoSession Remote product If the full featured CoSession Remote Host software is already installed on your computer don t install the limited feature version that comes with LANtastic 7 0 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 33 8 Before you install To install CoSession Remote you need the following An Intel or compatible 80386 80486 or Pentium processor DOS v5 0 or later Microsoft Windows 3 x running in Enhanced mode At least 4MB of RAM 8MB with Windows 95 HA Hayes compatible or asynchronous modem or null modem cable Important It s best to completely uninstall any other remote control programs before installing CoSession Remote Installing CoSession Remote Install CoSession Remote by running the CoSession Remote Setup program as follows 1 Be sure your external modem is connected to your computer and turned on 2 Insert the LANtastic 7 0 CD ROM in your CD ROM drive 3 Run the Setup program click Start Run 4 Type A SETUP where A is the floppy drive youre using and click OK Or Type D CSESSION SETUP where D is the CD ROM drive letter and click OK Note CoSession Remote will automatically install the correct programs for your operating system 5 When the first CoSession Remote dialog box appears
266. on t be able to run the application Unable to bind to module lt name gt There are several possible causes for this error message Check each of the points in this section Your PROTOCOL INI file may be missing critical lines or the lines may be commented out or remarked out a line that begins with a semicolon or the letters REM lt space gt is inactive Make sure your PROTOCOL INI file contains these lines and that there are no semicolons at the beginning of these lines PROTMAN DRIVERNAME PROTMANS DYNAMIC YES DRIVER_NIF DRIVERNAME DRIVER INTERRUPT 15 IOBASE 0X300 Make sure the header name e g DRIVER_NIF for AEXNDIS_NIF in your PROTOCOL INI file matches the BIND TO statement in your STARTNET BAT file CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 182 m Make sure your PROTOCOL INI file contains IRQ and I O Base settings that match those of your network adapter card Out of environment space This error is returned when you don t have enough environment space allocated for SET and PATH commands The environment space is allocated by the following line in the CONFIG SYS file SHELL C DOS COMMAND COM C DOS E 512 P There are times when this shell line is there but there are so many commands being set in the environment that a buffer of 512 bytes isn t sufficient If the line isn t in the CONFIG SYS add it at the end of the CONFIG SYS If the line is in the CONFIG SY
267. only the video and controller cards if possible If the problem can be isolated to a conflict between another adapter or specific motherboard contact the vendor of that product or contact Artisoft Technical Support Timeout If you see TIMEOUT on your printout you ll need to increase the IMMEDIATE DESPOOLING timeout found in NET_MGR on the print server To do this 1 Run NET_MGR on the print server and select Shared Resources Management 2 Select your printer resource usually PRINTER and press Enter 3 If Immediate Despooling is enabled set the Immediate Despooling Timeout to at least twice the NET LPT TIMEOUT set on each computer If the NET LPT TIMEOUT is set to zero disable Immediate Despooling Hint To determine what the NET LPT TIMEOUT is set to at a DOS prompt type NET SHOW lt Enter gt The NET LPT TIMEOUT should be displayed near the top of the message 4 Restart the print server so the change takes effect Too many redirections or logins There are four typical causes of this error message 1 On the server you re trying to log in to run NET_MGR Highlight Server Startup Parameters press Enter and verify that Max Users is set to a value at least as large as the maximum number of simultaneous logins this server computer can expect at any one time 2 Make sure the REDIR line in your STARTNET BAT has logins set to a value equal to or greater than the total number of servers on your network
268. ons program that supports the extended INT 14 specification used by LANtastic or NASI compatible software that will allow you to achieve speeds of 115 200 Blank network modems field In Windows 95 if the Network Modems field in the Assign Modems window is blank but you know there are servers and modems available make sure Artisoft NetBIOS is your default protocol To do this right click Network Neighborhood on your desktop Click Properties and on the Configuration page click Artisoft LANtastic INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE eg 131 m NetBIOS then click the Properties button On the Advanced page make sure there s a check mark in the check box for Set this protocol to be the default protocol Then reboot your computer to make the change take effect P L Ll If you don t find a solution If you don t find an answer to your LANtastic problem in this chapter try the alternate sources of troubleshooting information listed in this section Online Help systems Every LANtastic product includes its own online Help system that describes all of the product s functions from beginning to advanced In LANtastic for Windows 95 see the Online Information page in the Custom Control Panel You can also use online Help from any window in each of the LANtastic products just press F1 or click Help LANtastic 7 0 Readme file The LANtastic 7 0 Readme file contains information that b
269. onverts the System Manager privilege to the Supervisor MSL which has the highest account management capabilities The chart below shows the results of converting account privileges from earlier versions of LANtastic to LANtastic for Windows 95 LANtastic v5 x and 6 x LANtastic for Windows 95 A Super ACL F Super File amp D Super Disk Q Super Queue Q Super Queue CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 82 E Continued If user has A amp Q A Super Access M Super Mail No equivalent S System M anager Supervisor MSL U Audit Logging U Audit Logging O Operator M essages O Operator M essages D Remote Despool O Operator M essages N Net M anager No equivalent Using MIGRATE over your LANtastic network Its a good idea to frequently back up your LDB using the Archive Configuration button on your LANtastic Custom Control panel For additional information on backups click the Archive Configuration button and click Help To convert your LANtastic v5 x and 6 x accounts and groups to LANtastic for Windows 95 equivalents over the network follow these steps at a LANtastic for Windows 95 server 1 Login to the server This Server for which you want to set up migrated accounts Your account must have a high enough MSL typically Supervisor to create other LANtastic accounts 2 Use Assign Drives to connect one of your local virtual drives such as G to th
270. ooting 117 119 preinstallation checks 117 problems common Windows 3 x and DOS 149 reinstalling 115 installation INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE troubleshooting problems that occur immediately after 135 137 installation problems lockups 156 installing adapter driver 20 23 adapters 189 190 cable 190 canceling installation 25 disabling previous versions of LANtastic 13 hardware 187 Internet Intranet features 14 LANtastic for Windows 95 15 30 shortcut 15 LANtastic Internet Gateway for Windows 95 27 network hardware 187 192 planning 11 14 preinstallation checklist 12 preinstallation steps 15 24 disabling other LANtastic software 15 removing unneeded network components before 24 shortcut for Windows 95 install 15 system requirements 12 upgrading 13 insufficient NetBIOS resources message 182 INSYNC CoSession Remote installing 32 INSYNC ModemShare using with LANtastic 14 INSYNC ModemShare using with LANtastic 7 0 60 intermittent network disconnects 122 Internal Share program compared to DOS SHARE 180 Internet access sharing 101 brief introduction to 98 communications protocol 97 connecting multiple computers to 97 defined 244 introduction to 98 three main branches of 98 Web sites described 99 Internet address how it works 98 Internet Gateway explained 3 installing 27 Internet service provider ISP defined 244 setting up Dial Up Networking for
271. ore file handles 124 not enough space on disk 135 out of disk space 160 out of environment space 182 partition table 161 printer error 126 received when making network drive connection 20 server connection broken 123 server not installed 137 task won t run without the Client 136 this program requires VGA 135 too many redirections or logins 123 unable to bind to module 181 unable to create a directory 135 what to do when you receive 149 Windows 95 133 you don t have permission to modify settings for printer 141 you ve been denied access 123 errors network related to modem sharing 129 INDEX m 266 m Everyone group defined 241 Everyone group described 71 EXAMPLES TXT file for editing PROTOCOL INI Exchange Mail using with LANtastic 7 0 See Readme file 131 executable file defined 241 EXPAND command 217 expand defined 241 expanding your network 87 92 expansion card defined 241 Expansion slots defined 241 F fax defined 241 features basic networking 37 features new 1 file attributes 179 file exceptions 68 file handles increasing 180 File defined 241 file level security 64 68 Filename extension defined 241 Filename defined 241 files extensions LCF 53 opening from button on LANtastic Custom Control Panel 52 FILES setting 174 Find page in online Help how to use 8 firewall defined 241 flow control defined 242 FLUSH command 218 folders defined 242 For A
272. ores server settings as well as account and resource information Important Following these steps completely deletes everything you ve configured in LANtastic including accounts and resources When you re finished the LANtastic for Windows 95 software will be gone from your hard drive but the LANTASTI folder will remain Its only content will be a WIN95 folder that contains only these two empty folders LDB_DATA and LOGS Note The uninstall process won t remove any adapter driver you installed during Setup To remove the driver follow the steps in the next section 1 Close LANtastic for Windows 95 2 Click Start Settings Control Panel 3 Double click the Add Remove Programs icon The Add Remove Programs Properties window appears 4 On the Install Uninstall page click LANtastic 7 0 5 Click Add Remove The LANtastic for Windows 95 Uninstall window appears INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 145 m 6 Click OK Windows builds a driver information database 7 Click OK when you see the Successfully Removed message 8 Click Yes at the System Settings Change window to restart your computer Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 components Hint To add or remove selected components you must use the Windows 95 Network control panel Follow the steps in this section To remove a component Always remove components from the Network control panel in t
273. osoft server If it has been then type in another name By default this computer will share its drives and printers act as a LANtastic server If you prefer not to share the drives and printers on this computer clear the check box to deselect this option You ll still be able to use the drives and printers on other network computers Click Next to continue INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 2 7 9 The Modem Sharing Options window appears The modem sharing feature is turned OFF Either this computer does not have a modem or you do notwant to make it available to others on the network Check the box below to turn modem sharing ON Itis not necessary to select a COM port because the modem sharing feature is not enabled Col Part If you want to share a modem that s attached to this computer or may be in the future select the Share a Modem on this Computer check box Then use the COM Port drop down list to select the COM port your modem is or will be using and click Next Or If you don t have or don t plan to have a modem attached to your computer or you have one but don t want to share it with other users make sure the check box is clear and click Next 10 The Winsock Gateway Options window appears The LANtastic Internet Gateway is turned ON Choose to install o either Winsock Client or Winsock Server capabilities for
274. otifies you when the job is done Can I use the printer attached to my own computer How you use your own printer depends on whether or not your computer is a server and if it is whether or not your printer has been set up to be shared on the network If you do have a shared printer you ll have to use LANtastic to make a permanent connection to it just like any other network user Once you ve done this you can send your jobs for printing in the usual way Your job waits in line with other network jobs INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 197 m Will networking activities interfere with When someone is using your disk drive or printer you can keep right on working at your keyboard and making your own connections to other servers All networking activities happen in the background and normally won t interfere with your work If a lot of people start using your disk drive at once however your own application programs may begin to slow down If this happens you can use LANtastic to specify how much of your computer s processing power will be used for networking tasks and how much for your own work You may also want to consider upgrading to a more powerful computer or moving either your own work or the server s shared files to another faster computer Are there special considerations about sharing programs on a network Many programs are available in network versions When you selec
275. ould disable printing on LETTER and still allow printing on FAST That way to disable a mode of printing you don t have to disable the entire printer LNET STREAM lt ENABLE DISABLE gt server lt lt stream index gt lt stream value gt gt ENABLE Enables the printer stream DISABLE Disables the printer stream server Name of the server whose printer stream you want to get or set stream index Stream index number for which to get or set information stream value Printer resource name to assign to the stream index You can use this command to find out the status of the logical printer streams that you ve set up To do this don t specify the name of the printer device when you type the switch and command For example LNET STREAM SERVER1 will produce the output 0 LABELS ENABLED 1 LASER ENABLED 2 GRAPHIC DISABLED 3 DRAFT DISABLED 4 LANDSCP DISABLED To enable a stream include the server and stream index number For example LNET STREAM ENABLE SERVER1 4 To disable a stream you d type LNET STREAM DISABLE SERVER1 2 To set a value to a printer stream you might type LNET STREAM DISABLE SERVER1 7 PRINTER This creates the printer stream PRINTER in number 7 Note that when you reset or reboot your server the printer stream settings are lost unless you add the commands to your AUTOEXEC BAT or STARTLNET BAT file STRING Assigns a string of characters to a p
276. ount click the Change Password button Scroll through the Computer drop down list box until you see This Server then click it 7 The Password Status box at the top of the window contains a For Account listing It should say SUPERVISOR in this field If it doesn t you may have misspelled the user name or password 8 Click Cancel If For Account didn t say SUPERVISOR go back to step 2 and repeat these steps It s always a good idea to log out of the Supervisor account when youre finished managing servers To do this follow steps 2 and 3 above Hints for managing Supervisor accounts If you re the system administrator you may want to go to every LANtastic for Windows 95 server and change the default Supervisor account password to something only you will know If you do this no one but you will be able to manage accounts and resources from that point on Instructions appear in the next section Changing the Supervisor account password on page 72 Alternatively you can go to every LANtastic for Windows 95 server and virtually disable its default Supervisor account For instructions see Disabling the default Supervisor account on page 73 But you shouldn t do this until you ve created a new account for yourself that has a user name other than Supervisor a password only you know the Supervisor MSL assigned all privileges assigned concurrent logins set to 10 or more recommended Chan
277. ounts and resources run the LANtastic 7 0 Setup program and click Remove Then run Setup again selecting the LANtastic Internet Gateway Client CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 a 32 E Post installation checklist Using CoSession Remote Important LJ You want to move accounts and groups from a computer that s running an earlier version of LANtastic to a LANtastic for Windows 95 computer You can do this with the MIGRATE program For A Plug and Play adapter and or NetBEUI was already installed on your Windows 95 computer when you installed LANtastic modem sharing Click Start Settings Control Panel Then double click Network Click Artisoft LANtastic NetBIOS Properties Advanced Select the Make this protocol the default protocol check box at the bottom of the window then click OK m Click OK to close the Network property sheets L You want to customize your LANtastic for Windows 95 interface You can use the Mizer program to change the look of the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Refer to Chapter 6 This section explains how to install the limited feature version of the CoSession Remote Host software that comes with LANtastic 7 0 CoSession Remote allows technical support analysts to directly solve problems by taking control of your computer Note that you must follow the instructions in this chapter to install the software Don t follow the installation instructions in the CoSessi
278. peripheral devices Disconnect the network cable segment from the computer youre removing If you re using thin coaxial 10Base2 cable you ll also need to disconnect the cable from the T connector on the next computer To re establish network communication connect the computers that were on either side of the computer you just removed Attach the free end of the thin coaxial cable to the open end of the T connector If the computer you removed was at the end of the network move its terminator to the computer that s now at the end of the line 4 Turn on the remaining network computers 5 Ifthe computer you removed was a server go to each computer that used the server s drives and printers and cancel the drive connection to the server From the Use Network page click Assign Drives and then click the Drives and or Printers check boxes depending on the type of connection you want to cancel Click the connection you want to cancel Then click Disconnect Close INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Ol m Adding and disconnecting network printers Adding If you purchase a new printer after LANtastic has been installed 1 Connect it to a server as instructed in your printer manual 2 Set up the printer as a shared resource as described under Creating shared resources on page 63 3 Go to each computer that will regularly use the new printer and make a new permanent prin
279. print job from the beginning This differs from the LNET QUEUE START command in that LNET QUEUE START reenables printing after an LNET QUEUE HALT LNET QUEUE PAUSE or LNET QUEUE STOP command has stopped despooling on a server device Supervisor Management Security Level MSL LNET QUEUE RESTART server lt LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want despooling to restart LPTn Name of the parallel printer device COMn Name of the serial printer device Name of the remote print server RPS ALL Restarts despooling on all the server s printers This is the default value despooler name Examples LNET QUEUE RESTART SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE RESTART SERVER1 COM2 LNET QUEUE RESTART SERVER1 ALL QUEUE SINGLE Despools a single print job and then stops despooling This is useful when a printer needs manual intervention after each print job To execute successive print jobs you must reissue the LNET QUEUE SINGLE command for each job If you issue this command while the server is despooling the server will finish the current job then stop The LNET QUEUE SINGLE command is not active unless the queue has been previously halted Supervisor Management Security Level MSL INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE LNET QUEUE SINGLE server LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want to despool a single p
280. r Windows 95 server on the network by following these steps 1 Log in to the LANtastic for Windows 95 server for which you want to set up migrated accounts Your account must have a high enough MSL typically Supervisor to create other LANtastic accounts 2 Use Assign Drives to connect one of your local virtual drives such as G to the resource on the LANtastic 5 x or 6 x server that gives you access to that server s control directory For example if the path to the control directory is C LANTASTI NET SYSTEM NET then assign the resource that has access to this path usually C DRIVE 3 On any networked LANtastic for Windows 95 computer open a DOS box Type the MIGRATE command and specify the name of the target LANtastic for Windows 95 server as the second parameter For example MIGRATE G LANTASTI NET SYSTEM NET SERVER1 gt MIGRATE LST Using the Mizer feature Mizer is an advanced LANtastic Custom Control Panel configuration tool that lets you lock the pages of the Control Panel so that buttons can t be added or deleted customize the splash screen that appears when LANtastic is launched add information to the About window under Help suppress all splash screens CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 384 E CAUTION First step Adding a Mizer button Add a new button called Mizer to the LANtastic Custom Control Panel as described under Adding new buttons on page 51 Locking t
281. r message 127 application icon defined 234 Application program defined 234 application programs sharing over network 197 261 m 262 m application programs launching from LANtastic Custom Control Panel 49 52 application window defined 234 applications compatibility with LANtastic 178 computer locks up when using 140 conflicts between 116 lockups 162 multiple user 180 printing from 158 problems running over network 124 problems with computer lockups 124 applications launching from LANtastic Custom Control Panel 52 archiving the database See the online Help arrow cursor defined 234 ASCII text editor defined 234 ASCII defined 234 Ask for User Name Password First option 64 Ask for Username Password First option 71 Assign Drives and Printers window 42 Assign Internet Connections button 86 Assign Modems window 59 Assign Printers window 41 42 ATTACH command 215 attributes file 179 AUDIT command 215 audit trails defined 234 setting up 68 View Server Logs button 68 viewing the audit log 68 auditing Create Audit privilege 80 Auto guest login option 70 AUTOEXEC BAT file 118 174 and CD ROM problems 183 attributes 118 150 call LANTASTI line 167 AUTOEXEC BAT file defined 234 Available for Connection list 54 balloon help defined 234 basic commands in 174 basic networking 37 56 batch file defined 235 batch files creating 4 baud rate defined 235 BBS defined 235 bindings 104 bit d
282. r type your message in the Mail Message window Click File then Send Message Ifyou select Send File an Open window appears Find and click the file you want to send then click Open LOOK ONLINE 4 Select a mail recipient You can choose to list recipients by If you can t find the account names or connected users Click OK information you need check the online Help 5 Your message or file is on its way Now you can save or print your message if you like CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING m 46 m Reading your mail Note Using LANtastic Chat 1 Repeat steps 1 and 2 from the previous section to connect a mail computer 2 Messages sent to you are listed by date and time sent recipient and sender You might need to click View then Refresh to see the message list 3 There are several ways to view the message click the message under the Sent On field then click the open folder icon in the toolbar click the message click Mail then Open right click the message to reveal a menu then click Open If you receive a file that can t be read such as an executable file right click the message then click Save As Save the file on your hard drive then open it using the appropriate application 4 When you ve finished viewing your message click File to save it print it or see its properties From the LANtastic Mail window you can delete multiple messages by holding down the Ctrl key
283. r Management Security Level MSL to use this command To resume despooling you must use the LNET QUEUE START command LNET QUEUE STOP server LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want despooling to stop LPTn Name of the parallel printer COMn Name of the serial printer Name of the remote print server RPS despooler name ALL Allows you to stop despooling on all the server s printers This is the default setting Examples LNET QUEUE STOP SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE STOP SERVER1 COM2 LNET QUEUE STOP SERVER1 ALL RECEIVE This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 RUN Allows you to issue a command to be executed on a remote server The command will be executed as though a user at the remote server had entered the command at the keyboard This can be useful for running system intensive operations such as database sorts and backups Include the LNET RUN command in a batch file to set up automated methods for backing up your servers compiling databases and other operations You must have the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL to use this command LNET RUN lt NOCR2 server command NOCR Instructs LNET not to insert a carriage return at the end of the command string server The server on which you d like the command executed command The command you d like executed on the server Example LNET RUN SERVER1 BACKUP
284. r resource click the arrow on the Local Printer drop down list box and click the printer name 8 Click Accounts if you want to set up the account list for this resource you don t have to because the Everyone account is automatically added to the list In the Account List window you can also modify the access rights each account will have to this resource Click Help for more information about this window Access rights are described on page 78 Click OK when you re finished making changes in the Account List 9 Back at the Add Resource window click Create If this isn t the local server you may see a message that it can t verify the path Just click Yes if you re sure it s the right path and the resource will be created Click Close 10 Back at the Share Drives and Printers window note that you can double click any resource to make changes to its Account List Click Close when you re finished creating resources 11 Ifyou want to assign the new drive or printer resource to a drive letter on this computer see the instructions under Connecting to a drive on another computer on page 40 or Connecting to a printer attached to another computer on page 42 Using the new _ROOT_ directory resource LANtastic for Windows 95 now offers the ROOT_ directory option which is like the dot directory in LANtastic for Windows v3 x and DOS Client computers can assign a single drive letter to a server s _ROOT_ directory
285. ram Supervisor Le M anager Le Super User L Logged In By default the Supervisor MSL is the only MSL that allows the account holder to perform all four management tasks on LANtastic for Windows 95 servers manage the server its accounts drive resources and print resources The Logged In MSL allows people only to log in to servers but not to manage them or create and modify their accounts and resources If you log in to a server with an account that has the Supervisor MSL you can modify which will be the lowest level MSL that an account must have to be able to perform each of the four management tasks on that server For details on changing this setting in the Configure Server window Security page open that window and page then press F1 or click Help to see the online Help Setting up security with accounts If you want security on your LANtastic network it s a good idea to limit access to drives and printers by setting up individual accounts with user names and passwords Accounts prevent unauthorized people from using a server s drives over the network or managing or modifying its drive resources Who can set up accounts System administrators Many networks have a system administrator who creates and maintains all accounts and shared resources The system administrator s account has the Supervisor MSL see Using CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING 70 m Management Security Levels MSLs on p
286. rayed out you ll need to click Start Settings Control Panel and double click the Passwords icon Click the User Profiles page and make sure the Users can customize their preference option is selected This will allow passwords to be saved Windows 95 saves your password only after the first successful connection is made Make sure that the connection status dialog box indicates that you re logged on to your ISP In addition if you change the name of the connection icon in Dial Up Networking you ll need to manually enter your password again CHAPTER 8 SHARING INTERNET ACCESS m 106 m 14 After your modem has dialed run an Internet application or Browser to make sure everything s working properly 15 Disconnect the Dial Up connection Now all your computers that have the LANtastic Internet Gateway client software installed have Internet access through this dial up connection You can use the Internet Gateway Server window to control these connections as described in the next section Running and controlling the Gateway server The first time you make a connection over a Dial Up Internet service provider to the Internet on the server you have to use the Dial Up Networking program as described in the previous section By default the LANtastic Internet Gateway server will start up automatically from the Windows Startup folder If you want to set passwords disconnect connections and manually start up the server
287. re existing environment variable that s either typed in by the user or extracted from one of LANtastic s special strings Use these strings just like DOS environmental variable strings They are useful for prompting users to enter their passwords user names or any other information In batch files you can use special strings to extract items such as the date and time and the name of the computer you re using If you specify two strings they ll be linked together first and then extracted LNET STRING lt LEFT n gt lt RIGHT n gt variable lt string 1 lt string2 gt gt INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE LEFT First character from the left that will be extracted from a string Negative numbers greater than the length of the string refer to the end of the string RIGHT Last character that will be extracted from the string Negative numbers denote reverse from the right indexing Numbers greater than the length of the string refer to the end of the string variable Pre existing environment variable to receive string string String to replace environment variable string2 Optional string to be linked with string1 The following is a list of LANtastic for Windows 95 special strings DATE DAY DIRECTORY ETEXT n FILE pathname Prompts you for input with echo Expands to the length of the typed input Expands to the
288. re that its driver command line have switch settings that match the jumper settings Verify that your driver switch settings match your network adapter card settings If you re using a NodeRunner network adapter card you may have to place the adapter in another computer first to configure it to alternate settings to avoid a conflict If you re using remote boot ROMs make sure the ROM address doesn t conflict with other adapters or with the video and BIOS areas of upper memory INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 165 m LANCHECK Important Notes If any of the computers on your network are set up for CD ROM drives and Windows for Workgroups edit your AUTOEXEC BAT file If you find the S command on the MSCDEX command line delete it before running LANCHECK If you don t the computer will lock up while running LANCHECK At every computer on the network go to the DOS prompt change to the LANTASTI directory then type LANCHECK lt Enter gt In the LANCHECK screen the top line shows the computer s name followed by the names of all the other computers currently running LANCHECK Every node running LANCHECK should list all the other nodes running LANCHECK The column furthest to the left indicates which adapter number each network adapter card is set to Only nodes of like adapter numbers can communicate directly If you have more than one adapter in a single computer then each
289. redirections or logins message 123 tooltips Help defined 257 troubleshooting Chat feature 47 information finding in online Help and Readme file LANtastic Internet Gateway problems 109 Technical Notes using 117 techniques learning 113 117 testing likely causes 115 testing without network software loaded 114 tracing cause of problems 113 TSR programs 176 installation problems caused by 118 turning off servers 55 U UART defined 257 unable to create a directory message 135 uninstalling LANtastic for Windows 95 31 UNIX access 97 UNLINK command 228 UNUSE command 228 update defined 257 upgrading from previous version of LANtastic 13 upload defined 257 USE command 228 Use Network page described 39 USENET forum 99 USER command 229 user name and password prompts 30 user names and passwords defined 258 user adding or deleting 87 user defined buttons 51 Username Password option 71 utility buttons 51 Vv VERBOSE command 215 View Server Logs button See the online Help virtual drives 40 Voice Chat defined 258 Voice Mail defined 258 W W access right 79 WAIT switch 4 Web browser described 99 m 2 5m Web sites 99 wildcard account equivalent 70 wildcard accounts 258 defined 258 wildcard defined 258 WIN INI file defined 258 WinCIM e mail 98 window defined 258 Windows 95 compatible adapters and drivers 115 Entire Network list LANtastic 5 x and 6 x computers don t
290. refers to any of the LNET commands Switches refers to any valid switches for the command line switches listed in the next section and arguments refers to any values that you want the command to use You can separate the arguments with either spaces or commas For example LNET LOGIN SERVER1 USER SECRET The arguments SERVERI1 USER and SECRET instruct the LNET program that a user is trying to log in to the server computer SERVERI under the account name USER with the password SECRET Some LNET commands also have optional switches that you can use to further customize the command For example to use the BINARY switch for the LNET PRINT command you could type one of these commands LNET PRINT BINARY LNET PRINT B Note that when a switch is associated with a command there must not be any spaces between the switch name and the command In the first command above for example there must not be any space between the words PRINT and BINARY You can customize the LNET command line by embedding prompts omitting arguments and using special techniques in batch files Instructions appear in Using LNET Commands in Batch Files on page 229 LNET SWITCHES You may abbreviate switch names down to as few letters as will keep that argument distinct from any others MONO Instructs the LNET program to display menus in monochrome This switch can be used only with the LNET command For example LNET MONO
291. ressing the F8 key when you start the computer selecting the lines you want to load from CONFIG SYS and then skipping AUTOEXEC BAT INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 1 5 m Now restart the system and load the network drivers manually To do this change to the LANTASTI directory and run the following commands which are located in your STARTNET BAT file NR lt Enter gt for example AILANBIO lt Enter gt REDIR lt name gt lt Enter gt SERVER lt Enter gt if this computer is a server where lt name gt is your computer s name If you re using a third party vendor s network adapter card and NDIS drivers the approach is slightly different In CONFIG SYS make sure you load DEVICE C LANTASTI PROTMAN DOS 1 C LANTASTI DEVICE C LANTASTI DRIVER DOS where DRIVER DOS is the filename for your specific NDIS driver Then run the following commands which are in your STARTNET BAT file AI NDIS BIND_TO DRIVER_NIF AILANBIO REDIR lt name gt SERVER if this computer is a server where DRIVER_NIF refers to the section in C LANTASTI PROTOCOL INI for your specific driver Note the version of each driver as it loads and verify that all of your computers are loading identical versions Retest the problem If the problem goes away add the removed lines back to your CONFIG SYS and AUTOEXEC BAT one at a time until you can reproduce the problem This will help pinpoint the ca
292. rieval disk drive A data storage medium such as a hard disk sometimes called a hard drive or floppy disk drive DNS Domain Name System that looks up IP addresses based on names rather than numbers Examples of domains are COM commercial EDU educational and GOV governmental document A file that you create with an application document file A file associated with a particular application When you open a document file the application that owns that file automatically starts and opens the file in its application window DOS Acronym for Disk Operating System DOS consists of a set of programs that control and manage the computer s resources and operate its attached peripheral devices such as printers and CD ROM drives See also DOS prompt DOS prompt Indicator that the disk operating system is ready to receive a command In version 6 0 of DOS the prompt is a letter representing the current disk drive followed by the greater than symbol gt In earlier versions of DOS the prompt is the greater than symbol only Typically this is modified to include the letter that indicates the current drive double click To make a selection by quickly pressing and releasing a selection button on the mouse twice GLOSSARY m 240 m download To receive one or more files from a remote computer system for example from another computer or an online service such as the Arti Facts bulletin board service BBS drag
293. rint job LPTn Name of the parallel printer device COMn Name of the serial printer device Name of the remote print server RPS despooler name ALL Despools a single print job on all the server s printers This is the default value Examples LNET QUEUE SINGLE SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE SINGLE SERVER1 COM2 LNET QUEUE SINGLE SERVER1 ALL QUEUE START Starts printer jobs despooling on a server Issue this command when despooling has been disabled This won t set despooling in the LNET_MGR Server Startup Parameters to ENABLED If despooling is disabled in the Server Startup Parameters the LNET QUEUE START command will enable despooling only until you reset the computer or issue an LNET QUEUE HALT LNET QUEUE PAUSE or LNET QUEUE STOP command Supervisor Management Security Level MSL LNET QUEUE START server lt LPTn COMn despooler name ALL gt server Name of the server where you want to enable despooling LPTn Name of the parallel printer device COMn Name of the serial printer device Name of the remote print server RPS despooler name E 223 ALL Enables despooling on all the server s printers This is the default setting Examples LNET QUEUE START SERVER1 LPT1 LNET QUEUE START SERVER1 COM2 LNET QUEUE START SERVER1 ALL QUEUE STATUS You can use this command to find out the status of a network printer or printers NET QUEUE STATUS server LPT
294. rinters is just as easy as connecting to drives 1 Go to the Use Network page and click Assign Printers The Assign Printers window appears EL Assign Printers x My Computer F Entire Network Ge My Printers TERRI a Available Printer Ports a TSMITH H E USABILITY Network Resources gt Help ai Last Connection Made Remember Next M Connection Made I Resource Note If you re already in the Assign Drives window you can click the Printers check box The window title bar will change to Assign Drives and Printers 2 In the Network Resources field you ll need to locate the name of the server that has a printer attached You can click the plus sign next to Entire Network to view all servers 3 Click the plus sign next to the server s name to view its shared printers 4 Click the printer you need INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 43 5 In the My Computer field click the LPT printer port number you want to assign to the printer Note Ifyou want the new connection to be reestablished automatically every time you start your computer click the Remember Next Connection Made check box Do this before you make the connection 6 Click Connect 7 When you ve made all the connections you need click Close Canceling a printer connection To cancel a connection to a printer on another computer 1 Go to the Use Network pag
295. rs Eight bit network adapter cards don t normally have bus timing problems CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 158 m Cable Important You may be having a cable problem in the network Consult the hardware manual for your network adapter card on the proper cable to use and the limits on nodes and distances Here are some general tips on cabling Don t mix cable types in the network Even if both types are compliant with the standard slight differences in the electrical characteristics can cause transmission errors Use the same brand and type of cable throughout the network For 10BaseT Ethernet make sure you re using level 3 or higher cable and that the transmit and receive wires are twisted around each other on a pair Most 10BaseT hubs and adapters have green link integrity lights All link lights should be on but this doesn t rule out an improper crimp or poor connection Make sure the cable connectors and terminators are installed properly For Ethernet coaxial cables it must be RG5S8A U or RG58C U cable with properly sized and attached BNC connectors T connectors must be attached to the network adapter card Always use the terminators on the first and last computer in the network Complete information on cabling and hardware appears in Appendix A Check application Make sure your application is set up to print to the same port that your computer is set up to use For example if you connect
296. s From the DOS prompt type COPY CON LPT1 lt Enter gt SHOWPAGE lt Enter gt F6 lt Enter gt NET SHOW Make sure the computer to which the printer is attached is set up to share its drives and printers Complete these steps Go to the computer and type NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt In the display look for a message such as Computer Nicks_PC is being used as a Redirector and a Server CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS a178 m Ifyou don t such a message you can run the Server program until the computer is next shut down by typing SERVER lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt To make that computer start up as a server every day you ll need to reinstall LANtastic and during installation choose the option to share this computer s drives and printers Compatibility with LANtastic The following checklists can help you determine whether an application is compatible with LANtastic An application is very likely compatible with LANtastic if It s compatible with MS DOS 3 1 3 3 or above It s advertised as network aware and or as supporting DOS based LANs It s advertised as NetBIOS compatible It uses DOS file and record locking conventions compatible with SHARE EXE It supports other DOS based peer to peer LANs such as IBM PC LAN or Microsofts MS NET An application is most likely not compatible with LANtastic if It was designed for pre 3 1 versions of
297. s and not to create or modify accounts and resources maximize To enlarge a window to its largest possible size If you have a mouse you can maximize a window by clicking the maximize box at the right edge of its title bar If you don t have a mouse you can maximize a window by choosing the Maximize command in the window s Control menu Memory Block A sequential group of prearranged length of memory locations used to group data for storage or to transfer data between programs memory manager or memory management The tool for or technique of efficiently controlling and allocating a computer s memory resources menu A listing of commands and or options in a program See also menu bar menu bar The horizontal bar located near the top of an application window containing the menu names for the application See also menu minimize To reduce a window to an icon on the desktop If you have a mouse you can minimize a window by clicking the minimize box near the right edge of the title bar If you don t have a mouse you can minimize a window by choosing the Minimize command in the window s Control menu MLID A Multi Link Interface Driver MLID is a low level driver used with ODI The MLID controls communication between the LAN board and the LSL When the MLID receives a packet of data it removes the MAC header and passes the packet to the LSL modem An abbreviation for MOdulator DEModulator a device that lets compu
298. s Configure Server and receive the error message The LANtastic Server is not installed You may have unchecked the Share files and printers box during LANtastic Setup so the LANtastic Server component wasn t installed If you want to make this computer into a LANtastic server follow the instructions under To add a component on page 145 4 After installing LANtastic for Windows 95 and restarting your computer the other LANtastic computers on your network aren t displayed when you click Entire Network in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel or Network Neighborhood If your computer is set up as a LANtastic for Windows 95 server you see only your own computer name or This Server displayed If you see some computers but not others see item 5 Check the network cabling connections to your computer See Appendix A for help on network hardware and cabling If your network hardware seems fine refer to Checking your IRQ and I O Base on page 140 5 After installing LANtastic for Windows 95 and restarting your computer only LANtastic for Windows 95 and LANtastic Dedicated Server computers on your network are displayed when you click Entire Networkin the LANtastic Custom Control Panel or Network Neighborhood LANtastic 5 x and 6 x computers aren t shown If you have other networking components besides those needed for LANtastic for Windows 95 installed on your computer you may have exceeded the multicast a
299. s and printers you ve set up on your network Access rights to resources You can grant an account group or account template any combination of these ten access rights to control exactly what users are allowed to do when they access a shared resource INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 79 m R Read Access Open files for reading WwW Write Access Edit files and save their changes c Create File Create new files Note that if you grant the C Create File privilege you must also grant the W Write Access privilege or the user won t be able to save changes to the files M Make Folder Create new subfolders D Delete File Delete a file K Remove Folder Delete a folder N Rename File Rename a file E Execute Program Run programs A Change File Folder Attribute Change file or folder attributes on a shared drive J Rename Folder Change a folder s name Printer access rights You can grant an account group or account template any combination of these three access rights This will control the extent to which users can monitor or manage printers T Submit and manage own jobs Allows you to start pause resume or cancel your own print jobs Y View any job Allows you to check the status of a print job Z Manage any job Allows you to pause resume or cancel any print jobs Privileges Every account group or template can be a
300. s and shut them down Click View Readme File to see the latest information on this product then click Next to continue with Setup program Y Cancel Help CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 26 E To see the latest information on LANtastic for Windows 95 click View Readme File When you ve finished reading the file close it then click Next Or If you d rather continue with the installation and view the Readme file later just click Next The License Agreement window appears Read the agreement then click Agree if you accept with the terms within If you disagree with the terms click Cancel and Setup will end You won t be able to install LANtastic until you click Agree The LANtastic License Verification window appears Click Next 8 The LANtastic Setup Options window appears LANtastic Setup Options Both the LANtastic Client and Server will be installed using the computer name shown below as the server name You can change it if you prefer a different name Uncheck the box below if you don t want to share your drives and printers on the network Click Next to continue Computer Name LARON_DEV_1 F Share this computer s drives and printers install LANtastic Server Cancel Help Type in a computer name If the computer s Windows 95 name already appears there you can keep that name unless this computer has been set up for use as a Micr
301. s in Accessories include options such as Pop up Messages Chat Browse Network and Change Computer Name For complete descriptions of what each of the buttons on each page does press F1 at the LANtastic Custom Control Panel CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING m 40 m Using network drives and printers Your computer has physical drives such as your hard drive usually the C drive and floppy diskette drives usually the A and B drives When you use LANtastic for Windows 95 to connect to other computers drives you assign or map your own computer s non physical virtual drives or network drives to those resources Your network drives can be represented by most of the drive letters from D through Z Permanently assigning your computer s drives to network resources makes it faster and easier to use them This is because you can set up LANtastic to log you into these resources automatically every time you start up your computer Printers are assigned ports such as LPT1 and LPT2 instead of drive letters Complete details on assigning drives appear in the next section Printer connections are described starting on page 42 Connecting to a drive on another computer You can use the hard drives on any of the computers on your network as long as Those computers were installed as servers the option to share drives and printers was selected during Setup The servers drives have been set up as shared resources see th
302. s to communicate with servers over the transport protocol software A set of computer instructions for carrying out various applications and tasks spooling The process of temporarily storing print jobs while waiting for an available printer or port stack Refers to the architecture of TCP IP which is depicted as having seven layers stacked on top of each other start bit The starting bit of a byte character In data communications every byte has a start bit status bar A line of information appearing at the bottom of a window stop bits In data communication one or two bits used to mark the end of a byte or character At least one stop bit is always sent GLOSSARY m 256m subnet mask Identifies the elements of an IP address that belongs to a portion of a network a subnet Sample subnet mask 255 522 223 0 Super Access LANtastic for Windows 95 only If you grant an account the Super Access A privilege anyone using that account will have full access to every shared resource regardless of any access restrictions that have been set on the resources If you have the A privilege you also have the F D Q and U privileges Super Disk LANtastic for Windows 95 only If you grant an account the Super Disk D privilege anyone using that account will have full access to any disk drive regardless of whether access restrictions have been placed on that drive Super File LANtastic for Windows 95 only
303. scellaneous temporary files Setup is unable to initialize the installation program SETUP EXE There wasn t enough memory or free disk space to initialize the Windows based Setup program There may also have been an error reading the file from the diskette In the Program Manager window open the Help menu and select About Program Manager Make sure the Memory field shows there is at least 4000KB free To increase the amount of memory available open Control Panel and double click 386 Enhanced Then select the Virtual Memory button If the size field doesn t show 2000KB or more select the Change button and increase the New Size amount to at least 2000KB Setup is unable to initialize the installation program The script file may be bad An install script file read error occurred This can be caused by a hard disk read error or a corrupt file on the installation diskette There may be a problem with the hard disk Check the disk with a disk utility program and repeat the operation If the problem continues contact Artisoft Technical Support Setup is unable to locate the script file which is needed to complete the installation Either the necessary file is not on the specified disk or the disk is bad or corrupted Insert the correct disk or path or get a good copy of the disk or file CHAPTER 11 UNDERSTANDING ERROR MESSAGES m 154 m Continued Error Message Possible Cau
304. se a modem that s not shared but is attached to the server you must first assign it to the physical port to which it s attached see Modifying modem server settings on page 57 Using INSYNC ModemShare with LANtastic 7 0 If any of the computers on your network are running ModemShare software you ll see their modem groups listed in the Network Modems field in the Assign Modems window Conversely when you view the list of available modems from the ModemShare server the LANtastic 7 0 modems appear as group names instead of computer names Refer to your ModemShare manual for an explanation of groups INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 6l m Hint If you had ModemShare on your computer before you installed LANtastic 7 0 it s best to keep using ModemShare This allows you to share more than one modem per server and offers other advantages Waiting for service If other people are using a modem when you try to use it the queueing dialog box appears with the option to either cancel your request or wait until the modem is available Modem configuration For modem configuration information see your modem manual Troubleshooting For solutions to specific problems see chapters 9 through 12 CHAPTER 5 USING SHARED MODEMS CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING The topics in this chapter pertain to server management and network administration matters For basic user information
305. se s Recommended Solution s Setup is unable to run an intermediate file needed to proceed with the installation Either the necessary file is not on the specified disk or the disk is bad Insert the correct disk or path or get a good copy of the disk or file Setup was started with a command line argument that contained an incomplete parameter quote An invalid command line argument to INSTALL EXE was entered Be sure to follow the install instructions in Chapter 3 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS Important This chapter contains the detailed solutions you were referred to from other parts of this manual It s best to try the solutions in the order in which they re listed in Chapter 9 If you still have a problem after trying all of them see If you don t find a solution on page 131 It s also a good idea to review Troubleshooting techniques on page 113 LANtastic disk error If you put a diskette in a drive and receive this error the diskette or the drive could have a problem Test the diskettes on another computer If they function correctly try copying the diskettes using blank disks formatted on the computer that s receiving the errors This may help to isolate the source of the problem NDIS disk error Make sure the disk you place in the drive is the correct NDIS driver disk from the n
306. settings in NET_MGR on the server then rename the LANTASTI NET directory or delete it You should rename your STARTNET BAT file rather than delete it so that it can be used for reference if needed Then reinstall your network specifying the non compressed drive for the control directory Make sure your non compressed drive has enough room for the print files Leave at least 2MB but you may need more depending on the size and quantity of print jobs Stress test If printing jobs across the network causes network errors and disconnects the source may be a cable or timing problem Try copying large files 5 10MB across the network without Windows 3 x loaded For example XCOPY C DOS T TEM P lt Enter gt where T is the redirected drive Swap cards Try swapping network adapter cards to isolate the problem Swap the problem adapter with one known to work properly When swapping keep the adapter settings or jumpers the same and swap only the cards not the connectors or cables If the problem follows an Artisoft network adapter card to another computer contact Artisoft Technical Support If the problem follows the adapter and it s not an Artisoft adapter contact the vendor of the third party adapter INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE g173 6 If the problem stays with one specific computer try another slot in the bus and or pull other adapters from the computer leaving
307. side world uses TCP IP so the NetBIOS protocol provides a firewall by default This prevents external Internet users from accessing your private data on the network TCP IP compatible programs coming into a LANtastic network will only be able to access your Gateway server the rest of the network enjoys the protection of the foreign NetBIOS protocol If the server s IP address is randomly assigned by an Internet service provider such as SPRYNET your network is even more secure How it all works To use the LANtastic Internet Gateway You need a minimum of two LANtastic 7 0 computers one of which must be running Windows 95 The other s can run either Windows 95 or Windows 3 x Atleast one of your Windows 95 computers must have access to an Internet connection and be running the LANtastic Internet Gateway server software which was installed at the same time that you installed LANtastic This computer becomes your Internet Gateway server You can set up as many Gateway servers as you want Your other Windows 3 x or Windows 95 computers must be running the LANtastic Internet Gateway client software which was also installed during the LANtastic 7 0 installation process When someone working at a client computer needs to communicate using TCP IP either out on the Internet or inside your Intranet he simply chooses the Gateway server and a resource Examples of resources are an Internet account on an Internet service provid
308. sing these parameters will increase the amount of memory AILANBIO will use Setting the network buffers too high can result in insufficient NetBIOS resources If you re using another company s NetBIOS that doesn t allow you to allocate more NCBs and or sessions you may want to use the NBSETUP program to allocate more NCBs and sessions Increasing buffers Increase the buffers allocated for the CD ROM drive on the MSCDEX line This parameter is usually M XX M 10 is usually sufficient but try increasing that number to 15 20 Non DOS disk support Increase the number of non disk support files in the LANtastic NET_MGR program This will be located under the server startup parameters By default non DOS disk support is set to 100 Try doubling that number MSCDEX line MSCDEX needs to load after the REDIR line LANtastic Redirector program Move the MSCDEX line to either follow the CALL statement for LANtastic in the AUTOEXEC BAT file or after the REDIR line in the STARTNET BAT file Redirector loading Make sure that REDIR LANtastic Redirector is loading before Server Usually this error occurs when MSCDEX isn t loading after REDIR MSCDEX not loading MSCDEX isn t loading for the CD ROM This could be due toa hardware conflict with another device in the computer Also confirm the MSCDEX driver will load without LANtastic S switch Check the MSCDEX line for the S switch Remove the S switch because it conflic
309. sn t appear on the Windows 95 desktop you must install an adapter driver according the instructions in this section When youre finished go to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 Ifyou know that you must install a driver but decide not to at this time you ll be asked to do so while you re installing the LANtastic for Windows 95 software At the end of the installation you ll have to go back and follow the steps under Removing unneeded network components on page 24 To install an adapter driver under Windows 95 1 Click Start Settings Control Panel 2 Double click Network and check the list of installed components If your adapter s name appears follow the directions under step 3 If your adapter s name doesn t appear follow the directions under step 4 If you see the name Artisoft LANtastic in the list of installed components select it and click the Remove button then continue with the steps below 3 If your adapter s name appears in the list of installed components continue with the procedures under this step If your adapter s name doesn t appear on the list of installed network components go to step 4 on the next page Select your adapter s name from the list Because they re compatible with Intel adapters Artisoft NodeRunner Pro adapters will appear on the list as Intel EtherExpress Pro adapter Any other type of NodeRunner adapter should appear as NE2000 C
310. ssigned any of the account access privileges shown in the table below There are five access privileges A F D Q U and one notification privilege O Super Access A Grants the person using the account full access to every shared resource regardless of any access right restrictions that have been set on a resource to restrict access If you have the A privilege you also have the F D Q and U privileges Super File F Grants the person using the account full access to any file or folder regardless of whether access restrictions have been placed on the files or folders CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING 8O m Continued Super Disk D Grants the person using the account full access to any disk drive regardless of whether access restrictions have been placed on that drive Super Queue Q Allows the person using the account to control all jobs in the print queue regardless of who sent them When the Q privilege is disabled you can view cancel pause and restart only your own print jobs Create Audit U Allows the person using the account to make a User Audit entry into a server s audit log file Receive Operator This notification privilege allows the person using the account Messages 0 to receive operator messages This means you ll be notified when someone logs in to or out of a server when print jobs are queued when the maximum disk space threshold is reached and when the maximum CPU usage
311. ssion or you ve received a mail message Receiving a pop up message You don t have to do anything special to receive a pop up message When a server shutdown notice is sent or someone who wants to Chat initiates a call the LANtastic Pop up Message window appears The To and From fields show the computer user or server names of the recipient and sender of the message The Messages waiting line below the message field shows how many if any messages you have waiting Click the Show Next button to see the next message If you have no messages waiting Show Next is grayed out can t be activated You ll get a reminder that you have unread messages when you close the Pop up Message window You can either read them now or discard them Sending a pop up message Use pop up messages to send brief 80 character notices to any network computer server or user 1 Click Pop up Messages in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Accessories page 2 Click Send Pop up gt gt You can send a message to a computer all users connected to a particular server or to a user Select one of these options Note Keep in mind that if you select Send to User the person whose name you type in the User Name field must be logged in to any LANtastic server on the network at the time you send a message in order to receive it 3 Type in a name and a brief message Note that the name field changes according to your choice in step 2 4 Click Send
312. ssion Remote Host software is already installed on your computer don t install the limited feature version that comes with LANtastic 7 0 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 SHORTCUT You can bypass some of the preinstallation information in this chapter if all of your Windows 95 computers meet the following criteria a They re equipped with preinstalled Plug and Play adapters They have no previous versions of LANtastic running They have CD ROM drives If all of the above bulleted items are true for your Windows 95 computers you can go to page 17 and read the section called How LANtastic for Windows 95 computers work with other LANtastic computers Then skip to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 From there go to Installing the software on page 24 If you don t qualify for the shortcut please take a few minutes to determine which of the preliminary steps listed below apply to you Instructions for each of these procedures appear in the sections that follow Disabling any other LANtastic software page 15 Configuring your network adapters page 17 Installing an adapter driver 0000005 page 20 Removing unneeded network components page 24 Disabling any other LANtastic software The LANtastic Setup program will detect the existence of a previous
313. starting your computer you receive the error message Your network adapter lt name gt is not working properly You may need to set it up again You may have the wrong adapter driver installed for your adapter or your adapter I O Base is different from the adapter settings in the Network Control Panel or it s in conflict with another device in your computer Check your CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 m 136 8 adapter driver name and settings by clicking Start Settings Control Panel then double clicking Network Make sure the adapter driver displayed matches your adapter s manufacturer name and model If the adapter name is incorrect follow the instructions under Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 components on page 145 to remove all network components including the adapter Then follow the instructions for installing your adapter driver in Appendix A If the adapter shown is correct click it and click Properties Click the Resources tab Compare the setting for I O address range to the actual I O Base address setting for your adapter the two terms mean the same thing If an asterisk appears by the number Windows 95 has detected a conflict with another device You can use the selection arrows in the I O address range field to make corrections to the settings for the adapter driver However if you don t have a Plug and Play adapter you ll need to use an adapter
314. stomizing 49 53 deleting buttons 52 described 38 39 described and shown 39 Manage Servers page 39 Online Information page 39 restoring defaults buttons and pages 53 Use Network page 39 LANtastic Database LDB backing up 82 converting LANtastic control directory settings to 80 defined 245 LANtastic Dedicated Server 45 LANtastic for Windows 95 adding an item to network network printer 91 network user 87 new computer 89 new server 89 adding or removing software components 88 compatibility with non Windows 95 computers 17 deleting network user 87 differences from LANtastic v5 x v6 x 4 5 disconnecting network computer 90 how it works with other LANtastic computers 17 installing 15 30 learning the basics 37 56 uninstalling 31 LANtastic Internet Connections window 108 LANtastic Internet Gateway client 107 client lockup problems 109 client controlling connections from 108 client restoring 109 described 97 example of use for 100 explained 3 how it works 102 installing 27 overview 97 security 101 server configuration 107 preventing startup delays 110 running 103 106 security 107 setting up 103 status 107 setting up Dial Up Networking 103 106 solving problems with 109 using 101 110 LANtastic Mail defined 245 LANtastic Net defined 245 LANtastic server not installed message 137 LANtastic Setup Options window 26 28 LANtastic defined 245 LASTDRIVE setting 174 launch buttons creating 52
315. supported if you re using a DOS application that won t print a file while the file or application is open you ll have to use the PRINT command then close the application or file to print your job Because of the way Windows 95 networking is implemented all drive and printer redirections are global This means that LNET sets logins and drive mappings for your entire Windows 95 system not just the DOS session you re running when you use the LNET commands You can use the LNET DIR command to display directory and file information for a server s drive or local directories However you can t use LNET DIR to obtain this information for a resource name To obtain this information for a resource first issue the LNET USE command for the resource then issue the LNET DIR command LNET error messages If you receive the error message Network request not supported when you re trying to connect to printers and drives try redirecting the drives and printers with the LNET USE command Type LNET HELP USE to learn the correct syntax If you try to use the LNET SHOW CONNECT command while your computer has NetWare client software installed you ll get a Network request not supported error or you ll see meaningless lines displayed or an endless display of the same line The CONNECT command won t function when this client is installed If you re not using Netware client software consider using the Windows 95 property sheets to remove
316. sy message 128 compatibility adapters 187 LANtastic for Windows 95 computers and non Windows 95 computers 17 LANtastic compatible m 263 m software and hardware See Readme txt file of software applications with LANtastic 178 Windows 95 adapters with non Windows 95 adapters 17 Windows 95 with other versions of LANtastic 17 with third party products 117 components network adding and removing 145 computer adding a new 89 changing name 88 drives described 40 removing 90 computer communication problems 122 123 under Windows 95 138 139 computer lockups 119 121 140 computer name error message 134 invalid characters 135 maximum length 135 same on several computers 142 computer name defined 237 computers can t communicate or connect 138 139 don t appear in Entire Network list 137 hang See lockups computer lockups and booting problems 140 lockups while running LANCHECK 165 types of 130 concurrent logins increasing 88 CONFIG SYS file 118 182 attributes 118 150 basic commands in 174 configuration file defined 238 INDEX 264 mE configuration files checking for read only attributes 118 150 remarking out lines in 156 Configure Server button 5 Configure Server button using 38 68 Configure Server window using 68 69 Confirm Resource Setup window 30 conflicting hardware configuration settings 156 conflicts between programs or device drivers 116 connecting to CD ROM driv
317. t a new program ask its manufacturer or vendor about a network version that s licensed for use by the number of people on your network Most programs probably including the ones you re running now are network friendly and can be installed and set up for use on a network But before you do this be sure to ask the manufacturer or vendor about the technical and legal requirements for network use of the program You can also check its manual to find out if it s designed for network use Most programs work great with LANtastic To be sure that your program is one of them check for the LANtastic Compatible logo on the product box Many products that carry this logo provide specific directions for installing them on a LANtastic network APPENDIX B A NETWORK PRIMER m 198 m What if want to shut down my computer What version of LANtastic is right for me If your computer is a client that doesn t share its drives or printer you can shut it down at your own convenience just like always If your computer is a server however you ll need to notify other network users before you turn it off or temporarily stop sharing its drives and printer If you don t let people know that your server is about to shut down they might lose important data or have their print jobs interrupted LANtastic makes it easy to tell people that you re going to stop sharing or turn off your computer While sitting at your own desk you can bri
318. t Enter gt at the DOS prompt If the server is or was restarted press the R key for Retry to reconnect the workstations client computers when prompted with lt Abort gt lt Retry gt lt Fail gt 2 Check to see if the cabling has been disconnected Verify good communication by running LANCHECK on all nodes at the same time See page 165 for more information on LANCHECK Bus timing Note You may be having a bus timing problem Ifyou re using an Artisoft AE2 or AES network adapter card try setting the W8 jumper on the adapter to the B nonstandard setting If you re using an Artisoft NodeRunner network adapter card try running the configuration program NRCONFIG or NRSETUP and setting the IOCS16 timing to early Many third party adapters also have a bus speed selection or jumper Check the network adapter card hardware manual for this option Many computers have a bus speed option in the CMOS setup program Try setting this value to the standard 8MHz Usually this setting is a division of the CPU For example a 33MHz computer should have a bus speed of CLK 4 to get 8MHz Consult your computer manual or dealer on setting this value If these attempts fail try the network adapter card in 8 bit mode For AE series cards this is either jumper W5 or W9 For NodeRunner adapters use either the NRSETUP or NRCONFIG program to set Artisoft 8 mode Consult your hardware manual on the location of these jumpers for other adapte
319. t like workstations NOS See Network Operating System NOS GLOSSARY m 250 m Notify If you don t require full featured pop up mail but still want to be automatically notified when new messages arrive load the Notify program Notify can put a pop up window on your screen and sound a tone when new messages arrive Notify can also tell you the number of new or unread messages within the Inbox and display the subject headings of the new messages Notify automatically notifies you of new messages no matter what you re doing on your computer at the time OCR An acronym for Optical Character Recognition a process of recognizing the graphical representation of text and translating it into a format that a word processor can read ODI Open Data Link Interface ODI is the datalink specification developed jointly by Apple Computer Inc and Novell Inc ODI is designed to support multiple protocols on a single network and on a single network card ODI drivers and protocols are normal TSRs that can be dynamically loaded and unloaded as the computer runs ODINSUP An NDIS ODI shim ODINSUP allows NDIS protocol stacks to run unmodified over the ODI LSL OLE Object Linking and Embedding A method of transferring and sharing information between Windows applications online In data communications when you re online you have a successful connection with a remote computer open To make an application or file operable in order
320. t that has the Supervisor MSL you can modify that server s default Supervisor account the one that has Supervisor as both its user name and password You can neither delete nor disable any Supervisor account But if you want to virtually disable it first create a new account for yourself as described under Hints for managing Supervisor accounts on page 72 Then follow any or all of these steps on every LANtastic for Windows 95 server Change the default Supervisor account password to one only you know Delete all resources including file exceptions from its resource list Remove its access and notification privileges Under Restrictions change its concurrent logins to zero Important It s possible that anyone else whose account on this server has the Supervisor MSL can undo your changes Creating or modifying accounts and CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING a 4 E You can make your accounts as simple or complex as you like The following steps will show you how to set up or modify a basic account When you re doing this consider By default the Everyone group gives everyone on the network full access to all resources If you don t plan to restrict or disable the Everyone group you don t need to set up this account with access to any specific resources If resources haven t yet been set up you can specify them later by modifying this account When youre creating your first few acco
321. t up your computer as a modem client whether or not you have a modem attached Before you can begin modem sharing one computer on the network must also be set up as a modem server You ve already done this during software installation if you checked the option to let a computer share its modem over the network and you specified the correct COM port the modem is attached to If you didn t do this or if you want to change the settings you selected see Modifying modem server settings below If you want to get started using the modem now go to Making a shared modem connection on page 59 Each modem server can share only one modem over the network Modifying modem server settings At any time you can check or change the settings on the computer that has a modem attached For example you can Change your modem s name or put the modem on a different port Add a modem to a computer that didn t have one before Share a different modem on another port Stop sharing the modem 57 m OS m To change the settings on a modem server follow these steps 1 Go to the computer that has the modem attached From the LANtastic Custom Control Panel Manage Servers page click Share Modem The Manage Shared Modem window appears i Manage Shared Modem x w OK Communication Port Use standard port settings COM2 E C Specify port settings LANtastic Base Addie 2 Ifyou want to let others use
322. ter connection See Using network drives and printers on page 40 Disconnecting First disconnect the printer cable from the computer s port Your next step is to remove the printer from the network If the computer to which the printer was attached is a client NOT a server 1 Go to the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click the Use Network page 2 Click Assign Printers In the My Computer field click the connection you want to cancel To view the existing connections click the plus sign next to My Printers 3 Click Disconnect If the computer to which the printer was attached is a server 1 Go to the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and click the Manage Server page 2 Click Share Drives and Printers Click the printer you just physically disconnected and click Delete Changing a server to a client If you d like to conserve memory and processor time you can permanently remove the LANtastic for Windows 95 server program To do this refer to the instructions regarding adding or removing network components on page 88 However if you simply want to temporarily disable the sharing server feature and continue working at your computer as a client log in with an account that has the Supervisor MSL and follow these steps CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 92 E 4 In the LANtastic Custom Control Panel go to the Manage Servers page Click Server Control Panel then click the Server menu
323. ters exchange information over a standard telephone line A modem translates data bits into high and low signals that a telephone line can carry The receiving modem then processes the signal into data bits that the receiving computer can understand monitor The computer s video display device GLOSSARY m 248 m monospaced font A font in which the characters are all the same width Compare to proportional font mouse A hand held pointing device used for communicating with a computer program For information about using a mouse under Windows see your Windows documentation MSL LANtastic for Windows 95 only See Management Security Levels Named Pipe A shared communication channel connecting two processes on networked computers NCP NetWare Core Protocol NCP is the language that a NetWare workstation uses to communicate with a NetWare server This provides a mechanism for client server interaction between the workstation and the server NDIS Jointly developed by Microsoft and 3Com Corporation for use with network interface cards NDIS Network Driver Interface Specification is a specification for a generic network device driver Net The LANtastic program that allows you to use servers disk drives and printers send and receive e mail view the print queue and perform many other networking activities in the Windows v3 x interface NET The LANtastic program that allows you to use servers disk drives and pr
324. ters have parallel ports for printers and serial ports for devices such as modems PPP Point to Point Protocol allows various types of protocols including TCP IP to run over serial lines such as telephone circuits preferred servers LANtastic for Windows 95 only A button on the Use Network page that lets you assemble a list of the servers you use most often This saves time when you re opening a file or application over the network because servers on this list appear alongside Network Neighborhood and Entire Network You don t have to expand Entire Network and scroll around to locate the server you need print driver A software program that acts as a translator between your application and your printer print job A file sent to a printer to be output print queue The area in which a list of print jobs wait for processing on the printer printer A computer device that prints information privilege Every account group or template can be assigned the access privileges privilege notification Every account group or template can be assigned the privilege to Receive Operator Messages When this privilege is enabled you re notified when someone logs in to or out of a server print jobs are queued the minimum disk space threshold is reached or the maximum CPU usage threshold is reached program A series of instructions that give the computer tasks to complete prompt A request to enter information on the screen
325. the Artisoft Home Page to the Contents page book to close it 2 Restoring the LANtastic Custom Control Panel s default settings e Troubleshooting Tip The main books listed correspond to buttons on the Online Information page shown above CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 The Index page lets you quickly find topics from an alphabetized list Help Topics LANtastic Help Zx Type in the first few ee letters of the topic you re looking for 1 Type the first few letters of the word you re looking for passw The main list will show 2 Click the index entry you want and then click Display theitopies that might be most useful z atus field passi changing setting expiration n a ing for Supervisor accounts Double click the topic you oneting passed modiieaton need When you re finished r enabling ard veng R3 reading the topic you can tetere ervers window printer connections A 4 click the Help Topics button in p akino renang the topic toolbar to return to up for sharir etch setting fat Rui groups and templates the Index page Readme file Receive Operator Messages privilege xl Ent Cancel The Find page gives you powerful word search capabilities You can click the Options button to define the search parameters you prefer Help Topics LANtastic Help 71x Type in the word Ee a or phrase you re 1 Type the word s you want to find interested in pl
326. the Resource List window Click a resource name then click Rights The Set Access Rights window appears In this window Click Set All to grant all possible access rights to this resource Click Clear All to remove all access rights to this resource Click the Rights check boxes to select the ones you want When you re finished setting access rights click OK to go back to the Resource List window 10 Ifyou re finished setting up or modifying the group s security click OK twice to return to the Group page on the main Create Modify window Then click Create or Modify Creating a new account template Setting up an account template makes it easier to create new accounts in the future because you can base them on the information in this template This saves you from having to re enter the same information in every account you create For instructions on creating account templates 1 Open the Help menu to Help Topics 2 Click the Contents page then double click the How To book icon 3 Double click the use accounts for security book icon then double click the creating an account template question mark icon You can print the Help topics by clicking Print Setting access rights and privileges Access rights to resources and account privileges are important parts of LANtastic security You can determine which access rights and privileges accounts and groups will have to the shared drives folders file
327. the product documentation was completed Receive Operator Messages Under LANtastic for Windows 95 if you enable the Receive Operator Messages privilege youre notified when someone logs in to or out of a server print jobs are queued the minimum disk space threshold is reached and the maximum CPU usage threshold is reached REDIR The LANtastic program that redirects DOS requests from devices such as printers and disk drives to network resources refresh To manually or automatically update the data displayed on a screen or window remote booting A process by which diskless workstations use the image of a bootable floppy diskette stored on a server s hard drive to boot up to the DOS prompt To use this feature each diskless workstation must have a boot ROM chip available from Artisoft installed on its network adapter resolution A measurement of the sharpness or clarity of an image For faxes resolution is expressed as the number of dots per inch dpi displayed horizontally and vertically GLOSSARY m 254 mE resources Disk drives CD ROM drives printers plotters and specific files or folders that can be shared on the network Shared resources can be used by all computers that have access rights to the servers where the resources are located right click To point to an object on your LANtastic screen and click once on the right mouse button You might want to do this for example to bring up a pop up menu for a
328. these possible solutions 1 Typing in another name using 15 characters or less 2 Typing in another name without using spaces 3 Typing in another name without using any of these invalid characters lt gt There is not enough space available on the disk C LANTASTI WIN95 If you are reinstalling there may be enough room asthe existing files will be overwritten There isn t enough free space on the target disk Make sure there s at least 6MB free space on the target disk This program requires VGA or better resolution Your monitor s video mode doesn t have a high enough resolution Get a VGA monitor and video card Unable to create a directory under C LANTASTI WIN95 Please check write access to this directory The folder might be write protected or the file system might be corrupted Manually delete the WIN95 directory under C LANTASTI Refer to the Windows 95 troubleshooting Help You must enter a computer name The Computer Name field in the LANtastic Options dialog box is empty Type in a computer name or quit the installation by clicking Cancel to exit Setup Problems immediately after installation If you have problems immediately after you install LANtastic for Windows 95 make sure you ve followed all the installation directions in Chapter 3 Then try the numbered solutions in this section in the order in which they appear 1 After re
329. this computer Clear the box below to turn this feature OFF The Gateway CLIENT is selected This computer will use Winsock Gateway services such as access to the Internet from LANtastic Intenet Gateway servers on the network C Install Winsock Server amp Install Winsock Client lt Back Cancel Help Ifyou don t want to use the Winsock Gateway to connect to computers that provide Winsock services such as Internet access click Next CHAPTER 3 INSTALLING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 a 28 11 12 Ifyou do want to use the Winsock Gateway to connect to computers that provide Winsock services such as Internet access select the Install the LANtastic Internet Gateway on this computer check box then click Next By selecting this option you automatically become a Winsock Gateway Client If you want to remain a Client only click Next If you d rather be set up as a Winsock Gateway Server select the Winsock Gateway Server radio button then click Next The LANtastic Setup Options window appears LANtastic Setup Options The Install Services feature is turned OFF Install Services will speed up the Setup process when installing on multiple computers To see if Install Services can be of benefit to you click Help If you want Install Services check the box below Allow Setup to add Install Services on this computer lt Back Next gt Cancel Help
330. threshold is reached Converting LANtastic account information with MIGRATE MIGRATE is a command line program that lets you copy and convert accounts and groups from a computer that s running an earlier version of LANtastic to a LANtastic for Windows 95 computer With this easy to use utility you can convert the account settings in the control directory of an earlier version of LANtastic into LANtastic for Windows 95 Database LDB entries MIGRATE will convert accounts from LANtastic for OS 2 LANtastic Dedicated Server and LANtastic v5 x and 6 x When you see LANtastic v5 x and 6 x in this section substitute LANtastic for OS 2 and LANtastic Dedicated Server if you re running one of these programs Account and group conversion MIGRATE maintains and preserves account privileges modifications and expiration dates time of day login schedules and settings a group accounts single user accounts number of concurrent logins for each account passwords including password renewal and expiration dates INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note Note 81 m If you entered a number other than zero in the Renew Password Every X days field for an account that time interval will migrate to LANtastic for Windows 95 and reset beginning with the day you migrated the account Any expiration date you may have entered for that account will be overwritten For example s
331. through the network Both the original and destination file or directory must reside on the same server LNET COPY from path to path from path The complete network path of the source files You can use wildcard characters such as to path The complete network path of the destination file or directory Example LNET COPY ED C DRIVE TXT ED D DRIVE DETACH Allows you to cancel all disk connections made to a server without having to issue an LNET UNUSE command for each connection LNET DETACH server server The name of the server with which you ll cancel all disk connections DIR Displays directory and file information on any network directory to which you have access LNET DIR displays indirect file information and file attributes which the DOS DIR command does not LNET DIR lt ALL gt lt pathname gt ALL Includes system and hidden files in the directory listing Can be abbreviated to A pathname Full DOS path to the directory Examples LNET DIR LNET DIR C LOTUS This displays directory information in the following format FILENAME ATTRIBUTES SIZE DATE TIME where the size is the size of the file in bytes the date is the date the file was created the time is the time the file was created and the attributes are any of the following I Indirect file A Archive flag D Directory flag V Volume label S System file H Hidden file R Read only file DISABLEA
332. ties 178 DOS SHARE Compattible oe ee eee cceeeeeeeee cece eeeeeeeee eens eeeeseeaeseeseeeeneaeees 179 Sharing violations and exclusive ACCESS ccetceseceseeeeeeeeeeeteeesaeesaeenaees 179 CONTENTS Increase SHARE parameters eeeceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeesaeeeeaeeneeees 179 Increase file handles cccsescsescecssececsaeecsseeecseeeesseecseneesssaeeestaeessness 180 Unable to bind to module RaAMe gt ssssseesissresrrsrerrsrrerirsrnernnrrsnnsns 181 Out of environment SPACE cee eeceeeeeeteeteeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeeeetaeetees 182 Insufficient NetBIOS resourceS eseesesseesrsresrnstretnsnerinsrnennnensnnnnnn 182 Increasing DUFFELS oo eee ceeeceeeeeteeeteeeeeeeeeeee ee aeseaeeeeaeseaeseeeseeaeseeseneeeeaeees 183 Non DOS disk SUppOIt 0 eceeeeeee eee eeeeeeeee tees eter eteaeseesteeeteaeseeseeeeseaeees 183 MSCDEX ING den aae aana a aada teed yeas evant haa eaaa aana 183 Redirector loading cecceeecceeceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeseeaeseeseneeeeaeeas 183 MSCDEX not loadin gisike aaa aaa aeaa aaa Ai aa 183 ISONE eka a R ea 183 AESI A BAE EAI EE E AE A A E E 184 Disk drive ype e stretch aiaa a aaa a aaa Eaa a Ea EA 184 Appendix A Installing Your Network Hardware sssssssssssnnsnnnnnn 187 Selecting your network hardware ssssssesssrrssssrrnsssirrserirsrirnnssrnnnssrnnnsns 187 LANtastic compatibility 0 eee ee ee eee ee ee eter eeeeetee seca eeeeeteaeseeseeeeseaeees 187
333. tin in place of twisted pair cable It doesn t work for computer networks Don t use RG58 U coax cable It doesn t meet the required specifications for Ethernet computer networks INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Installing the adapters If you re using thin coax cable you ll need to buy a T connector for each computer on the network along with a few spares You ll also have to purchase two 50 ohm terminators per cable length Your dealer will know exactly what these items are Recommended cable types Recommended types of twisted pair and thin coax cable are shown in the table below These boxes also show the longest length of cable that you can run between two computers In the table a segment is the total cable length between either a hub and an adapter or two terminators Twisted Pair Cable Maximum Supported Cable Types Segment Length Artisoft UTP 100 meters Unshielded Twisted Pair 328 feet AT amp T1041 A for all supported Belden 1455 A twisted pair cable types Belden Plenum 1457 A RG58A U Thin Coax Cable 185 Meters Belden 9907 607 feet Belden Plenum 89907 for all supported thin coax cable types Maximum Computers per Segment One for all supported twisted pair cable types 30 for all supported thin coax cable types To install internal adapters often called network interface cards or boards
334. tips and tricks 210 using 85 86 using online Help 85 using strings in batch files 230 using the command line 202 210 211 using the Main Functions menu 201 208 viewing and using commands 202 210 LNET SHOW CONNECT using to create a batch file 211 LNET switches MONO 214 NOERROR 214 SCREEN_SAVER 214 LNET_MGR program described 4 making quick launch button for 85 using 85 86 using to remotely manage other LANtastic servers 86 LNET32 LCF file 84 LOADHI defined 246 LOADHIGH defined 246 local drive defined 246 local drives and logical drives defined 246 lockup problems 109 lockups while running LANCHECK 165 lockups and booting problems 140 lockups computer 116 119 121 caused by disk corruption 161 log 246 log defined 246 Logged In MSL 69 logging in instructions 54 55 logging in logging out instructions 196 logging in logging out defined 246 logging out of computers 55 of Supervisor account 71 logging defined 246 logical drive defined 246 login Auto guest login option 70 locations increasing number of 88 procedures 54 55 LOGIN command 218 Log in defined 246 logins line in STARTNET BAT file 173 logon box changing the primary 30 m 269 m LOGOUT command 218 loopback redirections in Windows 176 LPICALLW DLL error 123 LPR program defined 246 LPT COMBINE command 218 LPT FLUSH command 219 LPT NOTIFY command 219 LPT ports assigning 42 described 40 LPT
335. to a group comment Comment associated with mail queue item You must place comments in quotes Examples LNET MAIL C MAY_RPT TXT SERVER1 ERNIE Sales report for May LNET MAIL VOICE C VOICE MEM HOST SAM Voice memo MESSAGE This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 PAUSE PAUSE is similar to the DOS PAUSE command that suspends processing of a batch file LNET PAUSE also allows you to halt processing for a specified number of seconds If desired you can enter a message to be displayed LNET PAUSE lt NEWLINE gt lt message gt lt time gt NEWLINE Generates a new line at the end of the message message Message to display This message isn t new line terminated unless you include this switch time Time in seconds 0 999 to delay while displaying the message If zero or no time length is entered the message will be displayed until the user presses a key Examples LNET PAUSE NEWLINE Batch file continues in 10 seconds 10 LNET PAUSE 5 PING This command isn t supported under LANtastic for Windows 95 POSTBOX Searches the mail queues of all the servers you re logged in to for any waiting mail You ll receive a message if you have mail waiting LNET POSTBOX lt servername gt Sample output You have 1 message on Server TONY PRINT To use a network printer issue this command in place of the DOS PRINT command LNET PRINT
336. to access all of the shared drives on the server Using a single drive letter for access to all disk resources on a server avoids running out of drive letters on clients and allows more flexibility in adding new resources CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING m 66 m Important Note Before you assign a client s drive letter to the server s ROOT_ resource make sure the drives on that server have been set up for sharing see Automatic resource setup on page 63 All the accounts access rights and privileges that were assigned to each drive on the server will apply for each drive even when accessed from the computer s _ROOT_ resource You can also assign a drive letter from a LANtastic for Windows 95 client to a DOS Windows v3 x Windows 95 OS 2 or LANtastic Dedicated Server s _ROOT_ directory ROOT_ is an alias for the dot directory that s needed to accommodate the Windows 95 shell interfaces To use or view drive resources available from a _ROOT_ connection you can open Windows 95 Explorer and click the plus sign next to the drive letter that s assigned to the server s _ROOT_ Double click the drive letter under it to get to the drive you want Though you can t delete a server s _ROOT_ resource you can change its description LANtastic for Windows 95 provides multiple levels of network security from none at all to security that s fine tuned enough to limit access to a single file You can a
337. to the adapter s RJ45 connector which will look like the one shown RJ45 Connector 3 Attach the other connector on the cable to a port on the hub 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for all the other computers you want to include in your network In the end this arrangement will look something like a star with all your computers radiating off the hub INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 191 m Connecting thin coax cable 1 Attach one ofthe connectors on the thin coax cable to one end of the T connector as shown below a ThinCoax Cable m W Fconnector Screw the T connector onto the adapter s BNC connector as shown below twisting the T connector until it locks into place BNC Connector Attach one end of the thin coax cable from the next computer to the other end of the T connector as shown below Repeat steps 1 3 for each of the other computers you want to include in your network After all your computers are connected attach 50 ohm terminators to the open end of the T connector of the adapter on the first and last computer as shown below Thin Coax Cable Terminator T connector T connector Terminator J Terminator lt a sual APP
338. to work in it or to click on a menu title to select one of the menu s options operating system Software such as DOS that executes computer programs and provides scheduling input output control and other management functions option A choice in a dialog box or a parameter in an DOS command that controls how the command is executed option button An element in a dialog box representing one of several options from which you can choose only one option An option button looks like a small circle The chosen option has a solid black dot in the center of the circle This type of button is often called a radio button Option File A DOS text file used to pass parameters and configuration information to a program during the program s installation INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 251 m parameter A characteristic that can be changed For example many commands have parameters that let you specify how you want the command to be executed parity In data communications parity is a procedure for checking the integrity of transmitted data The most common type of parity is Even in which the number of 1s in a byte of data add up to an even number and None in which a parity bit is not added password A special word code or symbol used for security and identification purposes that must be presented to the computer system to gain access to its drives and printers See also user names and p
339. tons by following the steps under Restoring the LANtastic Custom Control Panel default settings on page 53 Changing button names icons and descriptions Right click the button you want to change then click Properties The Button Properties window appears You can Edit the Title field to change the button name Edit the Description field to change the text that appears when you call up balloon Help for the button Click Change Icon to choose a different icon for the button Click the left and right arrows to view the icons available To locate an icon somewhere else on your system click Browse or type in the path to the icon if you know it Click OK when you ve specified the icon you want Click Apply to check out your changes If they re correct click OK Restoring the LANtastic Custom Control Panel default settings If you accidentally delete a button or page that came with LANtastic for Windows 95 or if you want to restore the default LANtastic Custom Control Panel for any reason follow these steps 1 Close LANtastic for Windows 95 2 Click Start Programs MS DOS Prompt to open a DOS box 3 Change to the Windows directory if necessary by typing CD WINDOWS lt Enter gt 4 Type DEL LCF lt Enter gt then type EXIT lt Enter gt 5 Open LANtastic for Windows 95 again The default LANtastic Custom Control Panel settings will be restored CHAPTER 4 BASIC NETWORKING a 54 E Logg
340. ts For further details see Chapter 6 Mizer customizing utility LANtastic for Windows 95 administrators can use the Mizer utility to password protect tab pages in the LANtastic Custom Control Panel and replace the LANtastic for Windows 95 splash screen with a custom bitmap This is an excellent way to protect users from wandering into management functions and for resellers to display their own logo when the control panel is launched For further details see Chapter 6 Remote management of LANtastic DOS Win 3 x and LANtastic Dedicated servers Using the LNET_MGR program LANtastic for Windows 95 users can now manage the control directories of LANtastic for DOS Windows 3 x and LANDS servers LNET_MGR a version of the INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE DOS NET_MGR program runs in a DOS box on a LANtastic for Windows 95 computer The server that will be controlled is chosen by selecting the Change Control Directory menu item in the Control Directory Maintenance screen and typing the server name with a double backslash in front such as PRINTSRV For further details see Chapter 6 Modem sharing capability LANtastic 7 0 includes integrated modem port sharing across LANtastic for DOS Windows 3 x and Windows 95 computers This allows each computer on the network to share one modem and to access as many as nine modems on the network at the same time DOS is limited to one Standard commun
341. ts destination during installation See Common installation problems on page 149 Can t copy files due to an internal error There wasn t enough memory to continue the installation Make sure you aren t running any other programs and unload any TSRs that may be running Can t copy NDIS file filename to path There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation See Common installation problems on page 149 Can t find the file filename in the distribution library There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation Change the extract parameters you chose or contact Artisoft Technical Support Can t load Install Services Proceeding with normal install The installation program may have run out of memory Also be sure that the diskette has not become damaged or corrupted See Common installation problems on page 149 INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Error Message Can t put driver in CONFIG SYS Possible Cause s There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation m 151 m Continued Recommended Solution s See Common installation problems on page 149 Can t set registration value There was an error copying the file to its destination during installation See Common installation problems on page
342. ts with the LANtastic Server program CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 184m L switch Look for L X on the MSCDEX line where X is any drive letter from A to Z This changes the drive designation for the CD ROM For instance the CD ROM is typically D If the MSCDEX line says L E then the drive designation has been changed to E Disk drive type The shared resource for the CD ROM that has been set up in NET_MGR under Shared Resource Management has the wrong disk drive type specified Press Enter on the shared resource and look at the disk drive type It should read CD ROM If it doesn t highlight it and press Enter A list will pop up Select CD ROM Restart the computer and test again INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE PART 5 APPENDICES APPENDIX A INSTALLING YOUR NETWORK HARDWARE Selecting your network hardware If you bought LANtastic 7 0 as part of a kit that includes network adapter cards and cables or if you bought your hardware separately and it came with clear instructions you don t need to read this chapter Instead follow the instructions that came with your hardware Unless you bought LANtastic as part of a kit that includes all the necessary cables and other hardware you re going to have to buy your network hardware separately This section gives you general guidelines about network hardware requirements but the specific items you need to buy
343. ttings 58 Manage Shared Modem window 58 modifying settings 57 name field 130 network error received 129 server explained 57 sharing and using 57 61 troubleshooting 128 131 using INSYNC ModemShare with LANtastic 7 0 60 modems sharing 3 ModemShare INSYNC using with LANtastic 14 ModemShare INSYNC using with LANtastic 7 0 60 module unable to bind to message 181 monitor defined 247 Mono switch 214 monospaced font defined 248 MORE command using to slow display 116 mouse drivers disabling 118 mouse defined 248 MSCDEX buffer setting in line 183 driver problems 120 line loading after REDIR 183 line location in AUTOEXEC BAT file 167 line not loading 183 line switches in 183 switches in line 184 MSLs See Management Security Levels multicast address table limit 137 multicast addressing turning off 138 multiple user applications problems running 124 N access right 79 name changing computer s 88 Named Pipes defined 248 NBSETUP program 183 NCBs 183 NCBS setting 182 NCP defined 248 NDIS and LANCHECK 165 disk error 155 driver doesn t load 156 drivers for network adapter card 174 drivers basic lines in configuration files 174 NDIS defined 248 NE2000 compatible adapters 21 NE 3 adapter 23 NET program defined 248 Net program defined 248 NET SHOW command 177 NET USE command for printing 167 having duplicate 161 in Windows 95 167 NET defined 248 NET CFG defined 248 NE
344. u have rights on that computer INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 55 m 5 Repeat these steps for each computer you want to use then click Close Note To perform server management functions you must log in to a server with an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL See page 69 to learn how to do this Logging out of other computers 1 From the Use Network page click Connect to Computers 2 In the Already Connected list click the computer you want to log out of 3 Click Disconnect then click Yes to confirm the disconnection Shutting down servers If your computer is set up to share drives and printers it s a good idea to follow the guidelines in this section before shutting down your computer If other people are using files on your computer and you shut it down without warning they may lose any work they haven t saved Note You can disable sharing on a server only if you logged into that server using an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL It s a good idea to use these shutdown guidelines when you re planning to stop sharing your drives by using the Shutdown Server option on the Server Control Panel Server menu then continue to work on your computer These same guidelines are recommended when your re going to shut down the computer completely by clicking Shut Down from the Windows 95 Start menu 1 From the M
345. u log in to a server with the user name of Supervisor and password of Supervisor Because this account has the Supervisor Management Security Level MSL when you log in with it you can Set up or modify shared resources on that server Set up or modify accounts that have access to that server Change access rights to that server s shared resources For more information about the Supervisor account see Using Management Security Levels MSLs on page 69 and also the next section which describes how to log in to servers with the Supervisor account change its password and more Logging in with the default Supervisor account Follow these steps to log in using a computer s default Supervisor account 1 Go to the server you want to manage and open LANtastic for Windows 95 2 From the Use Network page click Connect to Computers 3 If This Server appears in the Already Connected box double click This Server to disconnect it and click Yes at the Confirm Disconnect box 4 Make sure the Ask for User Name Password First option is checked Then in the Available for Connection field double click This Server The Enter Access Information dialog box appears CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING a 726 Hint 5 Type Supervisor in the user name field Press Tab and type Supervisor in the password field then click OK and click Close 6 To confirm that youre logged in to This Server with a Supervisor acc
346. ual 113 u 114 m Isolating the problem To isolate a problem you need to reduce the number of elements that could cause it For example checking to see if the problem can be reproduced on all computers in the network reveals whether the problem occurs in just one computer If the problem occurs on all of them check to see what happens when you reduce the number of networked computers by half You can then quarter the network and so on until you locate the source of the problem As you work with fewer and fewer variables the source of the problem should become clear Try these general isolating tips 1 If possible see if the problem still occurs without the network 3 4 software loaded See Adding or removing LANtastic for Windows 95 software components on page 143 If the problem disappears this is a sign that You may need more memory free when the network is loaded The program may not be configured correctly For example there might be a driver configuration conflict If you re using the program over the network the program may not be network compatible Contact the vendor The network itself might have a communication problem You can double check the source of the problem by adding the network components back one at a time until the problem returns See Basic configuration on page 174 for instructions Does the problem occur in all application programs or just one You
347. ual account wildcard account adapter The printed circuit board that you install in a computer and connect to the network cable to enable network communication Also referred to as a board expansion card or network interface card NIC administrator The person responsible for the overall management of your LANtastic network See also network administrator AE Series adapter An Artisoft Ethernet adapter card that s configured for your network using jumpers The series includes AE 1 T AE 2 AE 2 T and AE 3 adapters AI NDIS An AILANBIO NDIS shim See also shim 233 E 234 E AILANBIO Adapter independent LANtastic NetBIOS known as AILANBIO is Artisoft s version of IBM s NetBIOS Network Basic Input Output System an application programming interface used for data exchange and network data transport When coupled with a compatible low level driver this NetBIOS will work with any network adapter application icon A small graphic representing an application you can run or one that s currently running and minimized application program A software program used for a specific type of work enabling you to produce work such as documents spreadsheets databases or graphics application window The window containing the menus and work area of an application arrow cursor The arrow shaped pointer on the screen that follows the movements of the mouse The arrow cursor changes shape while some actions are taking place
348. uninstall the LANtastic for Windows 95 program remove some of its components or add components If your computer was installed as a client but now you want it to be a server you ll need to add the server program If your computer was installed as a server but now you want it to be a client you ll need to remove the server program If you re troubleshooting the source of a problem you might want to remove components to help narrow down the possible sources Then you ll want to add them back in when youre finished diagnosing a problem Which of the three methods listed below you ll use depends on your situation CHAPTER 10 TROUBLESHOOTING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 u 144 m Ifyou want to add another network adapter to your computer you ll need to add another NetBIOS to enable the adapter to communicate on the network There are three easy ways to uninstall or add remove components Completely removing LANtastic for Windows 95 uninstalling see page 144 Adding or removing selected LANtastic for Windows 95 components see page 145 Removing then reinstalling all LANtastic for Windows 95 components see page 146 Completely removing LANtastic for Windows 95 from a computer Follow these steps if you want to uninstall all of the LANtastic for Windows 95 software from a computer This process deletes the Install folder which is used for adding components and the LANtastic Database LDB which st
349. unts you may want to do so by creating a template This could save time when you create accounts in the future because you won t have to enter the same information each time you can just modify the existing template Basic account setup 1 Log in to the server for which you want to set up accounts with an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level see Supervisor account on page 71 2 Go to the Manage Servers page click Manage Accounts then click Add or Modify Make sure you re on the Account page E1 Create New Account Group or Template x Account Group Template User Information Account Name Information Password at Expiration J M Ignore Password Groups Resources m Security Management Current Privileges Security Level a LOGGED IN x Privileges Account Restrictions T Disable Account Restrictions IV Allow User to Modify Account Template DEFAULT X 3 Type in an account name You can also click Information to add or change contact information about the person INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE uE 5 E associated with this account When you ve typed in the information you want click OK 4 If you re creating a new account and want to base it on an existing template scroll through the Template list box at the bottom of the page and click the template you
350. uppose you set a renewal period of two days on a LANtastic v5 x or 6 x account and you migrated it on January 1st Regardless of the original password expiration date the new expiration date will be January 3rd If however you didn t specify a renewal period in the original account but you did have a password expiration date the expiration date will migrate to the LANtastic for Windows 95 account You can migrate most of your accounts and all access control list ACL groups but resources can t be converted Likewise wildcard accounts accounts containing or characters and expired accounts won t be converted MIGRATE moves your ACL groups to LANtastic for Windows 95 group accounts Any individual accounts that were members of a group also migrate to the appropriate group If you want to move LANtastic v5 x or 6 x accounts into a LANtastic for Windows 95 Everyone group you can create an Everyone group on the LANtastic v5 x or 6 x server and add the accounts you want MIGRATE will automatically convert it into a LANtastic for Windows 95 Everyone group move the older accounts individually and after migrating them add them to an existing Everyone account on the LANtastic for Windows 95 server All migrated account privileges except the System Manager privilege default to the Logged In Management Security Level MSL under LANtastic for Windows 95 The Logged In MSL has the lowest management capabilities MIGRATE c
351. ure that all print jobs have either been printed or can be recreated Run NET_MGR on the print server without the network loaded and select Queue Maintenance Select Clear All Entries from the Queue Type Yes to confirm your choice then escape to DOS and restart the network Control directory You may have a corrupted server control directory If your network setup is simple you may want to use NET_ MGR to delete the existing control directory then reinstall LANtastic to build a new one Also run CHKDSK or SCANDISK to verify that there are no FAT table errors on the drive You must do this without the Server program running Fix any FAT table errors first then reinstall LANtastic to make a new control directory Consult your DOS manual on using CHKDSK If you ve got a complex network setup you should make a test control directory to verify the problem If the problem still exists with the new control directory you don t have to change the existing one since that wasn t the problem If the problem goes away with the new control directory delete the old one and reinstall LANtastic CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m 160 m Characters per second CPS Note Run NET_MGR on the print server and select Shared Resources Management Select your printer resource usually PRINTER and press Enter Set the Characters per Second field to 10000 that s ten thousand and press Enter Escape back to the resources screen Make
352. use Save these files and restart After you return to the DOS prompt change directories to C LANTASTI to then load the network into memory either by hand loading your network drivers or just typing STARTNET CHAPTER 12 LANTASTIC SOLUTIONS m1l 6 m Windows 3 x For the network and Windows 3 x to work properly Windows needs to be configured for the proper network type If you re running LANtastic for Windows 3 x then Windows should already be properly configured Some of the main tips in these bulletins are Run the Windows 3 x setup program and select LANtastic as the network type Don t loopback network drive redirections to your own computer Instead use the SUBSTitute command C DOS SUBST G C Turn off Print Manager and Fast Direct Printing to Port in the Windows Control Panel Fast direct to port is under the connect area of printers in the control panel Add these lines to the SYSTEM INI file LANTASTIC NETWORK_IRQ 15 NOTE The IRQ should match the setting of your network adapter card boot network drv C LANTASTI LANTNET DRV 386Enh NETWORK VNETBIOS C LANTASTI LANTASTI 386 If you re using a third party network adapter card that requires a Shared RAM address make sure there s a line in the SYSTEM INI file 386Enh section that excludes the RAMBASE address for the adapter For example EM MEXCLUDE D800 D FFF Try removing other TSR programs to isolat
353. use affordable and safe networking solutions for small and mid sized businesses since 1982 Today LANtastic connects diverse computers using DOS Windows OS 2 and Windows 95 as well as computers running other network software including Novell NetWare and Windows NT LANtastic is manufactured by Artisoft Inc an industry leader in the areas of networking communications and computer telephony The company maintains nine offices outside the United States and distributes its products in more than 100 countries What are the advantages of using a network A computer network saves you time and money For example You can make an expensive high quality printer available to everyone who needs it not just to the person who has it attached to his or her computer 193 m 194 m You can store a corporate database on a computer with a large capacity disk drive and everyone can use it from her own desktop Instead of buying everyone his own copy of an application program you can purchase a network version and share it from just one computer saving everyone disk space To keep your file backups simple you can store everyone s word processing files on the hard drive of one computer and regularly back up that disk only The computer that has the shared printer or disk drive is called a server which is a key concept that you need to understand in order to use a computer network What s the difference b
354. use every day with just a click of the mouse To add buttons that launch your favorite applications or that open the files and windows you frequently use 1 Make sure the LANtastic Custom Control Panel page you want to modify is active 2 Open Windows 95 Explorer and locate the application folder or file for which you want to create a button This can be on your computer s hard drive or a drive on someone else s computer 3 Drag and drop the icon for the application file or folder onto your Custom Control Panel page The new button appears automatically with the same application name or filename Note Ifthe application file or folder resides on another server that server must be running for your button to work Deleting buttons 1 Make sure the LANtastic Custom Control Panel page that has the buttons you want to delete is active 2 Right click the button you want to remove then click Remove 3 If you re prompted to confirm the deletion click OK again Note Ifyou don t want to be prompted to confirm a deletion from the Customize menu click Add Remove buttons Click the Remove page and clear the Confirm Delete check box INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE 53 E With the exception of user defined buttons even if you delete a button from a page it will still be available on the Add page of the Add Remove Buttons window You can also restore all the default but
355. ut using a memory manager that loads programs into upper memory Is the application network compatible Are there any known conflicts between two programs or device drivers Contact the vendors Can you live without this element and still be productive Can you change anything about this element that might make it function or become compatible For example a network adapter card might work on a different IRQ or I O Base setting A device driver conflict might be avoided by loading the drivers in a different order in your configuration files During the identifying or testing phase the more accurately you can describe the symptom the more likely you or someone else will be able to solve it Many tools can help you spot symptoms The tools in the following table are common to almost all DOS computers that have LANtastic installed It can be beneficial to use them from time to time even if you re not having problems COMMAND PURPOSE CHKDSK or Tests the integrity of the file structure of a disk It can also correct SCANDISK problems see your DOS manual or online Help Very helpful if you re getting disk errors or program lock ups Before you run it make sure the Server program is unloaded by typing SERVER REM lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt LANCHECK Tests network communication and reports errors and network traffic statistics see LANCHECK on page 165 MEM C Verifies what programs are running in memory th
356. utton if available or press F1 That window appears explaining how to use all its features and options 3 for User Name Password First If you want ta change the default user name and or password click the Modify default user name Password check box then type in the new user name and or passwor lf you want to set up extra security on your permanent drive and printer connections uncheck the Save Password for Remembered Connection check box If you do this when you testart your computer you ll have to type in a password for each permanent connection that requires one no matter which of the Prompts options you selected step 2 above See the Tip below In many cases you can also click green underlined text to see more related Help information INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Using the Online Information page The Online Information page is an easy starting point for most online Help functions Click to enable or disable tooltips pop up Help for buttons and fields in this window Click to get detailed Help information about all the pages and options on the Custom Control Panel Click for step by step instructions for all networking tasks Click to leam more about the main s LANtastic Custom Control Panel features and functions Customize View EES of LANtastic JOnine Information Help Topics Click to use Use Network
357. want By default all new accounts are based on the Default template 5 If you re creating a new account and don t want to assign it a password make sure Ignore Password is checked 6 If you do want to require a password Uncheck the Ignore Password box and type in a password If youre modifying an existing account you can click Set Password to modify an existing password When you re finished click OK 7 Click Expiration to specify a password expiration date The Set Password Expiration window appears This option isn t available for Supervisor accounts zt Set Pwd Expiration New Account x T Password Expiration C On Dae C Af lee Renew every hoe _ MANtastic Click Disabled if you don t want to use the password expiration feature Click On Date if you want the password to expire on a certain date Type an expiration date in the Expires On field Click After Interval if you want the password to expire after a specified time interval Specify this time interval in the Renew every __ days field Click OK For complete instructions on setting security restrictions on this basic account refer to the online Help CHAPTER 6 BEYOND BASIC NETWORKING a 6 m Creating a new group account 1 Log in to the server for which you want to set up or modify groups using an account that has the Supervisor Management Security Level see Supervisor account on page 71
358. window 7 Drag the server resource over to the My Drives amp Printers window and drop it onto the corresponding connection 8 Repeat steps 5 through 7 for each connection that appears in the My Drives amp Printers window If you choose to use Add Remove Programs and you do not reinstall LANtastic the remembered connections will appear as disconnected in Windows 95 Explorer They will not be functional because the LANtastic network no longer exists INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE a 17 m How LANtastic for Windows 95 computers work with other LANtastic computers Note Configuring your network adapters Important Your LANtastic for Windows 95 computers can act as both clients and servers to any computer that s running an earlier version of LANtastic for Windows 95 LANtastic v5 0 or higher for DOS or Windows or the LANtastic for OS 2 software LANtastic v5 0 and higher includes LANtastic v5 0 v6 0 LANtastic Power Suite Simply LANtastic and Home Network Your LANtastic for Windows 95 computers can act as clients to any computer that s running CorStream Server LANtastic Dedicated Server or the server module of an earlier version of LANtastic for Windows 95 LANtastic for OS 2 or LANtastic v5 0 or higher for DOS or Windows If your computer met the requirements in the shortcut box on page 15 skip ahead to Removing unneeded network components on page 24 Al
359. wn arrow keys to position the highlight bar over it then press ENTER Alternatively if you have mouse support under DOS simply click the option you need INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE Note m 209 m To exit the Main Functions menu press Esc or click the right mouse button To view Help about an option select it then press the F1 key When you re finished with the Help press Esc to return to the Main Functions menu Whichever LNET screen you re working on you can get more information about using it by pressing F1 If you previously used LANtastic s DOS based software you can refer to the detailed information about the NET program in your LANtastic for DOS manual With some exceptions LNET works in the same way as NET from the Main Functions menu LNET and NET differences under the Main Functions menu With the LNET program you can use all the options listed on the Main Functions menu with the following exceptions Chat with Another User The Chat feature included with the NET program in LANtastic v6 x and earlier isn t included in LNET If you select the Chat menu option you ll get a Network Listen failed error message Under the Monitor amp Manage Network Activity menu option you can set the clocks on any server you have access to but you can t watch network activity on Windows 95 servers Windows 95 servers will display as inactive Note th
360. y re performing For a complete list of the strings available refer to the LNET STRING command on page 226 SAMPLE BATCH FILE USING STRINGS Following is a sample batch file using some of the LNET STRING commands Remember that you have to allocate enough space for each environment variable by using the SET command The remarks don t need to be included in the batch files you write Environment variables use the space allocated by the SHELL command in your CONFIG SYS file expand to its current value ECHO OFF REM CREATE TEST STRING SET STR 12345678901234567890 REM CREATE TEMP STRING FOR EXAM PLES SET TEM P REM GET THE FIRST FOUR CHARACTERS OF TEST STRING NET STRING LEFT 1 RIGHT 4 TEM P STR ECHO FIRST FOUR CHARS OF STR ARE TEMP REM GET LAST FOUR CHARACTERS OF TEST STRING REM NOTE THAT THE NEGATIVE NUMBER TELLS LNET TO REM COUNT FROM THE RIGHT NET STRING LEFT 4 RIGHT 1 TEM P STR ECHO LAST FOUR CHARS OF STR ARE TEMP REM GET THE CURRENT PATH NET STRING STR DIRECTORY ECHO CURRENT PATH DEFAULT DIRECTORY IS STR REM EXTRACT THE DRIVE NET STRING LEFT 1 RIGHT 2 TEM P STR ECHO CURRENT DRIVE TEM P REM EXTRACT THE DIRECTORY NET STRING LEFT 3 RIGHT 1 TEMP STR ECHO CURRENT DIRECTORY TEMP REM FIND OUT INSTALLED SOFTWARE CREATE A REM VARIABLE SET TN REM EXTRACT EACH CHARACTER FROM THE INSTALLED REM MESSAGE THEN TEST AND PRINT IF IT IS REM INSTALLED NET STRING
361. you have to take off the cover of each computer Here are a few adapter installation tips Before you start turn off the computer monitor and any attached printers or other devices Before handling an internal adapter card get rid of any static electricity in your body by touching the computer s frame Be careful not to touch the gold contacts on the lower edge of the adapter APPENDIX A INSTALLING YOUR NETWORK HARDWARE m 190 m Installing the cable If your adapters came with cabling instructions follow them instead of the ones given here To install an internal adapter card remove the cover from the computer The cover will typically slide forward or upward depending on the model of your computer Unscrew the metal bracket from an empty expansion slot insert the adapter into the slot then tighten the screw to secure the adapter s bracket to the computer Replace the cover Some internal adapters may require a few more installation steps For example you may have to move plastic jumpers install some driver software or run a configuration program If you don t feel comfortable about doing these jobs get some expert help Connecting twisted pair cable 1 Install your hub as close to the center of your network as possible Change any necessary settings to make it work with your network setup Follow the instructions that came with the hub Attach one of the connectors on the twisted pair cable
362. your LPT2 port to another computer s printer you must also set up WordPerfect to print to LPT2 See your application s manual for instructions You can find out your printer redirection by typing NET SHOW lt Enter gt at the DOS prompt Look for the lines that mention which port the printer is redirected to Make sure that the port to which youre redirecting is the same port for which your application and Windows 3 x are configured On occasion there are Windows 3 x print drivers that try to access the physical port In these instances try configuring Windows 3 x to print to LPT1 DOS instead of LPT1 If you re using an application that has the ability to use its own drivers or Windows 3 x use the Windows drivers INSTALLING AND USING LANTASTIC FOR WINDOWS 95 TRIAL VERSION SOFTWARE m 1590 m Check resource Run NET_MGR on the print server computer and check Shared Resources Management Make sure your printer resource is set to the physical port that the printer is attached to If the port is wrong jobs will line up in the queue but will never print Clear queue WARNING Before you attempt to totally clear a spool area make sure the Server program isn t running on the print server Restart the print server and do NOT load the network Clearing the spool area on version 5 0 and earlier of LANtastic will also delete all mail messages Make sure that you ve read or saved all mail messages on the print server and ens

installing and using lantastic for windows 95

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents